diff --git a/pyproject.toml b/pyproject.toml index a28dec87..68279295 100644 --- a/pyproject.toml +++ b/pyproject.toml @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ PyQt6 = ["PyQt6 >= 6.2", "PyQt6-WebEngine >= 6.2", ] PySide2 = ["PySide2 >= 5.11"] PySide6 = ["PySide6 >= 6.2"] -gpxpy = ["gpxpy >= 1.3.5, < 1.6"] +gpxpy = ["gpxpy >= 1.3.5, != 1.6.0"] Pillow = ["Pillow >= 2.0"] [project.urls] diff --git a/setup.py b/setup.py index ab321b4b..ebfe2e89 100644 --- a/setup.py +++ b/setup.py @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ from setuptools import setup from setuptools import __version__ as setuptools_version -if tuple(map(int, setuptools_version.split('.'))) >= (61, 0): +if tuple(map(int, setuptools_version.split('.')[:2])) >= (61, 0): # use metadata from pyproject.toml directly setup() else: diff --git a/src/doc/conf.py b/src/doc/conf.py index b5640208..bad608e8 100644 --- a/src/doc/conf.py +++ b/src/doc/conf.py @@ -80,9 +80,8 @@ #version = # The full version, including alpha/beta/rc tags. #release = -from photini import __version__, build -release = __version__ + '.dev' + build.split()[0] -version = __version__ +from photini import __version__ as version +from photini._version import version as release # The language for content autogenerated by Sphinx. Refer to documentation # for a list of supported languages. diff --git a/src/doc/other/installation.rst b/src/doc/other/installation.rst index b8341b08..8df48794 100644 --- a/src/doc/other/installation.rst +++ b/src/doc/other/installation.rst @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ It is already installed on many computers, but on Windows you will probably need Note that pip has installed the new version in ``/home/jim/.local`` as normal users can't write to ``/usr``. (Don't be tempted to get round this by using ``sudo`` to run pip. - ``/usr`` should only be written by the operating system's package manager.) + ``/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages`` should only be written by the operating system's package manager.) You may need to log out and then log in again to update your PATH settings. (On some Linux distributions you can simply run ``source ~/.profile`` instead of logging out & in.) @@ -185,6 +185,7 @@ I use the name ``photini`` and create it in my home directory: This ensures that the latest version will be used to install Photini. You should stay in this virtual environment while installing and testing Photini. +After that Photini can be run without activating the virtual environment. Qt package ^^^^^^^^^^ @@ -597,7 +598,6 @@ This is not a very convenient way to run Photini, so most users will want to add .. tabs:: .. code-tab:: none Linux/MacOS - sarah@mint:~$ /home/jim/photini/bin/photini-post-install sarah@mint:~$ /home/jim/photini/bin/photini-post-install desktop-file-install \ --dir=/home/sarah/.local/share/applications \ diff --git a/src/lang/ca/LC_MESSAGES/documentation.po b/src/lang/ca/LC_MESSAGES/documentation.po index 2680480a..c400dd4c 100644 --- a/src/lang/ca/LC_MESSAGES/documentation.po +++ b/src/lang/ca/LC_MESSAGES/documentation.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Photini 2023.4.1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-26 11:01+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-11-11 09:31+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-04-19 08:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joan , 2023\n" "Language: ca\n" @@ -23,9 +23,11 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.11.0\n" +#: ../../../doc/index.rst:6 ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:951 msgid "Photini documentation" msgstr "Documentació Photini" +#: ../../../doc/index.rst:8 msgid "" "Welcome to the documentation of Photini, an easy to use photograph metadata " "editor. For a quick introduction to Photini and its features I suggest you " @@ -38,9 +40,11 @@ msgstr "" "sobre les funcionalitats les trobareu a :doc:`el manual d'usuari " "`." +#: ../../../doc/index.rst:23 msgid "Copyright (C) 2012-23 Jim Easterbrook." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/index.rst:25 msgid "" "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under " "the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or any later " @@ -56,6 +60,7 @@ msgstr "" "license is included in the section entitled \"GNU Free Documentation " "License\"." +#: ../../../../:4 msgid "" "Comments or questions? Please subscribe to the Photini mailing list " "https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/photini and let us know." @@ -63,9 +68,11 @@ msgstr "" "Comentaris o preguntes? Subscriviu-vos a la llista de correu de Photini a " "https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/photini i ens ho feu saber." +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:6 msgid "Location addresses" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Address`` tab shows text address data for the location from where the " "photograph was taken (``camera``) and one or more locations shown in the " @@ -73,6 +80,7 @@ msgid "" " Tower then the camera location is almost certainly somewhere else in Paris." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:13 msgid "" "Locations are stored in a 5-level hierarchy: ``street``, ``city``, " "``province``, ``country`` and ``region``. The meaning of these terms is " @@ -85,18 +93,21 @@ msgid "" "sub-continent." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:20 msgid "" "``Name``, ``Location ID``, and GPS data are recent additions to the IPTC " "location specification. More detail about all of these can be found on the " "`IPTC web site`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:23 msgid "" "Note that \"legacy\" IPTC-IIM address metadata only stores the ``street``, " "``city``, ``province``, and ``country`` fields and only the ``camera`` " "location." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:27 msgid "" "The ``Get address from lat, long`` button uses \"reverse geocoding\" to " "convert latitude & longitude into a hierarchical address. This is a rather " @@ -105,6 +116,7 @@ msgid "" "Other map providers don't allow lookup results to be permanently stored." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:32 msgid "" "Photini attempts to use all the data returned in an address lookup. This can" " lead to some duplication, e.g. Château-Gontier appears twice in ``city``. " @@ -112,6 +124,7 @@ msgid "" "IPTC-IIM metadata." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:38 msgid "" "Scrolling down shows the latitude and longitude of the location. Note that " "these are not the same as the GPS coordinates shown at the top left. The " @@ -120,9 +133,11 @@ msgid "" "that are shown in the ``camera`` address." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:44 msgid "It is usually necessary to edit the address quite a lot." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:48 msgid "" "Right-clicking on a location tab displays a context menu that allows the tab" " to be copied to a new tab or deleted. Copying the ``camera`` location is an" @@ -130,21 +145,25 @@ msgid "" "is immediately created, in case the photograph has more than one subject.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:54 msgid "" "In this case most of the data is the same, but I changed ``street`` to the " "subject of the photograph rather than the place where I was standing, and " "then deleted the latitude & longitude." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:56 msgid "" "To reorder the subject locations, or to convert between camera and subject, " "you can drag any of the tabs to another position. Photini ensures there is " "always one empty subject location ready to be filled in." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:6 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuració" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:8 msgid "" "If there are tabs in the Photini GUI that you don't use, you can remove them" " by deselecting their entry in the ``Options`` menu." @@ -152,11 +171,13 @@ msgstr "" "Si hi ha pestanyes obertes en l'interficie del Photini que no feu servir, " "les podeu esborra desmarcant-ne l'entrada en el menú ``Opcions``" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:10 msgid "" "The ``Options`` menu also has a ``Settings`` item which opens the dialog " "shown below." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:14 msgid "" "The first three items adjust how Photini uses IPTC-IIM \"legacy\" metadata. " "(Since 2004 the `IPTC standard`_ uses XMP to store metadata. Photini always " @@ -168,6 +189,7 @@ msgid "" "present." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:22 msgid "" "IPTC-IIM metadata has limited length for some fields. Photini truncates the " "IPTC-IIM data if necessary, but the full length data is still stored in Exif" @@ -176,6 +198,7 @@ msgid "" "disable this warning." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:27 msgid "" "Sidecar files allow metadata to be stored without needing to write to the " "actual image file. If you deselect \"write to image file\" then sidecars " @@ -185,6 +208,7 @@ msgid "" "(if metadata can be copied to the image file the sidecar is deleted)." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:31 msgid "" "Next there are options to adjust file timestamps. \"Keep original\" leaves " "image files' timestamps unchanged. \"Set to when photo was taken\" changes " @@ -194,14 +218,17 @@ msgid "" "these options useful if you often use a file browser to sort files by date." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:37 msgid "" "If you have installed gpxpy_ then there is a final option to determine if " "the altitude is included when a GPX file is used to set pictures' GPS data." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:42 msgid "Spell checking" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:44 msgid "" "The ``Spelling`` menu allows you to enable or disable spell checking on " "Photini's text fields, and to select the language dictionary to use. The " @@ -211,6 +238,7 @@ msgid "" "appropriate enchant \"backend\" installed)." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:48 msgid "" "Windows programs don't share spell checking dictionaries as easily as on " "Linux. The Hunspell `LibreOffice dictionaries`_ can be used. Select the " @@ -223,9 +251,11 @@ msgid "" " will depend on your Python installation." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:57 msgid "Configuration file location" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:59 msgid "" "Photini stores its configuration in a file called ``editor.ini``. The " "default location of this file is ``$HOME/.config/photini/`` (Linux), " @@ -236,9 +266,11 @@ msgid "" "``PHOTINI_CONFIG`` to the directory you'd like to use." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:66 msgid "PyQt options" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:68 msgid "" "The configuration file includes options to select use of PyQt5, PyQt6, " "PySide2, or PySide6. These may be useful if one of these components on your " @@ -246,9 +278,11 @@ msgid "" "that it is impossible to test Photini with every one." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:72 msgid "The default options in the configuration file are in the ``[pyqt]`` section:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:81 msgid "" "To force use of a particular Qt library set the value of ``qt_lib`` to " "``'PyQt5'``, ``'PyQt6'``, ``'PySide2'``, or ``'PySide6'``. (You can also use" @@ -257,6 +291,7 @@ msgid "" "the ``--version`` option::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:87 msgid "" "If your computer has a high resolution screen, or you have poor eyesight, " "you may find the Photini user interface's text is too small to read " @@ -265,26 +300,31 @@ msgid "" "artefacts from the scaling." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:91 msgid "" "Setting the ``native_dialog`` option to ``False`` makes Photini use a Qt " "dialog to select files to open instead of the normal operating system " "dialog." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:93 msgid "" "Note that there is no GUI to set these options. You may need to adjust them " "if Photini crashes on startup, in which case the GUI would be unusable. The " "configuration file can be edited with any plain text editing program." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:98 msgid "" "Make sure your editor doesn't change the file's encoding (e.g. from utf-8 to" " iso-8859) or insert a \"byte order mark\"." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:103 msgid "Application style" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:105 msgid "" "Qt applications can have their appearance changed by selecting different " "\"styles\". Normally a style is automatically chosen that suits the " @@ -294,12 +334,14 @@ msgid "" "style to one that does." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:109 msgid "" "The choice of style affects how some \"widgets\" are drawn. If you find " "problems such as date or timezone values (on the \"technical metadata\" tab)" " being partly hidden then it might be worth trying another style." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:112 msgid "" "To find out what styles are available on your computer you can use Photini's" " ``--version`` flag. (You need to run Photini from a command window to do " @@ -308,6 +350,7 @@ msgid "" "follows::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:126 msgid "" "Note that the style names are not case sensitive. If none of the available " "styles is to your liking you may be able to install extra ones. For example," @@ -315,6 +358,7 @@ msgid "" "available." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:130 msgid "" "Once you find a style that you like, you can set Photini to use that style " "by editing the configuration file as described above. Add a line such as " @@ -323,14 +367,17 @@ msgid "" "line unless you remove the ``style = ...`` line from your config file." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:146 msgid "Tab order" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:148 msgid "" "The tabs can be re-ordered by dragging and dropping a tab to your preferred " "position. This is much easier to do than editing the configuration file." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:152 msgid "" "Photini's tabs can be enabled or disabled with the ``Options`` menu as " "described above, but their order is set in the configuration file. The " @@ -338,14 +385,17 @@ msgid "" "imported for each tab. You can reorder the tabs by reordering this list." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:182 msgid "" "You could even use a tab provided by another Python package by adding its " "module name to the list. See :doc:`extending` for more information." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:186 msgid "Metadata options" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:188 msgid "" "Photini can optionally read metadata from \"BMFF\" based filed types CR3, " "HEIF, HEIC, and AVIF. This requires use of python-exiv2 with libexiv2 " @@ -354,11 +404,13 @@ msgid "" "the `Exiv2 warning`_ before enabling this feature." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:194 msgid "" "To enable BMFF file reading, edit the configuration file and set the " "``enable_bmff`` option to ``True``:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:201 msgid "" "Note that this only affects Photini's ability to read and write BMFF " "metadata. Reading image data (for thumbnails or the image regions tab) will " @@ -367,15 +419,18 @@ msgid "" "is probably impossible if you installed PyQt or PySide with pip." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:6 msgid "Descriptive metadata" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Descriptive metadata`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+D``) allows you to" " edit basic information about your photographs, such as the title and " "description." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:10 msgid "" "The data form is disabled until you select one or more images to edit. " "Hovering the mouse over one of the data fields displays a popup \"tooltip\" " @@ -383,6 +438,7 @@ msgid "" "taken from the `IPTC standard`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:16 msgid "" "The first thing I usually do with a new set of photographs is to set the " "title. Select all the images that should have the same title, then type the " @@ -393,6 +449,7 @@ msgid "" "fields blank." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:21 msgid "" "The legacy IPTC-IIM standard has a maximum number of bytes for each data " "item. If your text has more bytes then the excess is shown underlined in " @@ -401,6 +458,7 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`configuration `." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:28 msgid "" "The ``Title / Object name`` field has an optional spell checker, enabled " "with the ``Spelling`` menu. The word \"Château-Gontier\" is not in the " @@ -409,6 +467,7 @@ msgid "" " can be chosen by clicking on it." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:36 msgid "" "Note that all the image thumbnails now have a warning symbol (|hazard|) " "displayed next to them. This shows that they have unsaved metadata edits. " @@ -417,6 +476,7 @@ msgid "" " I do this frequently to avoid losing any of my work." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:43 msgid "" "Now you can add more detail in the ``Headline`` and / or ``Description / " "Caption`` boxes. (My descriptions are usually so short that a separate " @@ -424,6 +484,7 @@ msgid "" "photographs that share the same description, so select those images first." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:49 msgid "" "If you select a group of images you may see ```` displayed " "in some of the text boxes. You can right-click on the box to bring up a " @@ -432,6 +493,7 @@ msgid "" " of the text." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:55 msgid "" "The ``Alt Text (Accessibility)`` and ``Extended Description " "(Accessibility)`` boxes are where you describe the photograph for visually " @@ -440,6 +502,7 @@ msgid "" "create their \"ALT text\" image description." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:60 msgid "" "Next you can set a list of keywords for the image by typing them in the " "``Keywords`` box. Keywords should be separated by semi-colon (;) characters." @@ -447,19 +510,23 @@ msgid "" " ones you use most often." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:66 msgid "" "Finally the ``Rating`` slider allows you to note any particularly good or " "bad pictures. Good pictures can be given a one to five star rating." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:71 msgid "" "Bad pictures can be given a ``reject`` rating. This is stored in the " "metadata as a rating value of -1." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:79 msgid "Alternative Languages" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:81 msgid "" "Some fields, such as title and description, are stored in XMP as `Lang Alt`_" " data. This allows translations into alternative languages to be stored " @@ -467,6 +534,7 @@ msgid "" "in Exif and IPTC-IIM.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:85 msgid "" "Photini has a language drop down selector next to each ``Lang Alt`` data " "field. If the current text is in an unspecified default language the " @@ -476,6 +544,7 @@ msgid "" "on the drop down and selecting ````." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:92 msgid "" "If there is already some text in an unspecified default language you will be" " asked to say what that language is. Languages are specified with an " @@ -484,22 +553,28 @@ msgid "" " code, e.g. ``en-GB`` for English as spoken in Great Britain." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:98 msgid "" "Next you can set the language to be added, e.g. ``fr-FR`` for French as " "spoken in France." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:102 msgid "You can then type the translation in to the text field." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:106 msgid "" "If you would like to change the default language, right-click on the " "``Lang:`` dropdown and choose a language." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:111 +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:44 msgid "More information about the data fields" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:113 msgid "" "Click on any field name below to see the IPTC definition and user notes for " "that field. Although these fields are defined in an `IPTC standard`_, they " @@ -507,67 +582,83 @@ msgid "" "\"legacy\" IPTC-IIM data." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:117 msgid "" "`Title / Object Name `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:118 msgid "A short title." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:119 msgid "" "`Headline `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:120 msgid "A brief description." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:121 msgid "" "`Description / Caption `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:122 msgid "The who, what and why of what the image depicts." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:123 msgid "" "`Alt Text (Accessibility) " "`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:124 msgid "Text description for visually impaired accessibility." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:125 msgid "" "`Extended Description (Accessibility) " "`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:126 msgid "Extended description for visually impaired accessibility." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:127 msgid "" "`Keywords `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:128 msgid "Separate words or phrases with ``;`` characters. Not stored in Exif." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:131 msgid "" "`Rating `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:130 msgid "How good is the photo." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/extending.rst:6 msgid "Extending Photini" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/extending.rst:8 msgid "" "It is possible to add new functionality to Photini by providing a new " "\"tab\". Because the tabs are loaded dynamically at run-time the new tab " @@ -577,29 +668,35 @@ msgid "" "list (see :ref:`configuration-tabs`) will add the tab to Photini." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/extending.rst:12 msgid "Every Photini tab has to have the following interface:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/extending.rst:43 msgid "" "The ``tab_name`` method returns the label given to the tab. It should be as " "short as possible." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/extending.rst:46 msgid "" "When the user defines any new metadata you should get the current selection " "from the ``image_list`` and set the metadata on every image in the " "selection." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/extending.rst:48 msgid "" "It's probably easiest to start with a copy of the Photini tab module most " "like what you want to do, strip out the bits you don't need and then add " "your own stuff." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:6 msgid "Flickr uploader" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Flickr upload`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+F``) allows you to upload" " your photographs to `Flickr `_, a popular online " @@ -607,24 +704,28 @@ msgid "" " not endorsed or certified by Flickr." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:11 msgid "" "Unlike some other Flickr uploaders, Photini uses the descriptive metadata " "you've created to set Flickr's title, description and tags. This means you " "don't have to retype all that information!" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:14 msgid "" "Note that the Flickr upload tab is only enabled if you have installed some " "extra software packages. See :ref:`installation ` for" " more detail." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:19 msgid "" "Initially most of the Flickr uploader tab is disabled. It's only usable " "after you've authorised Photini to access your Flickr account by clicking " "the ``Log in`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:24 msgid "" "The first time you click ``Log in`` Photini connects your web browser to " "Flickr, from where you can log in and give Photini permission to access " @@ -632,28 +733,33 @@ msgid "" "people's photos and videos.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:29 msgid "" "After authorisation your browser should display this page. The web browser " "window can then be closed." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:34 msgid "" "If the authorisation is successful Photini displays your Flickr user name " "and profile picture. You should not need to redo this authorisation process " "unless you click the ``Log out`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:37 msgid "" "Your current Flickr albums are shown on the right hand side of the Flickr " "uploader tab. You can add a new album with the ``New album`` button. This " "opens a pop-up dialog as shown below." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:43 msgid "" "Type in the album details and click ``OK``. Note that the album will not be " "created on Flickr until you upload a photo to it." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:48 msgid "" "To upload one or more photographs to Flickr, select them in the image " "selector area, then choose which (if any) of your albums to add them to and " @@ -661,6 +767,7 @@ msgid "" "upload`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:50 msgid "" "The album membership and privacy & other settings apply to all the " "photographs in this upload. If you want some photographs to have different " @@ -668,15 +775,19 @@ msgid "" "separate batch." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:55 ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:47 +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:56 msgid "" "During uploading Photini displays a progress bar. Uploading takes place in " "the background, so you can continue to use other tabs while the upload is in" " progress. The upload can be stopped by clicking the ``Stop upload`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:61 ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:62 msgid "After uploading a photograph it is marked as having new metadata." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:65 msgid "" "If you switch to the ``Descriptive metadata`` tab you can see there is a new" " keyword ``flickr:id=``. Photini uses this `triple tag`_ to " @@ -684,15 +795,18 @@ msgid "" "on, as described below." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:69 msgid "Synchronising local metadata to Flickr" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:71 msgid "" "Sometimes you might change your photograph's metadata on Flickr and would " "like to copy those changes back to the image file on your computer. Select " "the image(s) you would like to update and click the ``Synchronise`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:76 msgid "" "If an image does not have a ``flickr:id`` keyword then Photini will try to " "find the photograph on Flickr by matching the date and time it was taken. If" @@ -700,26 +814,31 @@ msgid "" "metadata." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:79 msgid "" "Flickr \"notes\" attached to an image are shown on Photini's :doc:`regions` " "tab." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:84 msgid "" "You can see what changed with the image's context menu ``View changes``. In " "this case Flickr has set the location city to its new name of \"Château-" "Gontier-sur-Mayenne\". I chose to ignore this new metadata." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:89 msgid "Synchronising Flickr metadata to local" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:91 msgid "" "If you change your image file metadata and would like to make the same " "changes on Flickr you can select the image and click on the ``Start upload``" " button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:95 msgid "" "If you upload an image that already has a ``flickr:id`` keyword then Photini" " allows you to change the photograph's metadata instead of uploading a new " @@ -727,9 +846,11 @@ msgid "" "you've processed it in another application." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:6 msgid "Google Photos uploader" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Google Photos upload`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+P``) allows you to" " upload your photographs to `Google Photos`_. The Google Photos API is quite" @@ -737,24 +858,28 @@ msgid "" " abilities." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:11 msgid "" "Note that the Google Photos upload tab is only enabled if you have installed" " some extra software packages. See :ref:`installation ` for more detail." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:16 msgid "" "Initially most of the Google Photos uploader tab is disabled. It's only " "usable after you've authorised Photini to access your Google Photos account " "by clicking the ``Log in`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:19 msgid "" "The first time you click ``Log in`` Photini connects your web browser to " "Google Photos, from where you can log in and give Photini permission to " "access Google Photos on your behalf." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:22 msgid "" "Unfortunately Google won't verify Photini because it continues to be " "developed, so you will be presented with several warning messages during the" @@ -762,12 +887,14 @@ msgid "" "account." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:26 msgid "" "If the authorisation is successful Photini displays your Google Photos user " "name and profile picture. You should not need to redo this authorisation " "process unless you click the ``Log out`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:29 msgid "" "Your current Google Photos albums are shown on the right hand side of the " "Google Photos uploader tab. The Google Photos API only allows Photini to add" @@ -775,25 +902,30 @@ msgid "" "disabled." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:33 msgid "" "You can add a new album with the ``New album`` button. This opens a pop-up " "dialog as shown below." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:38 msgid "" "Type in the album title and click ``OK``. The title can be up to 500 " "characters long, so you may want to enlarge the dialog box." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:43 msgid "" "To upload one or more photographs to Google Photos, select them in the image" " selector area, then choose which (if any) of your albums to add them to, " "then click on the ``Start upload`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:6 msgid "Image selector" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:8 msgid "" "When you start the Photini editor it displays a GUI (graphical user " "interface) as shown below. The exact appearance will depend on your " @@ -803,6 +935,7 @@ msgid "" "for more detail.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:14 msgid "" "The Photini editor GUI has two main areas. The upper part has a set of tabs " "to select different functions. The lower part is an image selector that is " @@ -812,11 +945,13 @@ msgid "" " the mouse." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:20 msgid "" "The tabs can be re-ordered by dragging and dropping a tab to your preferred " "position." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:25 msgid "" "Now load some images using the ``File`` menu ``Open files`` item (or its " "keyboard shortcut ``Ctrl+O``). The loaded files are displayed as thumbnail " @@ -826,6 +961,7 @@ msgid "" "appropriate button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:30 msgid "" "Images can also be loaded by \"drag and drop\" from a file manager window or" " by adding them to the command line if you run Photini from a command " @@ -834,21 +970,25 @@ msgid "" "images in one go." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:36 msgid "" "Clicking on any thumbnail selects that file. The selected file is " "highlighted by a red border. Double clicking on a thumbnail should display " "the full size image, using your default image viewing application." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:42 msgid "" "Multiple files can be selected by holding down the 'shift' key while " "clicking on a second image. To select multiple files that are not adjacent, " "hold down the 'control' key while clicking on the images." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:47 msgid "The keyboard shortcut ``Ctrl+A`` selects all the loaded files." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:51 msgid "" "Selecting multiple files allows you to set metadata, such as the image " "title, on several files at once. This is much quicker than having to edit " @@ -858,14 +998,17 @@ msgid "" " or three before writing a description." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:57 msgid "Context menu" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:59 msgid "" "Right-clicking on a thumbnail displays a context menu for all the currently " "selected files." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:63 msgid "" "The context menu currently has five items. ``Reload file`` discards any " "metadata changes. ``Save changes`` saves any changes to the file(s). ``View " @@ -874,6 +1017,7 @@ msgid "" "the file(s)." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:72 msgid "" "The ``view changes`` context menu item displays all the metadata items that " "have changed. In this example I've set two items that were previously empty." @@ -881,12 +1025,15 @@ msgid "" "``undo`` checkboxes and click on ``OK``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:78 msgid "The same menu items also appear in the main ``File`` menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:81 msgid "Using Photini with other programs" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:83 msgid "" "If you use other applications that can display or edit image metadata then " "you need to be careful when using them with Photini. Just like with a word " @@ -897,6 +1044,7 @@ msgid "" "to reload the file in Photini." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:88 msgid "" "You may also want to experiment with how other programs display the metadata" " you create in Photini and *vice versa*. Be aware that other programs might " @@ -905,9 +1053,11 @@ msgid "" "with Photini, unless they can be configured to use metadata standards." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:6 msgid "Image importer" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Import photos`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+I``) allows you to copy " "photographs from your digital camera or anywhere else on your computer (for " @@ -916,12 +1066,14 @@ msgid "" "things the way I want, so I added one to Photini." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:11 msgid "" "Note that you can only import directly from cameras if you have installed " "python-gphoto2 (which is not available on Windows). See :ref:`installation " "` for more detail." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:14 #, python-format msgid "" "The key part of the importer is the ``Target format`` field. This provides a" @@ -934,70 +1086,91 @@ msgid "" "behavior>`_ for a complete list." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:20 msgid "" "As well as the date & time format strings, bracketed keywords can be used to" " manipulate parts of the file name:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:23 msgid "keyword" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:23 msgid "meaning" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:23 msgid "example" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:25 msgid "{camera}" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:25 msgid "the camera model name" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:25 msgid "Canon_PowerShot_A1100_IS" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:26 msgid "{name}" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:26 msgid "the complete file name" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:26 msgid "IMG_9999.JPG" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:27 msgid "{number}" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:27 msgid "the numeric part of the file name" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:27 msgid "9999" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:28 msgid "{root}" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:28 msgid "the filename without its extension" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:28 msgid "IMG_9999" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:29 msgid "{ext}" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:29 msgid "the filename extension" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:29 msgid ".JPG" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:32 msgid "" "Below the ``Target format`` field is an example generated from the current " "format to help you edit it correctly." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:34 #, python-format msgid "" "Note that Photini stores a different target format for each camera or source" @@ -1009,6 +1182,7 @@ msgid "" "``IMG_9999.JPG``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:40 msgid "" "After connecting one or more cameras and pressing the ``refresh`` button, a " "camera can be chosen from the ```` drop down list. Photini " @@ -1013,6 +1187,7 @@ msgid "" "some time." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:43 msgid "" "The drop down list also includes the most recent source folders you have " "used. Click on ```` to add a new source folder to the list. " @@ -1021,24 +1196,28 @@ msgid "" "you want, to avoid including too many other files." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:47 msgid "" "The list is displayed in the central area, with the location where the file " "would be stored. It is sorted by name or date, as selected by the buttons " "below the image thumbnail area." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:52 msgid "" "When the ``Target format`` has been set to match where previous images were " "put, images that have already been copied to the computer are non selectable" " (shown in light grey)." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:56 msgid "" "The remaining images can be selected by clicking on them, or by using the " "``Select all`` button (to select all uncopied images) or ``Select new`` " "button (to select images newer than the last ones copied)." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:60 msgid "" "Clicking the ``Copy photos`` button copies the selected images to the " "computer and loads them into Photini. To avoid overloading Photini you " @@ -1046,6 +1225,7 @@ msgid "" "photos``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:63 msgid "" "The ``Move photos`` button moves image files instead of copying them. This " "is probably not useful with a camera source, but can be used to reorganise " @@ -1053,20 +1233,24 @@ msgid "" "them as well." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:68 msgid "" "As each file is copied it is shown in grey on the file list and the selected" " file count decreases." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:72 msgid "" "After copying all the files the file list is refreshed, which may take some " "time. Now that all the files have been copied from the camera none can be " "selected." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/index.rst:6 msgid "User manual" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/index.rst:8 msgid "" "This manual attempts to cover every part of Photini in detail, but still be " "usable as a tutorial. I suggest you read the :doc:`image selector " @@ -1075,9 +1259,11 @@ msgid "" "features." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:6 msgid "Ipernity uploader" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Ipernity upload`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+I``) allows you to " "upload your photographs to `Ipernity `_, a " @@ -1085,64 +1271,75 @@ msgid "" "Ipernity API but is not endorsed or certified by Ipernity." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:11 msgid "" "Unlike some other uploaders, Photini uses the descriptive metadata you've " "created to set Ipernity's title, description and keywords. This means you " "don't have to retype all that information!" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:14 msgid "" "Note that the Ipernity upload tab is only enabled if you have installed some" " extra software packages. See :ref:`installation ` " "for more detail." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:19 msgid "" "Initially most of the Ipernity uploader tab is disabled. It's only usable " "after you've authorised Photini to access your Ipernity account by clicking " "the ``Log in`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:24 msgid "" "The first time you click ``Log in`` Photini connects your web browser to " "Ipernity, from where you can log in and give Photini permission to access " "Ipernity on your behalf." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:28 msgid "" "After authorising Photini close the web browser window or tab and return to " "the Photini window. You can now close the \"Authorisation required\" dialog." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:33 msgid "" "If the authorisation is successful Photini displays your Ipernity user name " "and profile picture. You should not need to redo this authorisation process " "unless you click the ``Log out`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:38 msgid "" "Your current Ipernity albums are shown on the right hand side of the " "Ipernity uploader tab. You can add a new album with the ``New album`` " "button. This opens a pop-up dialog as shown below." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:44 msgid "" "Type in the album details and click ``OK``. Note that the album will not be " "visible on Ipernity until you upload a photo to it." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:49 msgid "" "To upload one or more photographs to Ipernity, select them in the image " "selector area, then choose which (if any) of your albums to add them to and " "set the permissions and licence, then click on the ``Start upload`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:51 msgid "" "The permissions, licence, and album membership apply to all the photographs " "in this upload. If you want some photographs to have different permissions, " "licence, or album membership you need to upload them as a separate batch." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:66 msgid "" "If you switch to the ``Descriptive metadata`` tab you can see there is a new" " keyword ``ipernity:id=``. Photini uses this `triple tag`_ to " @@ -1150,15 +1347,18 @@ msgid "" "on, as described below." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:70 msgid "Synchronising local metadata to Ipernity" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:72 msgid "" "Sometimes you might change your photograph's metadata on Ipernity and would " "like to copy those changes back to the image file on your computer. Select " "the image(s) you would like to update and click the ``Synchronise`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:77 msgid "" "If an image does not have a ``ipernity:id`` keyword then Photini will try to" " find the photograph on Ipernity by matching the date and time it was taken." @@ -1167,29 +1367,35 @@ msgid "" "changes``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:81 msgid "" "Ipernity \"notes\" attached to an image are shown on Photini's " ":doc:`regions` tab." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:85 msgid "Synchronising Ipernity metadata to local" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:87 msgid "" "If you change your image file metadata and would like to make the same " "changes on Ipernity you can select the image and click on the ``Start " "upload`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:91 msgid "" "If you upload an image that already has a ``ipernity:id`` keyword then " "Photini allows you to change the photograph's metadata instead of uploading " "a new photograph." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:6 msgid "Geotagging" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:8 msgid "" "The map tabs allow you to set the location of where a photograph was taken. " "Photini currently uses three different map providers: Google, Bing, and " @@ -1198,6 +1404,7 @@ msgid "" "aerial (or \"satellite\") photography." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:15 msgid "" "The map initially displays the previously used location. You can change the " "view by zooming in or out, or by panning the map by dragging it with the " @@ -1205,6 +1412,7 @@ msgid "" " search facility." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:21 msgid "" "Click on the ```` edit box and type in a search term such as the" " name of a town, then press the 'return' key. A drop down list of place " @@ -1213,6 +1421,7 @@ msgid "" "the free servers that provide the service." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:27 msgid "" "The search is influenced by the current location shown on the map. A search " "for 'newport' may return different results if the map is showing New York " @@ -1223,28 +1432,33 @@ msgid "" "list." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:32 msgid "" "Each map provider has its own search facility. You may get more useful " "results by switching to a different map tab." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:39 msgid "" "Having found the right town, you can then zoom in and pan around to find the" " exact location where your photograph was taken. Using aerial / satellite " "imagery can help with this." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:44 msgid "" "Now you can drag and drop your photograph onto the map to set its location. " "To set the same location on multiple images, select them all and then drag " "and drop one of them." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:49 msgid "" "Note that photographs that have location data are shown with a flag symbol " "(|flag|) in the image selector area." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:51 msgid "" "The location coordinates are shown in the ``Lat, long:`` box. These values " "are editable, so you can set the location of photographs directly, e.g. by " @@ -1253,12 +1467,14 @@ msgid "" "delete the coordinates." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:56 msgid "" "In Photini version 2023.5.0 and later the coordinates are separated by a " "space. Older versions used a comma but this causes problems with locales " "that use a decimal comma instead of a decimal point." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:61 msgid "" "When several photographs have location metadata Photini will pan the map " "(and zoom out if required) to ensure all the selected images are shown on " @@ -1266,6 +1482,7 @@ msgid "" "are shown with grey markers." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:67 msgid "" "The ``Get altitude from map`` button sets the photograph's altitude (in " "metres) from its latitude and longitude, using data from the map provider. " @@ -1273,14 +1490,17 @@ msgid "" "lot. You can edit the value to correct it." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:73 msgid "" "Selecting another map tab will show the same location but with data and " "imagery from a different provider." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:78 msgid "GPX file import" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:80 msgid "" "If you have a mobile phone or other device with a GPS logger you may be able" " to set the approximate locations of photographs from logged GPS positions. " @@ -1288,29 +1508,34 @@ msgid "" "files." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:85 msgid "" "First you need to export your GPS log as a GPX_ (GPS eXchange format) file, " "then transfer the .gpx file to your computer. Make sure your images have the" " correct time zone set so that Photini can calculate their UTC_ timestamps." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:90 msgid "" "When a GPX file is imported its track points are displayed on the map as " "blue circles. If the file has a large number of points, closely positioned " "in space or time, then not all of them are shown." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:95 msgid "" "Selecting a photograph shows up to four track points in red. These are " "points with time stamps around the time the photograph was taken." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:100 msgid "" "After zooming in on the red track points the photograph can be dragged to " "the map as usual. (If you're wondering why there are pairs of circles on the" " map, it's because we walked there and back along roughly the same route.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:105 msgid "" "Alternatively, the ``Set coords from GPX`` button can be used to set the " "latitude and longitude of all the selected photographs to the nearest (in " @@ -1319,20 +1544,24 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`configuration `." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:109 msgid "" "The usefulness of GPX data depends on the accuracy of your GPS tracker, and " "on your camera's clock accuracy. You might want to adjust the timestamps in " "the :doc:`technical metadata ` tab first." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:112 msgid "" "When you've finished with the GPX track points they can be removed from the " "map with the ``Remove GPX data`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:115 msgid "Altitude considerations" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:117 msgid "" "The definition and measurement of altitude is made more complicated by the " "Earth not being exactly spherical, and its gravitational field not being " @@ -1341,12 +1570,14 @@ msgid "" "the years, each of which has improved the accuracy of altitude data." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:121 msgid "" "The GPS tracking app I use on my phone has an option to apply \"EGM96 " "correction\", which changes the altitude by 45 m at my home in the UK. If " "your app has a similar option I recommend you enable it." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:124 msgid "" "Bing Maps' altitude is corrected using the \"EGM2008\" model, according to " "their documentation. Google Maps uses \"local mean sea level\". They don't " @@ -1354,19 +1585,23 @@ msgid "" "from several sources." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:128 msgid "" "I do not know which of these, if any, is correct for the GPS altitude in a " "photograph's Exif data." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:6 msgid "Ownership metadata" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Ownership metadata`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+O``) allows you to " "edit ownership and copyright information about your photographs." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:12 msgid "" "Most of this data will be the same for all your photographs, so Photini uses" " a \"template\" to apply the same text to all the selected images. If your " @@ -1376,6 +1611,7 @@ msgid "" "use the ``Edit template`` button to open the dialog shown below." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:18 msgid "" "Fill in any of the fields you want to use on every photograph. The field " "labels are copied from the `IPTC standard`_, as is the help text which " @@ -1384,6 +1620,7 @@ msgid "" " languages, as discussed in :ref:`alternative-languages`." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:24 msgid "" "Note that you can insert the year in which a photograph was taken with " "``%Y``. This is probably only useful in the ``Copyright Notice``, but is " @@ -1392,6 +1629,7 @@ msgid "" "number or ``%B`` for the month name.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:30 msgid "" "The ``Rights: Web Statement`` field is a drop down list of `Creative " "Commons`_ licences which you can extend with any other licences you use. The" @@ -1399,6 +1637,7 @@ msgid "" " web browser." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:33 msgid "" "Google Image Search displays the ``Creator``, ``Credit Line``, and " "``Copyright Notice`` values alongside search results. It also uses the " @@ -1407,6 +1646,7 @@ msgid "" "IPTC Photo Metadata and Google Images`_ for more detail." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:39 msgid "" "The ``Apply template`` button copies the template data to all the selected " "images, setting the correct year in the ``Copyright Notice``. If you want to" @@ -1416,6 +1656,7 @@ msgid "" "usual way." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:46 msgid "" "Click on any field name below to see the IPTC definition and user notes for " "that field. Although these fields are defined in an `IPTC standard`_, they " @@ -1423,73 +1664,89 @@ msgid "" "IPTC-IIM data." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:51 msgid "" "`Creator `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:51 msgid "" "Usually the photographer's name. If there is more than one creator, separate" " them with a ``;`` character." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:54 msgid "" "`Creator's Jobtitle `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:54 msgid "" "Job title of the first creator. Do not fill in this field unless the creator" " field is filled in." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:56 msgid "" "`Credit Line `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:57 msgid "Usually the photographer's name, but could be their employer or client." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:58 msgid "" "`Copyright Notice `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:59 msgid "Who owns the copyright." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:61 msgid "" "`Rights: Usage Terms `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:61 msgid "Plain text summary of how the image may be reused. Not stored in IPTC-IIM." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:65 msgid "" "`Rights: Web Statement `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:64 msgid "" "URL of a web page describing the usage rights of an image. `All rights " "reserved`_ is shown for any image with no URL set. Not stored in IPTC-IIM." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:67 msgid "" "`Instructions `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:68 msgid "Notes to a publisher of the image." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:73 msgid "" "`Contact Information `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:70 msgid "" "The IPTC standard allows up to three licensors, but Photini only uses one. " "Any more licensors in a file will be deleted when Photini saves metadata to " @@ -1498,9 +1755,11 @@ msgid "" "delete this information if it is present in a file." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:6 msgid "Pixelfed uploader" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Pixelfed upload`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+P``) allows you to " "upload your photographs to Pixelfed_, an open source decentralised photo " @@ -1509,18 +1768,21 @@ msgid "" "features disabled." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:11 msgid "" "Note that the Pixelfed upload tab is only enabled if you have installed some" " extra software packages. See :ref:`installation ` " "for more detail." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:16 msgid "" "Initially most of the Pixelfed uploader tab is disabled. It's only usable " "after you've authorised Photini to access your Pixelfed account by clicking " "the ``Log in`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:21 msgid "" "The first time you click ``Log in`` Photini asks you to choose a Pixelfed " "\"instance\" (or server) where you have an account. Photini already knows a " @@ -1528,24 +1790,28 @@ msgid "" " in the ``other`` box." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:26 msgid "" "After choosing an instance Photini opens a page in your web browser where " "you can log in to your Pixelfed account and then authorise Photini to access" " it." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:30 msgid "" "If the authorisation is successful Photini displays your Pixelfed user name " "and profile picture. You should not need to redo this authorisation process " "unless you click the ``Log out`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:33 msgid "" "After logging in most of the Pixelfed uploader interface is enabled. However" " some features remain disabled if they are not available with the software " "version running on the chosen instance." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:38 msgid "" "When you select some pictures to upload they are shown in the column to the " "right of your user details. The number of pictures you can upload in one go " @@ -1553,22 +1819,26 @@ msgid "" "Mastodon instances only allow four." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:42 msgid "" "The pictures are uploaded, and should be displayed on Pixelfed, in the order" " you selected them. Using the ``Ctrl`` key while clicking in the image " "selector area allows you to choose them one at a time." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:47 msgid "" "The ``Generate`` button creates a caption for the uploaded pictures based on" " their title, headline, description, and keywords metadata." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:51 msgid "" "You will almost certainly want to edit the generated text to make a good " "caption." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:53 msgid "" "If you want to hide your pictures from users until they choose to see them " "(e.g. if the pictures are \"not suitable for work\") you can check " @@ -1577,11 +1847,13 @@ msgid "" "their tick-boxes." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:58 msgid "" "Clicking the ``Start upload`` button uploads each picture and then posts a " "Pixelfed \"status\" with your pictures and caption." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:62 msgid "" "If your Pixelfed account settings have ``require media descriptions`` set " "then Photini will warn you if the picture you are uploading does not have " @@ -1590,6 +1862,7 @@ msgid "" "carry on and upload without alt text." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:66 msgid "" "If you add alt text later on you can use the ``Update remote`` button to " "copy the updated alt text to a previously uploaded picture. This is not " @@ -1598,6 +1871,7 @@ msgid "" "picture." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:69 msgid "" "Mastodon uses \"`focal points`_\" when cropping images. If you define a " "cropping region in Photini's :doc:`regions` tab, the centre of that region " @@ -1605,6 +1879,7 @@ msgid "" "parameter." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:76 msgid "" "Pixelfed instances have maximum allowed image sizes, both pixel count and " "bytes in the file. If your image is too large, and is in a format Photini " @@ -1612,9 +1887,11 @@ msgid "" "quality Photini will use Pillow_ if it is installed." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:6 msgid "Image regions" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Image regions`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+R``) allows you to select" " part of a picture and label it with metadata. This can be useful to " @@ -1623,27 +1900,33 @@ msgid "" "discusses possible uses of image regions in more detail." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:14 msgid "The user interface is disabled until one image file is selected." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:18 msgid "" "The image is shown on the right hand side in a scrollable area. On the left " "are one or more tabs showing metadata for each image region." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:23 msgid "" "To create a new region, right-click on the region info tab bar and select " "the region shape. This same context menu can also be used to delete regions." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:28 msgid "The new region is initially placed at the centre of the image." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:32 msgid "" "The small squares at each corner of the rectangle can be dragged to change " "the size and shape. The entire region can be dragged by clicking within it." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:37 msgid "" "The most important metadata for a region is probably its \"role\". This is " "chosen from a \"`controlled vocabulary`_\" defined by the IPTC. Photini " @@ -1652,6 +1935,7 @@ msgid "" "the list." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:42 msgid "" "Other, less useful, metadata includes a name and identifier for the region. " "The ``Content type`` is another controlled vocabulary that allows you to say" @@ -1659,6 +1943,7 @@ msgid "" "probably ``human``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:48 msgid "" "The IPTC specification allows any other metadata to be attached to a region." " Photini includes ``Person shown`` and ``Description``, which I think are " @@ -1668,28 +1953,34 @@ msgid "" " you would like to be added." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:55 msgid "" "It can be useful to set cropping regions for an image. Many social media web" " sites crop images, typically to square or 16:9 aspect ratio landscape. This" " often causes problems such as decapitated bodies." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:61 msgid "" "The polygon region is initially a triangle shape. Right-clicking on one of " "its vertices allows a vertex to be added or deleted." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:66 msgid "A vertex can also be added by right-clicking anywhere within the polygon." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:70 msgid "" "Vertices can be added to make shapes of arbitrary complexity. Is this useful" " for anything?" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:6 msgid "Tag reference" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:8 msgid "" "This section lists the \"mapping\" from Photini's field names (such as " "\"Title / Object Name\") to the Exif / XMP / IPTC-IIM tags the data is " @@ -1697,6 +1988,7 @@ msgid "" "http://exiv2.org/metadata.html for more detail." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:12 msgid "" "As far as possible Photini follows the `Metadata Working Group " "`_ (MWG) \"Guidelines " @@ -1705,454 +1997,601 @@ msgid "" "differences between information stored in equivalent tags." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:16 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:27 msgid "Primary tags" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:18 msgid "" "These tags are where Photini stores its metadata. (Legacy IPTC-IIM data is " "only used if it already exists in the file, in line with the MWG guidelines," " unless the \"write unconditionally\" user setting is enabled.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:21 msgid "" "Note that some fields, such as \"Title / Object Name\" and \"Keywords\", are" " not stored in Exif. You may prefer not to use these fields to ensure " "compatibility with software that only handles Exif." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:24 msgid "" "Some of the field names in the table below lingk to their definition in the " "IPTC standard. You may find this useful when deciding what to write in those" " fields." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:30 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:164 +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:218 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:246 msgid "Photini field" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:31 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:165 +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:247 msgid "Exif tag" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:32 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:166 +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:219 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:248 msgid "XMP tag" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:33 msgid "IPTC-IIM tag" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:34 msgid "`Title / Object Name`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:36 msgid "Xmp.dc.title" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:37 msgid "Iptc.Application2.ObjectName" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:38 msgid "Headline_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:40 msgid "Xmp.photoshop.Headline" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:41 msgid "Iptc.Application2.Headline" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:42 msgid "`Description / Caption`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:43 msgid "Exif.Image.ImageDescription" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:44 msgid "Xmp.dc.description" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:45 msgid "Iptc.Application2.Caption" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:46 msgid "`Alt Text`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:48 msgid "Xmp.iptc.AltTextAccessibility" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:50 msgid "`Extended Description`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:52 msgid "Xmp.iptc.ExtDescrAccessibility" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:54 msgid "Keywords_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:56 msgid "Xmp.dc.subject" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:57 msgid "Iptc.Application2.Keywords" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:58 msgid "Rating_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:60 msgid "Xmp.xmp.Rating" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:62 msgid "Creator_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:63 msgid "Exif.Image.Artist" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:64 msgid "Xmp.dc.creator" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:65 msgid "Iptc.Application2.Byline" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:66 msgid "`Creator's Jobtitle`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:68 msgid "Xmp.photoshop.AuthorsPosition" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:69 msgid "Iptc.Application2.BylineTitle" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:70 msgid "`Credit Line`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:72 msgid "Xmp.photoshop.Credit" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:73 msgid "Iptc.Application2.Credit" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:74 msgid "`Copyright Notice`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:75 msgid "Exif.Image.Copyright" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:76 msgid "Xmp.dc.rights" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:77 msgid "Iptc.Application2.Copyright" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:78 msgid "`Rights: Usage Terms`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:80 msgid "Xmp.xmpRights.UsageTerms" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:82 msgid "`Rights: Web Statement`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:84 msgid "Xmp.xmpRights.WebStatement" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:86 msgid "Instructions_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:88 msgid "Xmp.photoshop.Instructions" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:89 msgid "Iptc.Application2.SpecialInstructions" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:90 msgid "`Contact Information`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:92 msgid "Xmp.plus.Licensor" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:93 msgid "Iptc.Application2.Contact" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:94 msgid "`Date / time Taken`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:95 msgid "Exif.Photo.DateTimeOriginal Exif.Photo.SubSecTimeOriginal" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:96 msgid "Xmp.photoshop.DateCreated" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:97 msgid "Iptc.Application2.DateCreated Iptc.Application2.TimeCreated" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:98 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:191 msgid "Date / time Digitised" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:99 msgid "Exif.Photo.DateTimeDigitized Exif.Photo.SubSecTimeDigitized" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:100 msgid "Xmp.xmp.CreateDate" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:101 msgid "Iptc.Application2.DigitizationDate Iptc.Application2.DigitizationTime" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:102 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:194 +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:264 msgid "Date / time Modified" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:103 msgid "Exif.Image.DateTime Exif.Photo.SubSecTime" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:104 msgid "Xmp.xmp.ModifyDate" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:106 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:220 msgid "Orientation" msgstr "Natočení" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:107 msgid "Exif.Image.Orientation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:110 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:267 msgid "Camera" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:111 msgid "Exif.Image.Make Exif.Image.Model Exif.Photo.BodySerialNumber" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:114 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:197 +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:222 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:270 msgid "Lens" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:115 msgid "" "Exif.Photo.LensMake Exif.Photo.LensModel Exif.Photo.LensSerialNumber " "Exif.Photo.LensSpecification" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:118 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:200 +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:224 msgid "Focal length" msgstr "Ohnisková délka" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:119 msgid "Exif.Photo.FocalLength" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:122 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:226 msgid "35mm equiv" msgstr "35 mm equiv" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:123 msgid "Exif.Photo.FocalLengthIn35mmFilm" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:126 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:203 +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:228 msgid "Aperture" msgstr "Clona" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:127 msgid "Exif.Photo.FNumber Exif.Photo.ApertureValue" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:130 msgid "`Image Regions`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:132 msgid "Xmp.iptcExt.ImageRegion" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:134 msgid "Latitude_, longitude_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:135 msgid "" "Exif.GPSInfo.GPSLatitude Exif.GPSInfo.GPSLatitudeRef " "Exif.GPSInfo.GPSLongitude Exif.GPSInfo.GPSLongitudeRef" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:138 msgid "Altitude_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:139 msgid "Exif.GPSInfo.GPSAltitude Exif.GPSInfo.GPSAltitudeRef" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:142 msgid "`Camera address`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:144 msgid "" "Xmp.iptcExt.LocationCreated Xmp.iptc.Location Xmp.photoshop.City " "Xmp.photoshop.State Xmp.photoshop.Country Xmp.iptc.CountryCode" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:145 msgid "" "Iptc.Application2.SubLocation Iptc.Application2.City " "Iptc.Application2.ProvinceState Iptc.Application2.CountryName " "Iptc.Application2.CountryCode" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:146 msgid "`Subject address`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:148 msgid "Xmp.iptcExt.LocationShown" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:150 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:206 +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:234 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:282 msgid "Thumbnail image" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:151 msgid "" "Exif.Thumbnail.Compression Exif.Thumbnail.ImageWidth " "Exif.Thumbnail.ImageLength" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:156 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:161 msgid "Secondary tags" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:158 msgid "" "Photini may read information from these tags and merge it with information " "from the primary tags. These tags are deleted when the corresponding primary" " tags are saved." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:167 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:249 msgid "Title / Object Name" msgstr "Název/Jméno předmětu" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:168 msgid "Exif.Image.XPTitle" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:170 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:252 msgid "Description / Caption" msgstr "Popis/Záhlaví" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:171 msgid "Exif.Image.XPComment Exif.Image.XPSubject Exif.Photo.UserComment" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:172 msgid "Xmp.exif.UserComment Xmp.tiff.ImageDescription" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:173 msgid "Keywords" msgstr "Klíčová slova" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:174 msgid "Exif.Image.XPKeywords" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:176 msgid "Rating" msgstr "Hodnocení" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:177 msgid "Exif.Image.Rating Exif.Image.RatingPercent" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:178 msgid "Xmp.MicrosoftPhoto.Rating" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:179 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:258 msgid "Creator" msgstr "Tvůrce" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:180 msgid "Exif.Image.XPAuthor" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:181 msgid "Xmp.tiff.Artist" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:182 msgid "Copyright" msgstr "Kopírovací právo" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:184 msgid "Xmp.tiff.Copyright" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:185 msgid "Contact Information" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:187 msgid "Xmp.iptc.CreatorContactInfo" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:188 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:261 msgid "Date / time Taken" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:189 msgid "Exif.Image.DateTimeOriginal" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:190 msgid "Xmp.exif.DateTimeOriginal" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:193 msgid "Xmp.exif.DateTimeDigitized" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:196 msgid "Xmp.tiff.DateTime" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:198 msgid "Exif.Image.LensInfo" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:199 msgid "Xmp.aux.Lens" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:201 msgid "Exif.Image.FocalLength" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:204 msgid "Exif.Image.FNumber Exif.Image.ApertureValue" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:208 msgid "Xmp.xmp.Thumbnails[n]/xapGImg" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:211 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:215 msgid "XMP only tags" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:213 msgid "" "These tags are read if present, but are only written if the file format " "doesn't support Exif, e.g. an XMP sidecar." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:221 msgid "Xmp.tiff.Orientation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:223 msgid "" "Xmp.exifEX.LensMake Xmp.exifEX.LensModel Xmp.exifEX.LensSerialNumber " "Xmp.exifEX.LensSpecification" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:225 msgid "Xmp.exif.FocalLength" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:227 msgid "Xmp.exif.FocalLengthIn35mmFilm" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:229 msgid "Xmp.exif.FNumber Xmp.exif.ApertureValue" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:230 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:276 msgid "Latitude, longitude" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:231 msgid "Xmp.exif.GPSLatitude Xmp.exif.GPSLongitude" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:232 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:279 msgid "Altitude" msgstr "Výšina" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:233 msgid "Xmp.exif.GPSAltitude Xmp.exif.GPSAltitudeRef" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:235 msgid "Xmp.xmp.Thumbnails[n]/xmpGImg" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:238 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:243 msgid "Read only tags" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:240 msgid "" "Photini may read information from these tags and merge it with information " "from the primary tags. These tags are not deleted when the corresponding " "primary tags are saved." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:251 msgid "Xmp.video.StreamName" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:254 msgid "Xmp.video.Information" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:255 msgid "Time zone offset[1]" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:256 msgid "Exif.Image.TimeZoneOffset Exif.NikonWt.Timezone" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:257 msgid "Xmp.video.TimeZone" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:259 msgid "Exif.Photo.CameraOwnerName Exif.Canon.OwnerName" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:263 msgid "" "Xmp.video.DateTimeOriginal Xmp.video.CreateDate Xmp.video.CreationDate " "Xmp.video.DateUTC Xmp.video.MediaCreateDate Xmp.video.TrackCreateDate" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:266 msgid "" "Xmp.video.ModificationDate Xmp.video.MediaModifyDate " "Xmp.video.TrackModifyDate" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:268 msgid "" "Exif.Image.CameraSerialNumber Exif.Image.UniqueCameraModel " "Exif.Canon.ModelID Exif.Canon.SerialNumber Exif.Fujifilm.SerialNumber " @@ -2160,9 +2599,11 @@ msgid "" "Exif.OlympusEq.SerialNumber Exif.Pentax.ModelID Exif.Pentax.SerialNumber" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:269 msgid "Xmp.aux.SerialNumber Xmp.video.Make Xmp.video.Model" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:271 msgid "" "Exif.Canon.LensModel Exif.CanonCs.Lens Exif.CanonCs.LensType " "Exif.Nikon3.Lens Exif.NikonLd1.LensIDNumber Exif.NikonLd2.LensIDNumber " @@ -2170,27 +2611,34 @@ msgid "" "Exif.OlympusEq.LensSerialNumber" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:273 msgid "Image Regions" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:274 msgid "Exif.Photo.SubjectArea" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:278 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:281 msgid "Xmp.video.GPSCoordinates" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:283 msgid "Exif.SubImage*" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:286 msgid "" "[1] The time zone offset is not directly presented to the user. It is " "applied to the Date / time Taken, Date / time Digitised and Date / time " "Modified fields if no other time zone information is available." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:6 msgid "Technical metadata" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Technical metadata`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+T``) allows you to " "edit 'technical' information about your photographs, such as the date & time" @@ -2202,6 +2650,7 @@ msgid "" " country." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:15 msgid "" "The GUI shows three date/time entries - ``taken``, ``digitised`` and " "``modified``. These are often the same, and are linked by the ``link ...`` " @@ -2209,6 +2658,7 @@ msgid "" "``taken`` date/time." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:19 msgid "" "You may wish to unlink the three entries and adjust the dates or times " "separately. For example, you could use the ``modified`` entry to note when " @@ -2217,6 +2667,7 @@ msgid "" "the ``digitised`` entry to when you scanned them." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:23 msgid "" "The date can be picked from a calendar widget that pops up when you click on" " the down arrow in a date/time entry. Clicking on any of the numbers allows " @@ -2226,6 +2677,7 @@ msgid "" " deleted which removes the date & time metadata from the photograph(s)." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:30 msgid "" "To the right of each date/time is a widget to adjust the time zone. The time" " a photograph was taken is assumed to be \"local time\". The time zone " @@ -2233,6 +2685,7 @@ msgid "" "zone was when the photograph was taken, digitised or modified." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:36 msgid "" "The ``Adjust times`` field allows a constant offset to be applied to the " "``taken`` time stamps of several pictures at once. (The other time stamps " @@ -2243,6 +2696,7 @@ msgid "" "subtract that amount from each selected picture's timestamp." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:43 msgid "" "You can also offset the time zone. In this example my camera clock was set " "to British Summer Time (+01:00) but records timestamps without zone " @@ -2252,6 +2706,7 @@ msgid "" "be given the same offset with just one button click." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:50 msgid "" "Below each date/time is a slider that allows you to set the precision. At " "its maximum value the time is shown to a precision of 1 millisecond. Cameras" @@ -2262,6 +2717,7 @@ msgid "" "record this uncertainty." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:57 msgid "" "The ``Orientation`` value sets the required rotation or reflection to " "display the image. Note that this does not actually transform the image " @@ -2269,18 +2725,21 @@ msgid "" " the orientation metadata, but not all of them do." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:63 msgid "" "The ``Camera`` dropdown list shows the camera model and serial number, if " "known. You can choose a different camera from the list, or click on " "```` to add another camera." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:68 msgid "" "It is quite common for the maker's name to appear in the model name, as " "shown here, but it doesn't have to. The serial number is optional, but could" " be useful if you have more than one of the same model of camera." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:73 msgid "" "After changing the camera you may see this warning message. The makernote_ " "is a block of proprietary data stored in a photograph's Exif metadata. If " @@ -2291,6 +2750,7 @@ msgid "" "correctly." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:80 msgid "" "The ``Lens model`` dropdown list allows you to change the lens specification" " stored in the image metadata. This should not usually be changed for " @@ -2298,6 +2758,7 @@ msgid "" " you use with lenses that its electronics doesn't recognise." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:83 msgid "" "This is particularly useful if you use your camera with 3rd party lenses " "and/or telescopes via a T-thread adaptor. My adaptor identifies itself to " @@ -2305,6 +2766,7 @@ msgid "" " to take some pictures of the moon." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:89 msgid "" "Selecting ```` from the dropdown list allows me to enter details of my " "mirror lens. As it is not a zoom lens there is no need to fill in the " @@ -2312,12 +2774,14 @@ msgid "" "length`` are required information." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:95 msgid "" "The data you enter is stored in the Photini configuration file so you can " "easily apply it to images in future by selecting the lens you have defined " "from the dropdown list." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:99 msgid "" "When the lens model is changed Photini offers the option to adjust the focal" " length and aperture used for each image, if the current values are " @@ -2325,18 +2789,21 @@ msgid "" "these parameters so I click on ``Yes``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:104 msgid "" "When the mouse pointer is held over the lens model dropdown for a few " "seconds a \"tooltip\" shows the focal length and aperture details of the " "lens. This can be useful if they're not obvious from the lens model name." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:109 msgid "" "To remove a lens from the list right-click on the list to bring up its " "context menu. This includes options to delete any lens but the one currently" " in use." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:115 msgid "" "The ``35mm equiv`` field shows the \"`35mm equivalent focal length " "`_\" of the " @@ -2348,6 +2815,7 @@ msgid "" "metadata. These calculated values are shown in faint text." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:124 msgid "" "If you know your camera's crop factor you can correct Photini's calculation " "by typing in the correct 35mm equivalent focal length. Photini will then " @@ -2355,6 +2823,7 @@ msgid "" "use." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:129 msgid "" "If you don't want to store the 35mm equivalent focal length you entered in " "the photograph's metadata you can undo the edit by reloading the metadata. " @@ -2362,14 +2831,17 @@ msgid "" "menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:134 msgid "" "Now the 35mm equivalent focal length is computed using the correct crop " "factor." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/video.rst:6 msgid "Video file handling" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/video.rst:8 msgid "" "Although designed primarily for use with still images Photini can also be " "used with video files. The :doc:`image_selector` ``Open images`` dialogue " @@ -2378,6 +2850,7 @@ msgid "" "all file types." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/video.rst:11 msgid "" "The Exiv2_ metadata library cannot write to video files, so Photini will " "always use XMP sidecars for the metadata you write. Video files can also be " @@ -2386,6 +2859,7 @@ msgid "" "(See :ref:`installation - optional dependencies`.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/video.rst:16 msgid "" "Most video files don't have thumbnails, but Photini may be able to create " "one if you have FFmpeg_ installed on your computer. Right-click on the file " @@ -2393,34 +2867,43 @@ msgid "" "to generate a thumbnail it will store it in the XMP sidecar file." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/video.rst:20 msgid "" "The :doc:`flickr` tab can upload video files, but expect it to be slow. " "Video files can be very large." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/misc/changelog.rst:6 msgid "Change Log" msgstr "Zápis změn" +#: ../../../doc/misc/doc_licence.rst:6 msgid "GNU Free Documentation License" msgstr "GNU Free Documentation License" +#: ../../../doc/misc/doc_licence.rst:8 msgid "" "The Photini documentation is licensed under the GNU Free Documentation " "License." msgstr "Dokumentace k Photini je licencována GNU Free Documentation License." +#: ../../../doc/misc/index.rst:6 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Různé" +#: ../../../doc/misc/licence.rst:6 msgid "GNU General Public License" msgstr "GNU General Public License" +#: ../../../doc/misc/licence.rst:8 msgid "The Photini software is licensed under the GNU General Public License." msgstr "Program Photini je licencován pod GNU General Public License." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:11 msgid "Installation" msgstr "Instalace" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:13 msgid "" "Installation of Photini is done in two parts - first install Python, then " "use Python to install and run Photini." @@ -2428,9 +2911,11 @@ msgstr "" "Instalace Photini probíhá ve dvou částech - nejprve nainstalujte Python a " "poté pomocí Pythonu nainstalujte a spusťte Photini." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:16 msgid "Installing Python" msgstr "Instalace Pythonu" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:18 msgid "" "Python_ is absolutely essential to run Photini. It is already installed on " "many computers, but on Windows you will probably need to install it " @@ -2440,9 +2925,11 @@ msgstr "" "již nainstalován, ale v systému Windows si jej pravděpodobně budete muset " "nainstalovat sami." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:22 ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:143 msgid "Linux/MacOS" msgstr "Linux/MacOS" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:24 msgid "" "Python should already be installed, but make sure you have Python |nbsp| 3. " "Open a terminal window and run the ``python3`` command::" @@ -2450,6 +2937,7 @@ msgstr "" "Python by již měl být nainstalován, ale ujistěte se, že máte Python |nbsp| " "3. Otevřete okno terminálu a spusťte příkaz ``python3``::" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:30 msgid "" "Note that the command is ``python3``. On many machines the ``python`` " "command still runs Python |nbsp| 2. If you do not have Python |nbsp| 3 " @@ -2459,9 +2947,11 @@ msgstr "" " stále spouští Python |nbsp| 2. Pokud nemáte nainstalovaný Python |nbsp| 3, " "použijte k jeho instalaci správce balíčků vašeho operačního systému." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:34 msgid "You should also check what version of pip_ is installed::" msgstr "Měli byste také zkontrolovat, jaká verze pip_ je nainstalována::" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:39 msgid "" "Most Linux systems suppress pip's normal version check, but I recommend " "upgrading pip anyway::" @@ -2469,14 +2959,16 @@ msgstr "" "Většina linuxových systémů potlačuje běžnou kontrolu verze pipu, ale přesto " "doporučuji pip aktualizovat::" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:50 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Note that pip has installed the new version in ``/home/jim/.local`` as " "normal users can't write to ``/usr``. (Don't be tempted to get round this by" -" using ``sudo`` to run pip. ``/usr`` should only be written by the operating" -" system's package manager.) You may need to log out and then log in again to" -" update your PATH settings. (On some Linux distributions you can simply run " -"``source ~/.profile`` instead of logging out & in.)" +" using ``sudo`` to run pip. ``/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages`` should only " +"be written by the operating system's package manager.) You may need to log " +"out and then log in again to update your PATH settings. (On some Linux " +"distributions you can simply run ``source ~/.profile`` instead of logging " +"out & in.)" msgstr "" "Všimněte si, že pip nainstaloval novou verzi do adresáře " "``/home/jim/.local``, protože běžní uživatelé nemohou zapisovat do adresáře " @@ -2485,12 +2977,15 @@ msgstr "" "systému.) Možná se budete muset odhlásit a znovu přihlásit, abyste " "aktualizovali nastavení PATH." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:56 msgid "Running ``pip --version`` again shows the new version::" msgstr "Při opětovném spuštění ``pip --version`` se zobrazí nová verze::" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:62 ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:162 msgid "Windows" msgstr "Windows" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:64 #, fuzzy msgid "" "I suggest reading `Using Python on Windows`_ before you begin. Go to " @@ -2510,28 +3005,35 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Translated with www.DeepL.com/Translator (free version)" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:71 msgid "" "The first main installer screen should have an option to customise the " "installation. I recommend choosing this and selecting the following options." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:76 msgid "" "Documentation: If you are installing Python only to run Photini then you " "don't really need the Python documentation." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:77 msgid "pip: You definitely need this!" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:78 msgid "tcl/tk and IDLE: not needed unless you want to edit Python files." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:79 msgid "Python test suite: not needed." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:80 msgid "py launcher: I recommend installing the launcher for all users." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:84 msgid "" "Install for all users: this is essential if you'd like to share one " "installation of Photini between two or more users. I also recommend it for " @@ -2539,27 +3041,34 @@ msgid "" "Photini installation." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:85 msgid "Associate files with Python: recommended." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:86 msgid "Create shortcuts for installed applications: optional." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:87 msgid "" "Add Python to environment variables: I don't recommend this. The py launcher" " (previous screen) is a cleaner way to run Python than adding things to your" " PATH environment variable." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:88 msgid "Precompile standard library: recommended." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:89 msgid "Download debugging symbols: not needed." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:90 msgid "Download debug binaries: not needed." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:92 #, fuzzy msgid "" "After installing Python, start a command window such as ``cmd.exe``. Now try" @@ -2568,19 +3077,23 @@ msgstr "" "Po instalaci Pythonu spusťte příkazové okno, například ``cmd.exe``. Nyní " "zkuste spustit příkaz pip_::" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:99 msgid "This shows that Python 3.8 is installed and available." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:101 msgid "" "Now try running pip_. Note the use of ``py`` to run pip, instead of " "requiring the Python scripts directory to be on your PATH::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:116 msgid "" "This shows that ``pip`` is installed in ``c:\\program files\\python38\\lib" "\\site-packages``, which is only writeable with administrator privileges." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:118 msgid "" "If you install packages with ``pip`` as a normal user (i.e. without " "administrator privileges) it will put them under your \"roaming\" " @@ -2591,15 +3104,18 @@ msgid "" "choice of location." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:121 msgid "" "The following instructions assume a virtual environment is in use and " "activated. If you don't use a virtual environment then replace ``python`` " "with ``py`` and ``pip`` with ``py -m pip``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:125 msgid "Installing Photini" msgstr "Instalace Photini" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:127 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Before installing Photini you need to decide if you are installing it for a " @@ -2615,6 +3131,7 @@ msgstr "" "například snadné odinstalování, takže jej můžete použít i pro instalaci pro " "jednoho uživatele." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:131 msgid "" "Linux & MacOS users have another decision to make - whether to install " "Photini's dependencies with pip_ or with the operating system's package " @@ -2627,9 +3144,11 @@ msgid "" "applications." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:136 msgid "Virtual environment" msgstr "Virtuální prostředí" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:138 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you are using a virtual environment you should set it up now. You can " @@ -2639,6 +3158,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pokud používáte virtuální prostředí, měli byste je nyní nastavit. Já " "používám název ``photini`` a vytvářím ho ve svém domovském adresáři:" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:159 msgid "" "The option ``--system-site-packages`` makes packages installed with the " "system package manager (e.g. PySide6 / PySide2 / PyQt6 / PyQt5) available " @@ -2646,6 +3166,7 @@ msgid "" "from within the virtual environment." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:182 msgid "" "Note that after activating the virtual environment the ``py`` command is not" " needed. Python, pip, and other Python based commands are run directly. " @@ -2653,15 +3174,19 @@ msgid "" "above. This ensures that the latest version will be used to install Photini." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:187 msgid "" "You should stay in this virtual environment while installing and testing " -"Photini." +"Photini. After that Photini can be run without activating the virtual " +"environment." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:191 #, fuzzy msgid "Qt package" msgstr "Balíček" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:193 msgid "" "Photini uses the Qt_ Framework for its graphical user interface. There are " "two current versions of Qt (Qt5 and Qt6) and each has two Python interfaces " @@ -2671,49 +3196,60 @@ msgid "" "Windows versions earlier than Windows |nbsp| 10." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:199 msgid "" "After installing Photini the ``photini-configure`` command can be used to " "choose a Qt package. This allows you to try each until you find one that " "works satisfactorily on your computer." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:203 msgid "Initial installation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:205 msgid "Firstly install Photini with pip_:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:267 msgid "" "Photini's optional dependencies can be included in the installation by " "listing them as \"extras\" in the pip command. For example, if you want to " "be able to upload to Flickr and Ipernity:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:278 msgid "Note that the extras' names are not case-sensitive." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:280 msgid "" "You can install all of Photini's optional dependencies by adding an ``all`` " "extra. You can also install any of the Qt packages as extras:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:292 msgid "" "Now run the ``photini-configure`` command to choose which Qt package to use." " (The Windows example is running Windows |nbsp| 7, so PyQt6 and PySide6 are " "not available):" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:358 msgid "" "The command asks a series of questions, then runs pip_ to install any extra " "dependencies that are needed, then updates your Photini configuration file." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:361 msgid "Test the installation" msgstr "Přezkoušejte instalaci" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:363 msgid "Now you should be able to run photini:" msgstr "Nyní byste měli být schopni spustit photini:" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:386 msgid "" "Photini should run successfully, but it lists some optional dependencies " "that are not installed. These provide additional features, for example the " @@ -2723,9 +3259,11 @@ msgstr "" "závislosti, které nejsou nainstalovány. Ty poskytují další funkce, například" " nahrávač na Flickr, které nebudou muset instalovat všichni uživatelé." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:390 msgid "Missing system packages" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:392 msgid "" "On some Linux systems (e.g. Ubuntu, Debian, Mint) Photini may still not run " "if you've installed a Qt package with pip_ instead of the system's package " @@ -2735,15 +3273,18 @@ msgid "" "the error message doesn't tell you that!" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:397 ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:821 msgid "Optional dependencies" msgstr "Volitelné závislosti" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:399 msgid "" "Most of the dependencies required for Photini's optional features can also " "be installed with ``photini-configure``. Default answers are given in square" " brackets:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:522 msgid "" "Photini's spelling checker may require some other files to be installed. See" " the `pyenchant documentation`_ for platform specific instructions." @@ -2752,6 +3293,7 @@ msgstr "" "souborů. Pokyny pro konkrétní platformu naleznete v dokumentaci " "`pyenchant`_." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:525 msgid "" "One optional dependency that cannot be installed with pip_ or ``photini-" "configure`` is FFmpeg_. This is used to read metadata from video files. " @@ -2759,9 +3301,11 @@ msgid "" "installing it on Windows is non-trivial." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:530 msgid "Start menu / application menu" msgstr "Nabídka Start / nabídka aplikací" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:532 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Although you can run Photini from a command shell, most users would probably" @@ -2772,9 +3316,11 @@ msgstr "" "pravděpodobně raději použije nabídku Start/Aplikace nebo ikonu na ploše. Ty " "lze nainstalovat pomocí příkazu ``photini-post-install``:" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:583 msgid "Additional users" msgstr "Další uživatelé" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:585 msgid "" "If you have installed Photini in a virtual environment then other users " "should be able to run the ``photini`` command using its full path. (On " @@ -2786,6 +3332,7 @@ msgstr "" "systému Windows budete muset nejprve sdílet adresář nejvyšší úrovně " "virtuálního prostředí.)" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:596 #, fuzzy msgid "" "This is not a very convenient way to run Photini, so most users will want to" @@ -2794,6 +3341,7 @@ msgstr "" "To není příliš pohodlný způsob spouštění aplikace Photini, takže většina " "uživatelů si ji bude chtít přidat do nabídky Start/Aplikace:" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:645 msgid "" "To install Photini menu shortcuts for all users you can run the post install" " command as root (Linux) or in a command window run as administrator " @@ -2804,9 +3352,11 @@ msgstr "" "spuštěném jako správce (Windows). Je důležité použít úplnou cestu k příkazu " "po instalaci:" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:696 msgid "Uninstalling Photini" msgstr "Odinstalování Photini" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:698 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Before removing Photini you should use the ``photini-post-install`` command " @@ -2815,6 +3365,7 @@ msgstr "" "Před odstraněním aplikace Photini byste ji měli pomocí příkazu ``photini-" "post-install`` odstranit z nabídky Start/Aplikace:" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:713 msgid "" "If you used a virtual environment you can simply delete the top level " "directory created when setting up the virtual environment. Otherwise you can" @@ -2826,15 +3377,18 @@ msgstr "" "případě můžete pomocí pip odinstalovat Photini a tolik jeho závislostí, " "kolik chcete odstranit:" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:759 msgid "Updating Photini" msgstr "Aktualizace Photini" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:761 msgid "" "When a new release of Photini is issued you can easily update your " "installation with pip_. If you installed Photini in a virtual environment " "then you need to activate the virtual environment before upgrading:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:772 msgid "" "The ``-U`` option tells pip to update Photini to the latest available " "version." @@ -2842,6 +3396,7 @@ msgstr "" "Volba ``-U`` říká pipu, aby aktualizoval Photini na nejnovější dostupnou " "verzi." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:774 msgid "" "If you upgrade Python you shouldn't need to reinstall Photini or its " "dependencies if only the patch level changes (e.g. 3.8.9 to 3.8.10). After a" @@ -2853,9 +3408,11 @@ msgstr "" "3.8.10). Po významnějším povýšení Pythonu (např. z verze 3.7.x na 3.8.y) " "budete muset provést novou instalaci Photini a jeho závislostí." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:778 msgid "Dependency details" msgstr "Podrobnosti o závislostech" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:780 msgid "" "These lists of dependencies may be useful to Linux or MacOS users who prefer" " to use their system package manager to install them instead of pip_. Note " @@ -2867,6 +3424,7 @@ msgstr "" "balíčků. Všimněte si, že v některých případech máte možnost výběru balíčků, " "jak je uvedeno v poznámkách pod každou tabulkou." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:783 msgid "" "Different operating systems have different names for the same packages. If " "you run into problems, please let me know (email jim@jim-easterbrook.me.uk) " @@ -2877,107 +3435,141 @@ msgstr "" "na problémy, dejte mi prosím vědět (e-mail jim@jim-easterbrook.me.uk) a " "jakmile zjistíme, co je třeba udělat, budu moci tento návod vylepšit." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:789 msgid "Essential dependencies" msgstr "Základní závislosti" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:791 msgid "These are all required for Photini to be usable." msgstr "" "Všechny tyto závislosti jsou nutné k tomu, aby bylo možné aplikaci Photini " "používat." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:794 msgid "Package" msgstr "Balíček" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:794 msgid "Minimum version" msgstr "Malá verze" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:794 msgid "Typical Linux package name" msgstr "Typický název balíčku pro systém Linux" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:794 msgid "PyPI package name" msgstr "Název balíčku PyPI" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:796 msgid "Python_" msgstr "Python_" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:796 msgid "3.6" msgstr "3.6" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:796 msgid "``python3``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:797 msgid "PyQt_ [1]" msgstr "PyQt_ [1]" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:797 msgid "5.11" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:797 msgid "``python3-qt5`` or ``python3-pyqt5`` or ``python310-PyQt6``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:800 msgid "PySide2_ [1]" msgstr "PySide2_ [1]" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:800 msgid "5.11.0" msgstr "5.11.0" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:800 msgid "``python3-pyside2``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:800 msgid "PySide2" msgstr "PySide2" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:801 msgid "PySide6_ [1]" msgstr "PySide6_ [1]" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:801 msgid "6.2.0" msgstr "6.2.0" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:801 msgid "``python3-pyside6``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:801 msgid "PySide6" msgstr "PySide6" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:802 msgid "QtWebEngine_ [2]" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:802 msgid "``python3-pyside2.qtwebengine`` or ``python310-PyQt6-WebEngine``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:802 msgid "PyQtWebEngine" msgstr "PyQtWebEngine" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:804 msgid "`python-exiv2`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:804 msgid "0.14.0" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:804 msgid "exiv2" msgstr "exiv2" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:805 msgid "appdirs" msgstr "appdirs" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:805 msgid "1.3" msgstr "1.3" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:805 msgid "``python3-appdirs``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:806 msgid "requests_" msgstr "requests_" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:806 msgid "2.4" msgstr "2.4" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:806 msgid "``python3-requests``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:806 msgid "requests" msgstr "vyžaduje" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:809 msgid "" "[1] PyQt_, PySide2_, and PySide6_ are Python interfaces to the Qt GUI " "framework. Photini can use any of them (although PyQt is preferred), so you " @@ -2988,6 +3580,7 @@ msgid "" "` or by running ``photini-configure``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:814 msgid "" "[2] Photini needs the Python interface to QtWebEngine_. This is included in " "PySide6_ and some PyQt_ or PySide2_ installations, otherwise you need to " @@ -2995,6 +3588,7 @@ msgid "" "if it's missing." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:823 msgid "" "Some of Photini's features are optional - if you don't install these " "packages Photini will work but the relevant feature will not be available. " @@ -3006,62 +3600,81 @@ msgstr "" "linuxových správců balíčků budou pravděpodobně obsahovat předpony " "``python-`` nebo ``python3-``." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:827 msgid "Feature" msgstr "Funkce" +#: ../../../../README.rst:12 ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:827 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "Závislosti" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:829 msgid "Spell check[1]" msgstr "Kontrola pravopisu[1]" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:829 msgid "pyenchant_ 2.0+" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:830 msgid "Flickr upload" msgstr "Nahrání na Flickr" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:830 ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:832 msgid "`requests-oauthlib`_ 1.0+, `requests-toolbelt`_ 0.9+, keyring_ 7.0+" msgstr "`requests-oauthlib`_ 1.0+, `requests-toolbelt`_ 0.9+, keyring_ 7.0+" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:831 msgid "Ipernity upload" msgstr "Nahrání na Ipernity" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:831 msgid "`requests-toolbelt`_ 0.9+, keyring_ 7.0+" msgstr "`requests-toolbelt`_ 0.9+, keyring_ 7.0+" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:832 msgid "Pixelfed upload" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:833 msgid "Google Photos upload" msgstr "Nahrání na Google Photos" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:833 msgid "`requests-oauthlib`_ 1.0+, keyring_ 7.0+" msgstr "`requests-oauthlib`_ 1.0+, keyring_ 7.0+" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:834 msgid "Thumbnail creation[2]" msgstr "Vytváření náhledů[2]" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:834 msgid "FFmpeg_, Pillow_ 2.0+" msgstr "FFmpeg_, Pillow_ 2.0+" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:835 msgid "Import photos from camera[3]" msgstr "Zavádění fotografií z fotoaparátu[3]" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:835 msgid "`python3-gphoto2`_ 1.8+" msgstr "`python3-gphoto2`_ 1.8+" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:836 msgid "Import GPS logger file" msgstr "Zavedení souboru zapisovače GPS" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:836 msgid "gpxpy_ 1.3.5+" msgstr "gpxpy_ 1.3.5+" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:839 msgid "" "[1] Pyenchant requires a C library and dictionaries to be installed. See the" " `pyenchant documentation`_ for detailed instructions." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:842 msgid "" "[2] Photini can create thumbnail images using PyQt, but better quality ones " "can be made by installing Pillow. FFmpeg is needed to generate thumbnails " @@ -3072,6 +3685,7 @@ msgstr "" "pro video soubory, ale umí je vytvořit i pro některé formáty statických " "obrázků." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:845 msgid "" "[3]Photini can import pictures from any directory on your computer (e.g. a " "memory card) but on Linux and MacOS systems it can also import directly from" @@ -3081,9 +3695,11 @@ msgstr "" "paměťové karty), ale v systémech Linux a MacOS může také zavádět přímo z " "fotoaparátu, pokud je nainstalován python-gphoto2." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:848 msgid "Special installations" msgstr "Zvláštní instalace" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:850 msgid "" "There are some circumstances where installing Photini from the Python " "Package Index (PyPI_) with pip_ is not suitable. If you need easy access to " @@ -3091,9 +3707,11 @@ msgid "" " another language, then you should install the development version." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:856 msgid "Development version" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:858 msgid "" "To install the development version you can use git to clone the `GitHub " "repository `_ or download it as " @@ -3101,62 +3719,75 @@ msgid "" "to the Photini top level directory before continuing." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:861 msgid "" "You can run Photini without installing it, using the ``run_photini.py`` " "script::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:865 msgid "" "This can be useful during development as the script should also work within " "an IDE." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:867 msgid "The development version can be built and installed using pip::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:871 msgid "" "If you'd like to test or use one of Photini's translation files you will " "need to update the translations before installing or running Photini::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:876 msgid "" "This requires the Qt \"linguist\" software to be installed. See :ref" ":`localisation-program-testing` for more information about using " "translations." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:882 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:884 msgid "" "If you ever have problems running Photini the first thing to do is to run it" " in a command window. If you installed Photini in a `virtual environment`_ " "then activate that environment, for example:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:898 msgid "" "Start the Photini program as follows. If it fails to run you should get some" " diagnostic information:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:909 msgid "" "Note the use of the ``-v`` option to increase the verbosity of Photini's " "message logging. This option can be repeated for even more verbosity." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:912 msgid "" "To find out what version of Photini and some of its dependencies you are " "using, run it with the ``--version`` option:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:940 msgid "" "This information is useful if you need to email me (jim@jim-" "easterbrook.me.uk) with any problems you have running Photini." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:943 msgid "Mailing list" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:945 msgid "" "For more general discussion of Photini (e.g. release announcements, " "questions about using it, problems with installing, etc.) there is an email " @@ -3164,25 +3795,30 @@ msgid "" "ask to join the group at https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/photini." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:953 msgid "" "If you would like to have a local copy of the Photini documentation, and " "have downloaded or cloned the source files, you can install Sphinx_ and " "associated packages and then \"compile\" the documentation::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:958 msgid "" "Open ``doc/html/index.html`` with a web browser to read the local " "documentation." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/introduction.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:2 msgid "" "A free, easy to use, digital photograph metadata (Exif, IPTC, XMP) editing " "application for Linux, Windows and MacOS." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:4 msgid "" "\"Metadata\" is said to mean \"data about data\". In the context of digital " "photographs this means information that isn't essential in order to display " @@ -3191,104 +3827,133 @@ msgid "" "camera's position when the picture was taken." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:8 msgid "" "\"[Photini] doesn't try to be an all-singing, all-dancing image management " "powerhouse - it just lets you add information to photos, quickly and " "easily.\"" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:13 msgid "`Linux Format`_ magazine, January 2013" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:12 msgid "Why is it called Photini? Read my `blog post`_ on how I chose a name." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:16 msgid "Contents" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:19 msgid "Features" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:3 msgid "Easy to use graphical interface." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:4 msgid "Set photo title, description, keywords, copyright and creator fields." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:5 msgid "Some support for video files." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:6 msgid "Spell checking of some fields (optional)." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:7 msgid "Can set metadata for multiple images simultaneously." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:8 msgid "" "Can adjust picture date & time and time zone (of multiple images " "simultaneously)." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:9 msgid "" "Reads Exif, IPTC and XMP metadata, writes all three to maximise " "compatibility with other software." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:10 msgid "Writes metadata to image files or to XMP \"sidecar\" files." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:11 msgid "Can import photographs from many digital cameras." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:12 msgid "" "Upload to Flickr_ or `Google Photos`_ or Ipernity_ or Pixelfed_ with reuse " "of metadata." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:3 msgid "Geotagging - search map to find named places." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:4 msgid "Choice of map providers - instantly switch to compare details." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:5 msgid "Drag and drop images on to map to set GPS location." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:6 msgid "Or set GPS location using data exported by a tracker app." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:7 msgid "Edit coordinates if required, or clear to unset GPS data." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:8 msgid "Convert GPS coordinates to street address." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:9 msgid "Suggestions for further development welcome." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:14 msgid "Photini requires at least the following:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:16 msgid "Python3: http://python.org/" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:17 msgid "" "PyQt5, PyQt6, PySide2, or PySide6: " "http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/pyqt/ or " "https://doc.qt.io/qtforpython/" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:18 msgid "python-exiv2: https://pypi.org/project/exiv2/" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:20 msgid "" "For a full list of dependencies, please see the `installation " "documentation`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:4 msgid "Getting help" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:6 msgid "" "If you encounter any problems installing or running Photini, please email " "jim@jim-easterbrook.me.uk and I'll respond as soon as I can. There is also " @@ -3298,9 +3963,11 @@ msgid "" "`\"issues\" page`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:11 msgid "Localisation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:13 msgid "" "Work has begun on providing Photini in multiple languages. I rely on users " "to do the translation, as I am not fluent in any language other than " @@ -3309,45 +3976,59 @@ msgid "" "Hosted Weblate`_. For more details, see the `localisation documentation`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:22 msgid "Licence" msgstr "Licence" +#: ../../../../README.rst:24 msgid "Photini - a simple photo metadata editor." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:25 msgid "http://github.com/jim-easterbrook/Photini" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:26 msgid "Copyright (C) 2012-23 Jim Easterbrook jim@jim-easterbrook.me.uk" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:28 msgid "Catalan translation by Joan Juvanteny" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:29 msgid "Czech translation by Pavel Fric" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:30 msgid "French translation by Nathan, J. Lavoie" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:31 msgid "German translation by Jan Rimmek, J. Lavoie, Ettore Atalan" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:32 msgid "Italian translation by \"albanobattistella\"" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:33 msgid "Korean translation by Soohyeon Park" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:34 msgid "Norwegian Bokmål translation by Allan Nordhøy" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:35 msgid "Polish translation by Dawid Głaz, Eryk Michalak" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:36 msgid "Spanish translation by Esteban Martinena, Cristos Ruiz, Kamborio" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:38 msgid "" "This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it " "under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free " @@ -3355,6 +4036,7 @@ msgid "" "any later version." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:43 msgid "" "This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT " "ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or " @@ -3362,43 +4044,52 @@ msgid "" "more details." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:48 msgid "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with" " this program. If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:52 msgid "Service terms and conditions" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:54 msgid "" "Use of the Google map tab is subject to the `Google Maps Terms of Use`_ and " "`Google Privacy Policy`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:56 msgid "" "Use of the Bing map tab is subject to the `Microsoft Bing Maps Terms of " "Use`_ and `Microsoft Privacy Statement`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:58 msgid "" "Use of the Mapbox map tab is subject to the `Mapbox terms of service`_ and " "`Mapbox privacy policy`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:60 msgid "" "The Flickr upload tab uses the Flickr API but is not endorsed or certified " "by Flickr." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:63 msgid "Privacy statement" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:65 msgid "" "Photini does not directly gather any information from its users, but the " "online services it can use (maps and uploaders) may do so. You should read " "these services' privacy policies before using them." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:68 msgid "" "Photini stores user preferences in a text file on the user's computer. The " "default location of this file is ``$HOME/.config/photini/`` (Linux), " @@ -3408,9 +4099,11 @@ msgid "" "`Python keyring`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:74 msgid "Documentation licence" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:76 msgid "" "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify the Photini " "documentation under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version" @@ -3420,9 +4113,11 @@ msgid "" "Documentation License\"." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:6 msgid "\"Localisation\"" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:8 msgid "" "Photini can be made easier to use for people who don't speak English. There " "are two parts to this -- the text used within the program and the " @@ -3431,9 +4126,11 @@ msgid "" "Transifex_) or a suitable text editor installed on your computer." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:14 msgid "Translating the program text" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:16 msgid "" "If your computer is configured to use a language other than English, and " "Photini has already been translated into that language, then Photini should " @@ -3441,20 +4138,25 @@ msgid "" "like if your computer is configured to use Spanish." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:21 msgid "" "If you'd like to help by translating Photini into another language, or by " "improving an existing translation, this is what you need to do." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst msgid "Translation status" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:29 msgid "Translation progress so far" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:32 ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:178 msgid "Online translation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:34 msgid "" "The main advantages of online translation are that you don't need to install" " any software on your computer (apart from a web browser) and that several " @@ -3462,14 +4164,17 @@ msgid "" "as little effort as they wish." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:37 msgid "" "Please read the :ref:`notes ` below for things " "to be aware of when translating the program strings." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:40 msgid "Weblate" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:42 msgid "" "Weblate_ is an online translation service that provides free support for " "open source projects such as Photini. Its main advantage over Transifex is " @@ -3480,6 +4185,7 @@ msgid "" "so you don't have to invent yet another user name and password." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:48 msgid "" "Back at the Photini project page, click on the \"GUI\" component, then click" " on a language to work on, or \"Start new translation\" if your language is " @@ -3487,6 +4193,7 @@ msgid "" "translations. You can then click on a string to edit its translation." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:52 msgid "" "When you've finished working on a translation there's no need to do anything" " further. Weblate automatically pushes the translation to GitHub, where I " @@ -3494,9 +4201,11 @@ msgid "" "your translation ` though." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:57 msgid "Transifex" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:59 msgid "" "Transifex_ is another online translation service with free support for open " "source projects. Follow the link to Transifex_ and click on \"Help Translate" @@ -3505,6 +4214,7 @@ msgid "" "so you don't have to invent yet another user name and password." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:64 msgid "" "Back at the Transifex Photini page click on \"Languages\" to show all the " "languages currently being translated to. If your language is not included in" @@ -3517,11 +4227,13 @@ msgid "" "and then start translating." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:71 msgid "" "Click on your language, then click on \"src..en/photini.ts (transifex)\" to " "work on the Photini GUI strings." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:73 msgid "" "When you've finished working on a translation there's no need to do anything" " further. Transifex automatically pushes the translation to GitHub, where I " @@ -3529,15 +4241,18 @@ msgid "" "your translation ` though." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:78 ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:186 msgid "Offline translation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:80 msgid "" "Translating Photini on your own computer will probably require extra " "software to be installed, but may be easier as you can see the program " "source where translations are used." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:82 msgid "" "Start by downloading the development version of Photini by cloning the " "GitHub repository (see :ref:`installation-photini`). You will also need to " @@ -3545,6 +4260,7 @@ msgid "" "installable with ``pip``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:86 msgid "" "The program strings are stored in files with names like " "``src/lang/nl/photini.ts``, where ``nl`` is the code for the Dutch language." @@ -3552,9 +4268,11 @@ msgid "" " files with the current program strings::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:91 msgid "Now you can open a translation file in your chosen editor, for example::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:95 msgid "" "You can use any text editor for your translations, but a special purpose " "translation editor is preferable. The `Qt Linguist`_ program is ideal, but " @@ -3562,6 +4280,7 @@ msgid "" "strings should be acceptable." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:98 msgid "" "Please read the :ref:`notes ` below for things " "to be aware of when translating the program strings. When you've finished " @@ -3570,12 +4289,15 @@ msgid "" "` first." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:105 ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:200 msgid "Things to be aware of" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:109 msgid "String length" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:108 msgid "" "Many of the strings to be translated have to fit into buttons on the GUI, so" " your translation should not be much longer than the English original. If " @@ -3583,9 +4305,11 @@ msgid "" "to as well." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:113 msgid "Words with special meanings" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:112 msgid "" "Some of Photini's GUI elements such as ``Title / Object Name`` are named " "after the metadata items in the Exif, XMP or IPTC specifications. If " @@ -3593,9 +4317,11 @@ msgid "" "with translating these words." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:118 msgid "Formatting strings" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:116 msgid "" "In Python curly braces are used to include other data in a string. For " "example, ``File \"{file_name}\" has {size} bytes and exceeds {service}'s " @@ -3605,18 +4331,22 @@ msgid "" "language." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:122 msgid "Carriage returns" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:121 msgid "" "Some of Photini's buttons split their labels over two or more lines to stop " "the button being too wide. You should split your translation in similar size" " pieces so it has the same number of lines." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:128 msgid "HTML markup" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:125 msgid "" "Strings such as ``

Upload to Flickr has not finished.

`` include HTML" " markup which must be copied to your translated string. Some strings such as" @@ -3625,18 +4355,22 @@ msgid "" "translated." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:132 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:131 msgid "" "Some strings include a single ampersand character ``&`` immediately before a" " letter that is used as a keyboard shortcut. You should choose a suitable " "letter in your translation and place the ampersand appropriately." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:138 msgid "Plural forms" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:135 msgid "" "Translations can accommodate the many ways that languages handle plurals. " "For example in English we write \"0 files, 1 file, 2 files\". Weblate_ has a" @@ -3644,15 +4378,18 @@ msgid "" " also handle plural forms." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:143 ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:233 msgid "Testing your translation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:145 msgid "" "You need a copy of the Photini source files to test your translation with. " "You can download or clone this from GitHub (see :ref:`installation-" "photini`)." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:148 msgid "" "If you've been working online then you can download your translation with " "Weblate's \"Files\" menu. It will have the wrong default name so, for " @@ -3660,6 +4397,7 @@ msgid "" "``src/lang/fr/photini.ts``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:151 msgid "" "The translation file needs to be \"compiled\" (converted from ``.ts`` format" " to ``.qm`` format) before it can be used by the Photini program. This " @@ -3667,24 +4405,30 @@ msgid "" "package on PyPI." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:154 msgid "You can easily update and compile all the language files::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:159 msgid "Now you can install Photini with your new translation(s)::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:163 msgid "" "Photini should use your new language if your computer's ``LANG`` environment" " variable is set appropriately. You can force this when running Photini from" " the command line::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:168 msgid "Photini should now be using your translations." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:171 msgid "Translating the documentation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:173 msgid "" "Translating Photini's documentation is a lot more work than translating the " "program itself. The `\"Read the Docs\" `_ web site" @@ -3693,16 +4437,19 @@ msgid "" "program strings is a much higher priority." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:180 msgid "" "This uses Transifex_ as described above. The documentation strings are in " "the resource \"src..gettext/documentation.pot (transifex)\"." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:183 ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:195 msgid "" "See the :ref:`notes ` below for things to " "be aware of when translating the documentation." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:188 msgid "" "The documentation translation uses ``.po`` files as specified by the `GNU " "gettext `_ project. You can open the " @@ -3710,6 +4457,7 @@ msgid "" "example::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:202 msgid "" "The Photini documentation is written in `reStructuredText " "`_. This is a markup language that" @@ -3720,9 +4468,11 @@ msgid "" "punctuation from the English source." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:211 msgid "Double backquotes ``````" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:209 msgid "" "These often mark words that are used in the Photini GUI. You may wish to " "include the English equivalent in brackets after your translation to help " @@ -3731,29 +4481,37 @@ msgid "" "German translation as ````Ausrichtung (Orientation)````." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:214 msgid "Special characters, e.g. ``(|hazard|)``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:214 msgid "These refer to Unicode symbols and should not be translated." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:217 msgid "Short cross references, e.g. ``:doc:`tags```" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:217 msgid "These should not be translated." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:220 msgid "Long cross references, e.g. ``:ref:`installation ```" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:220 msgid "" "The text within the ``<>`` characters should not be translated, but it may " "be appropriate to translate the preceding link text." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:225 msgid "Short external links, e.g. ```Google Photos`_``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:223 msgid "" "If you need to translate the text you can transform the short link into a " "long one. For example, the English ```Google Photos`_`` could appear in a " @@ -3761,52 +4519,63 @@ msgid "" "underscores ``_`` and backquotes ````` - they are vital!" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:228 msgid "Long external links, e.g. ```Flickr `_``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:228 msgid "" "The url within the ``<>`` characters should not be translated, but it may be" " appropriate to translate the preceding link text." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:235 msgid "" "If you install Sphinx_ (See :ref:`installation `) you can build a local copy of the documentation using your " "translation. For example, to build Dutch documentation::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:240 msgid "" "Open ``doc/html/index.html`` with a web browser to read the translated " "documentation." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/reading.rst:6 msgid "Further reading" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/reading.rst:8 msgid "" "The best explanation of what should be put in each metadata field I've found" " is the `Guide to Photo Metadata Fields `_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/reading.rst:9 msgid "" "`Google Maps JavaScript API " "`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/reading.rst:10 msgid "" "`Bing Maps V8 Web Control `_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/reading.rst:11 msgid "" "`Leaflet, an open-source JavaScript library for mobile-friendly interactive " "maps `_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:6 msgid "Typical workflow" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:8 msgid "" "This is a suggestion for how to use Photini. It roughly reflects what I do, " "but is just a guideline for beginners. As you gain experience you may choose" @@ -3816,9 +4585,11 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`configuration-tabs` for more detail." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:16 msgid "Make a backup copy" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:18 msgid "" "Before editing any of your images' metadata you should make a backup copy. " "Even if I could guarantee that Photini was bug free and would never corrupt " @@ -3827,9 +4598,11 @@ msgid "" "you start, please make a backup copy of your photographs." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:23 msgid "Load images" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:25 msgid "" "Select the ``File`` menu ``Open images`` item (keyboard shortcut " "``Ctrl+O``). This opens a file selection dialog with which you can navigate " @@ -3838,6 +4611,7 @@ msgid "" "the Photini editor's image selector." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:29 msgid "" "Photini doesn't set a limit to the number of files you can open " "simultaneously, but it's probably sensible not to open more than 30 or 40, " @@ -3845,6 +4619,7 @@ msgid "" "usually load all the photographs taken on one day, or in one place." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:32 msgid "" "Each image file is shown as a thumbnail image in the lower half of the " "Photini editor GUI. You can adjust the space allocated to this area by " @@ -3855,9 +4630,11 @@ msgid "" "size image in your default picture viewing program." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:39 msgid "Set ownership" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:41 msgid "" "I usually start by setting the copyright notice and other information on the" " ``Ownership metadata`` tab. I select all the images with the keyboard " @@ -3865,9 +4642,11 @@ msgid "" " to the ``Descriptive metadata`` tab." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:46 msgid "Set descriptive metadata" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:48 msgid "" "If all your selected pictures have the same title then type it into the " "``Title / Object Name`` field now. Otherwise it's time to start selecting " @@ -3875,14 +4654,17 @@ msgid "" "fields." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:51 msgid "" "The ``Keywords`` field expects a list of words or short phrases, separated " "by semi-colon (;) characters." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:54 msgid "Save your work so far" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:58 msgid "" "As you proceed it's a good idea to save the images that have new metadata " "with the ``File`` menu ``Save images with new data`` item (keyboard shortcut" @@ -3890,9 +4672,11 @@ msgid "" " warning symbol (|hazard|)." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:62 msgid "Set geolocation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:64 msgid "" "Amongst the commonly used image metadata items are the latitude and " "longitude of the position from which the photograph was taken. (Some people " @@ -3902,6 +4686,7 @@ msgid "" "map." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:68 msgid "" "There are currently three map tabs in the Photini editor, each of which gets" " maps (or aerial photographs) from a different provider: Google, Microsoft " @@ -3912,6 +4697,7 @@ msgid "" "switch to another at any time." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:73 msgid "" "You may be able use the map's navigation and zoom controls to find the area " "you want, but usually you will need to use the search box. Click on ``, 2023\n" "Language: de\n" @@ -24,9 +24,11 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.11.0\n" +#: ../../../doc/index.rst:6 ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:951 msgid "Photini documentation" msgstr "Photini-Dokumentation" +#: ../../../doc/index.rst:8 msgid "" "Welcome to the documentation of Photini, an easy to use photograph metadata " "editor. For a quick introduction to Photini and its features I suggest you " @@ -34,9 +36,11 @@ msgid "" "capabilities can be found in :doc:`the user manual `." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/index.rst:23 msgid "Copyright (C) 2012-23 Jim Easterbrook." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/index.rst:25 msgid "" "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under " "the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or any later " @@ -46,14 +50,17 @@ msgid "" "License\"." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../:4 msgid "" "Comments or questions? Please subscribe to the Photini mailing list " "https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/photini and let us know." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:6 msgid "Location addresses" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Address`` tab shows text address data for the location from where the " "photograph was taken (``camera``) and one or more locations shown in the " @@ -61,6 +68,7 @@ msgid "" " Tower then the camera location is almost certainly somewhere else in Paris." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:13 msgid "" "Locations are stored in a 5-level hierarchy: ``street``, ``city``, " "``province``, ``country`` and ``region``. The meaning of these terms is " @@ -73,18 +81,21 @@ msgid "" "sub-continent." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:20 msgid "" "``Name``, ``Location ID``, and GPS data are recent additions to the IPTC " "location specification. More detail about all of these can be found on the " "`IPTC web site`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:23 msgid "" "Note that \"legacy\" IPTC-IIM address metadata only stores the ``street``, " "``city``, ``province``, and ``country`` fields and only the ``camera`` " "location." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:27 msgid "" "The ``Get address from lat, long`` button uses \"reverse geocoding\" to " "convert latitude & longitude into a hierarchical address. This is a rather " @@ -100,6 +111,7 @@ msgstr "" "OpenStreetMap_. Andere Kartenanbieter erlauben keine dauerhafte Speicherung " "der Suchergebnisse." +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:32 msgid "" "Photini attempts to use all the data returned in an address lookup. This can" " lead to some duplication, e.g. Château-Gontier appears twice in ``city``. " @@ -107,6 +119,7 @@ msgid "" "IPTC-IIM metadata." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:38 msgid "" "Scrolling down shows the latitude and longitude of the location. Note that " "these are not the same as the GPS coordinates shown at the top left. The " @@ -115,9 +128,11 @@ msgid "" "that are shown in the ``camera`` address." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:44 msgid "It is usually necessary to edit the address quite a lot." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:48 msgid "" "Right-clicking on a location tab displays a context menu that allows the tab" " to be copied to a new tab or deleted. Copying the ``camera`` location is an" @@ -125,31 +140,37 @@ msgid "" "is immediately created, in case the photograph has more than one subject.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:54 msgid "" "In this case most of the data is the same, but I changed ``street`` to the " "subject of the photograph rather than the place where I was standing, and " "then deleted the latitude & longitude." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:56 msgid "" "To reorder the subject locations, or to convert between camera and subject, " "you can drag any of the tabs to another position. Photini ensures there is " "always one empty subject location ready to be filled in." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:6 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:8 msgid "" "If there are tabs in the Photini GUI that you don't use, you can remove them" " by deselecting their entry in the ``Options`` menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:10 msgid "" "The ``Options`` menu also has a ``Settings`` item which opens the dialog " "shown below." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:14 msgid "" "The first three items adjust how Photini uses IPTC-IIM \"legacy\" metadata. " "(Since 2004 the `IPTC standard`_ uses XMP to store metadata. Photini always " @@ -161,6 +182,7 @@ msgid "" "present." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:22 msgid "" "IPTC-IIM metadata has limited length for some fields. Photini truncates the " "IPTC-IIM data if necessary, but the full length data is still stored in Exif" @@ -169,6 +191,7 @@ msgid "" "disable this warning." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:27 msgid "" "Sidecar files allow metadata to be stored without needing to write to the " "actual image file. If you deselect \"write to image file\" then sidecars " @@ -178,6 +201,7 @@ msgid "" "(if metadata can be copied to the image file the sidecar is deleted)." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:31 msgid "" "Next there are options to adjust file timestamps. \"Keep original\" leaves " "image files' timestamps unchanged. \"Set to when photo was taken\" changes " @@ -187,14 +211,17 @@ msgid "" "these options useful if you often use a file browser to sort files by date." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:37 msgid "" "If you have installed gpxpy_ then there is a final option to determine if " "the altitude is included when a GPX file is used to set pictures' GPS data." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:42 msgid "Spell checking" msgstr "Rechtschreibprüfung" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:44 msgid "" "The ``Spelling`` menu allows you to enable or disable spell checking on " "Photini's text fields, and to select the language dictionary to use. The " @@ -204,6 +231,7 @@ msgid "" "appropriate enchant \"backend\" installed)." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:48 msgid "" "Windows programs don't share spell checking dictionaries as easily as on " "Linux. The Hunspell `LibreOffice dictionaries`_ can be used. Select the " @@ -216,9 +244,11 @@ msgid "" " will depend on your Python installation." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:57 msgid "Configuration file location" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:59 msgid "" "Photini stores its configuration in a file called ``editor.ini``. The " "default location of this file is ``$HOME/.config/photini/`` (Linux), " @@ -229,9 +259,11 @@ msgid "" "``PHOTINI_CONFIG`` to the directory you'd like to use." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:66 msgid "PyQt options" msgstr "PyQt-Optionen" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:68 msgid "" "The configuration file includes options to select use of PyQt5, PyQt6, " "PySide2, or PySide6. These may be useful if one of these components on your " @@ -239,9 +271,11 @@ msgid "" "that it is impossible to test Photini with every one." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:72 msgid "The default options in the configuration file are in the ``[pyqt]`` section:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:81 msgid "" "To force use of a particular Qt library set the value of ``qt_lib`` to " "``'PyQt5'``, ``'PyQt6'``, ``'PySide2'``, or ``'PySide6'``. (You can also use" @@ -250,6 +284,7 @@ msgid "" "the ``--version`` option::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:87 msgid "" "If your computer has a high resolution screen, or you have poor eyesight, " "you may find the Photini user interface's text is too small to read " @@ -258,26 +293,31 @@ msgid "" "artefacts from the scaling." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:91 msgid "" "Setting the ``native_dialog`` option to ``False`` makes Photini use a Qt " "dialog to select files to open instead of the normal operating system " "dialog." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:93 msgid "" "Note that there is no GUI to set these options. You may need to adjust them " "if Photini crashes on startup, in which case the GUI would be unusable. The " "configuration file can be edited with any plain text editing program." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:98 msgid "" "Make sure your editor doesn't change the file's encoding (e.g. from utf-8 to" " iso-8859) or insert a \"byte order mark\"." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:103 msgid "Application style" msgstr "Anwendungsstil" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:105 msgid "" "Qt applications can have their appearance changed by selecting different " "\"styles\". Normally a style is automatically chosen that suits the " @@ -287,12 +327,14 @@ msgid "" "style to one that does." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:109 msgid "" "The choice of style affects how some \"widgets\" are drawn. If you find " "problems such as date or timezone values (on the \"technical metadata\" tab)" " being partly hidden then it might be worth trying another style." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:112 msgid "" "To find out what styles are available on your computer you can use Photini's" " ``--version`` flag. (You need to run Photini from a command window to do " @@ -301,6 +343,7 @@ msgid "" "follows::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:126 msgid "" "Note that the style names are not case sensitive. If none of the available " "styles is to your liking you may be able to install extra ones. For example," @@ -308,6 +351,7 @@ msgid "" "available." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:130 msgid "" "Once you find a style that you like, you can set Photini to use that style " "by editing the configuration file as described above. Add a line such as " @@ -316,14 +360,17 @@ msgid "" "line unless you remove the ``style = ...`` line from your config file." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:146 msgid "Tab order" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:148 msgid "" "The tabs can be re-ordered by dragging and dropping a tab to your preferred " "position. This is much easier to do than editing the configuration file." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:152 msgid "" "Photini's tabs can be enabled or disabled with the ``Options`` menu as " "described above, but their order is set in the configuration file. The " @@ -331,14 +378,17 @@ msgid "" "imported for each tab. You can reorder the tabs by reordering this list." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:182 msgid "" "You could even use a tab provided by another Python package by adding its " "module name to the list. See :doc:`extending` for more information." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:186 msgid "Metadata options" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:188 msgid "" "Photini can optionally read metadata from \"BMFF\" based filed types CR3, " "HEIF, HEIC, and AVIF. This requires use of python-exiv2 with libexiv2 " @@ -347,11 +397,13 @@ msgid "" "the `Exiv2 warning`_ before enabling this feature." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:194 msgid "" "To enable BMFF file reading, edit the configuration file and set the " "``enable_bmff`` option to ``True``:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:201 msgid "" "Note that this only affects Photini's ability to read and write BMFF " "metadata. Reading image data (for thumbnails or the image regions tab) will " @@ -360,15 +412,18 @@ msgid "" "is probably impossible if you installed PyQt or PySide with pip." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:6 msgid "Descriptive metadata" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Descriptive metadata`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+D``) allows you to" " edit basic information about your photographs, such as the title and " "description." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:10 msgid "" "The data form is disabled until you select one or more images to edit. " "Hovering the mouse over one of the data fields displays a popup \"tooltip\" " @@ -376,6 +431,7 @@ msgid "" "taken from the `IPTC standard`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:16 msgid "" "The first thing I usually do with a new set of photographs is to set the " "title. Select all the images that should have the same title, then type the " @@ -386,6 +442,7 @@ msgid "" "fields blank." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:21 msgid "" "The legacy IPTC-IIM standard has a maximum number of bytes for each data " "item. If your text has more bytes then the excess is shown underlined in " @@ -394,6 +451,7 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`configuration `." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:28 msgid "" "The ``Title / Object name`` field has an optional spell checker, enabled " "with the ``Spelling`` menu. The word \"Château-Gontier\" is not in the " @@ -402,6 +460,7 @@ msgid "" " can be chosen by clicking on it." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:36 msgid "" "Note that all the image thumbnails now have a warning symbol (|hazard|) " "displayed next to them. This shows that they have unsaved metadata edits. " @@ -410,6 +469,7 @@ msgid "" " I do this frequently to avoid losing any of my work." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:43 msgid "" "Now you can add more detail in the ``Headline`` and / or ``Description / " "Caption`` boxes. (My descriptions are usually so short that a separate " @@ -417,6 +477,7 @@ msgid "" "photographs that share the same description, so select those images first." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:49 msgid "" "If you select a group of images you may see ```` displayed " "in some of the text boxes. You can right-click on the box to bring up a " @@ -425,6 +486,7 @@ msgid "" " of the text." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:55 msgid "" "The ``Alt Text (Accessibility)`` and ``Extended Description " "(Accessibility)`` boxes are where you describe the photograph for visually " @@ -433,6 +495,7 @@ msgid "" "create their \"ALT text\" image description." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:60 msgid "" "Next you can set a list of keywords for the image by typing them in the " "``Keywords`` box. Keywords should be separated by semi-colon (;) characters." @@ -440,19 +503,23 @@ msgid "" " ones you use most often." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:66 msgid "" "Finally the ``Rating`` slider allows you to note any particularly good or " "bad pictures. Good pictures can be given a one to five star rating." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:71 msgid "" "Bad pictures can be given a ``reject`` rating. This is stored in the " "metadata as a rating value of -1." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:79 msgid "Alternative Languages" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:81 msgid "" "Some fields, such as title and description, are stored in XMP as `Lang Alt`_" " data. This allows translations into alternative languages to be stored " @@ -460,6 +527,7 @@ msgid "" "in Exif and IPTC-IIM.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:85 msgid "" "Photini has a language drop down selector next to each ``Lang Alt`` data " "field. If the current text is in an unspecified default language the " @@ -469,6 +537,7 @@ msgid "" "on the drop down and selecting ````." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:92 msgid "" "If there is already some text in an unspecified default language you will be" " asked to say what that language is. Languages are specified with an " @@ -477,22 +546,28 @@ msgid "" " code, e.g. ``en-GB`` for English as spoken in Great Britain." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:98 msgid "" "Next you can set the language to be added, e.g. ``fr-FR`` for French as " "spoken in France." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:102 msgid "You can then type the translation in to the text field." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:106 msgid "" "If you would like to change the default language, right-click on the " "``Lang:`` dropdown and choose a language." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:111 +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:44 msgid "More information about the data fields" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:113 msgid "" "Click on any field name below to see the IPTC definition and user notes for " "that field. Although these fields are defined in an `IPTC standard`_, they " @@ -500,67 +575,83 @@ msgid "" "\"legacy\" IPTC-IIM data." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:117 msgid "" "`Title / Object Name `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:118 msgid "A short title." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:119 msgid "" "`Headline `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:120 msgid "A brief description." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:121 msgid "" "`Description / Caption `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:122 msgid "The who, what and why of what the image depicts." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:123 msgid "" "`Alt Text (Accessibility) " "`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:124 msgid "Text description for visually impaired accessibility." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:125 msgid "" "`Extended Description (Accessibility) " "`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:126 msgid "Extended description for visually impaired accessibility." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:127 msgid "" "`Keywords `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:128 msgid "Separate words or phrases with ``;`` characters. Not stored in Exif." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:131 msgid "" "`Rating `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:130 msgid "How good is the photo." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/extending.rst:6 msgid "Extending Photini" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/extending.rst:8 msgid "" "It is possible to add new functionality to Photini by providing a new " "\"tab\". Because the tabs are loaded dynamically at run-time the new tab " @@ -570,29 +661,35 @@ msgid "" "list (see :ref:`configuration-tabs`) will add the tab to Photini." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/extending.rst:12 msgid "Every Photini tab has to have the following interface:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/extending.rst:43 msgid "" "The ``tab_name`` method returns the label given to the tab. It should be as " "short as possible." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/extending.rst:46 msgid "" "When the user defines any new metadata you should get the current selection " "from the ``image_list`` and set the metadata on every image in the " "selection." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/extending.rst:48 msgid "" "It's probably easiest to start with a copy of the Photini tab module most " "like what you want to do, strip out the bits you don't need and then add " "your own stuff." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:6 msgid "Flickr uploader" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Flickr upload`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+F``) allows you to upload" " your photographs to `Flickr `_, a popular online " @@ -600,24 +697,28 @@ msgid "" " not endorsed or certified by Flickr." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:11 msgid "" "Unlike some other Flickr uploaders, Photini uses the descriptive metadata " "you've created to set Flickr's title, description and tags. This means you " "don't have to retype all that information!" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:14 msgid "" "Note that the Flickr upload tab is only enabled if you have installed some " "extra software packages. See :ref:`installation ` for" " more detail." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:19 msgid "" "Initially most of the Flickr uploader tab is disabled. It's only usable " "after you've authorised Photini to access your Flickr account by clicking " "the ``Log in`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:24 msgid "" "The first time you click ``Log in`` Photini connects your web browser to " "Flickr, from where you can log in and give Photini permission to access " @@ -625,28 +726,33 @@ msgid "" "people's photos and videos.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:29 msgid "" "After authorisation your browser should display this page. The web browser " "window can then be closed." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:34 msgid "" "If the authorisation is successful Photini displays your Flickr user name " "and profile picture. You should not need to redo this authorisation process " "unless you click the ``Log out`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:37 msgid "" "Your current Flickr albums are shown on the right hand side of the Flickr " "uploader tab. You can add a new album with the ``New album`` button. This " "opens a pop-up dialog as shown below." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:43 msgid "" "Type in the album details and click ``OK``. Note that the album will not be " "created on Flickr until you upload a photo to it." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:48 msgid "" "To upload one or more photographs to Flickr, select them in the image " "selector area, then choose which (if any) of your albums to add them to and " @@ -654,6 +760,7 @@ msgid "" "upload`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:50 msgid "" "The album membership and privacy & other settings apply to all the " "photographs in this upload. If you want some photographs to have different " @@ -661,15 +768,19 @@ msgid "" "separate batch." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:55 ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:47 +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:56 msgid "" "During uploading Photini displays a progress bar. Uploading takes place in " "the background, so you can continue to use other tabs while the upload is in" " progress. The upload can be stopped by clicking the ``Stop upload`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:61 ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:62 msgid "After uploading a photograph it is marked as having new metadata." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:65 msgid "" "If you switch to the ``Descriptive metadata`` tab you can see there is a new" " keyword ``flickr:id=``. Photini uses this `triple tag`_ to " @@ -677,15 +788,18 @@ msgid "" "on, as described below." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:69 msgid "Synchronising local metadata to Flickr" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:71 msgid "" "Sometimes you might change your photograph's metadata on Flickr and would " "like to copy those changes back to the image file on your computer. Select " "the image(s) you would like to update and click the ``Synchronise`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:76 msgid "" "If an image does not have a ``flickr:id`` keyword then Photini will try to " "find the photograph on Flickr by matching the date and time it was taken. If" @@ -693,26 +807,31 @@ msgid "" "metadata." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:79 msgid "" "Flickr \"notes\" attached to an image are shown on Photini's :doc:`regions` " "tab." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:84 msgid "" "You can see what changed with the image's context menu ``View changes``. In " "this case Flickr has set the location city to its new name of \"Château-" "Gontier-sur-Mayenne\". I chose to ignore this new metadata." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:89 msgid "Synchronising Flickr metadata to local" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:91 msgid "" "If you change your image file metadata and would like to make the same " "changes on Flickr you can select the image and click on the ``Start upload``" " button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:95 msgid "" "If you upload an image that already has a ``flickr:id`` keyword then Photini" " allows you to change the photograph's metadata instead of uploading a new " @@ -720,9 +839,11 @@ msgid "" "you've processed it in another application." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:6 msgid "Google Photos uploader" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Google Photos upload`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+P``) allows you to" " upload your photographs to `Google Photos`_. The Google Photos API is quite" @@ -730,24 +851,28 @@ msgid "" " abilities." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:11 msgid "" "Note that the Google Photos upload tab is only enabled if you have installed" " some extra software packages. See :ref:`installation ` for more detail." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:16 msgid "" "Initially most of the Google Photos uploader tab is disabled. It's only " "usable after you've authorised Photini to access your Google Photos account " "by clicking the ``Log in`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:19 msgid "" "The first time you click ``Log in`` Photini connects your web browser to " "Google Photos, from where you can log in and give Photini permission to " "access Google Photos on your behalf." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:22 msgid "" "Unfortunately Google won't verify Photini because it continues to be " "developed, so you will be presented with several warning messages during the" @@ -755,12 +880,14 @@ msgid "" "account." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:26 msgid "" "If the authorisation is successful Photini displays your Google Photos user " "name and profile picture. You should not need to redo this authorisation " "process unless you click the ``Log out`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:29 msgid "" "Your current Google Photos albums are shown on the right hand side of the " "Google Photos uploader tab. The Google Photos API only allows Photini to add" @@ -768,25 +895,30 @@ msgid "" "disabled." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:33 msgid "" "You can add a new album with the ``New album`` button. This opens a pop-up " "dialog as shown below." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:38 msgid "" "Type in the album title and click ``OK``. The title can be up to 500 " "characters long, so you may want to enlarge the dialog box." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:43 msgid "" "To upload one or more photographs to Google Photos, select them in the image" " selector area, then choose which (if any) of your albums to add them to, " "then click on the ``Start upload`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:6 msgid "Image selector" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:8 msgid "" "When you start the Photini editor it displays a GUI (graphical user " "interface) as shown below. The exact appearance will depend on your " @@ -796,6 +928,7 @@ msgid "" "for more detail.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:14 msgid "" "The Photini editor GUI has two main areas. The upper part has a set of tabs " "to select different functions. The lower part is an image selector that is " @@ -805,11 +938,13 @@ msgid "" " the mouse." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:20 msgid "" "The tabs can be re-ordered by dragging and dropping a tab to your preferred " "position." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:25 msgid "" "Now load some images using the ``File`` menu ``Open files`` item (or its " "keyboard shortcut ``Ctrl+O``). The loaded files are displayed as thumbnail " @@ -819,6 +954,7 @@ msgid "" "appropriate button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:30 msgid "" "Images can also be loaded by \"drag and drop\" from a file manager window or" " by adding them to the command line if you run Photini from a command " @@ -827,21 +963,25 @@ msgid "" "images in one go." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:36 msgid "" "Clicking on any thumbnail selects that file. The selected file is " "highlighted by a red border. Double clicking on a thumbnail should display " "the full size image, using your default image viewing application." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:42 msgid "" "Multiple files can be selected by holding down the 'shift' key while " "clicking on a second image. To select multiple files that are not adjacent, " "hold down the 'control' key while clicking on the images." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:47 msgid "The keyboard shortcut ``Ctrl+A`` selects all the loaded files." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:51 msgid "" "Selecting multiple files allows you to set metadata, such as the image " "title, on several files at once. This is much quicker than having to edit " @@ -851,14 +991,17 @@ msgid "" " or three before writing a description." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:57 msgid "Context menu" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:59 msgid "" "Right-clicking on a thumbnail displays a context menu for all the currently " "selected files." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:63 msgid "" "The context menu currently has five items. ``Reload file`` discards any " "metadata changes. ``Save changes`` saves any changes to the file(s). ``View " @@ -867,6 +1010,7 @@ msgid "" "the file(s)." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:72 msgid "" "The ``view changes`` context menu item displays all the metadata items that " "have changed. In this example I've set two items that were previously empty." @@ -874,12 +1018,15 @@ msgid "" "``undo`` checkboxes and click on ``OK``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:78 msgid "The same menu items also appear in the main ``File`` menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:81 msgid "Using Photini with other programs" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:83 msgid "" "If you use other applications that can display or edit image metadata then " "you need to be careful when using them with Photini. Just like with a word " @@ -890,6 +1037,7 @@ msgid "" "to reload the file in Photini." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:88 msgid "" "You may also want to experiment with how other programs display the metadata" " you create in Photini and *vice versa*. Be aware that other programs might " @@ -898,9 +1046,11 @@ msgid "" "with Photini, unless they can be configured to use metadata standards." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:6 msgid "Image importer" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Import photos`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+I``) allows you to copy " "photographs from your digital camera or anywhere else on your computer (for " @@ -909,12 +1059,14 @@ msgid "" "things the way I want, so I added one to Photini." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:11 msgid "" "Note that you can only import directly from cameras if you have installed " "python-gphoto2 (which is not available on Windows). See :ref:`installation " "` for more detail." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:14 #, python-format msgid "" "The key part of the importer is the ``Target format`` field. This provides a" @@ -927,70 +1079,91 @@ msgid "" "behavior>`_ for a complete list." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:20 msgid "" "As well as the date & time format strings, bracketed keywords can be used to" " manipulate parts of the file name:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:23 msgid "keyword" msgstr "Schlüsselwort" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:23 msgid "meaning" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:23 msgid "example" msgstr "Beispiel" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:25 msgid "{camera}" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:25 msgid "the camera model name" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:25 msgid "Canon_PowerShot_A1100_IS" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:26 msgid "{name}" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:26 msgid "the complete file name" msgstr "der vollständige Dateiname" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:26 msgid "IMG_9999.JPG" msgstr "IMG_9999.JPG" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:27 msgid "{number}" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:27 msgid "the numeric part of the file name" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:27 msgid "9999" msgstr "9999" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:28 msgid "{root}" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:28 msgid "the filename without its extension" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:28 msgid "IMG_9999" msgstr "IMG_9999" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:29 msgid "{ext}" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:29 msgid "the filename extension" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:29 msgid ".JPG" msgstr ".JPG" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:32 msgid "" "Below the ``Target format`` field is an example generated from the current " "format to help you edit it correctly." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:34 #, python-format msgid "" "Note that Photini stores a different target format for each camera or source" @@ -1002,6 +1175,7 @@ msgid "" "``IMG_9999.JPG``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:40 msgid "" "After connecting one or more cameras and pressing the ``refresh`` button, a " "camera can be chosen from the ```` drop down list. Photini " @@ -1005,6 +1179,7 @@ msgid "" "some time." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:43 msgid "" "The drop down list also includes the most recent source folders you have " "used. Click on ```` to add a new source folder to the list. " @@ -1013,24 +1188,28 @@ msgid "" "you want, to avoid including too many other files." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:47 msgid "" "The list is displayed in the central area, with the location where the file " "would be stored. It is sorted by name or date, as selected by the buttons " "below the image thumbnail area." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:52 msgid "" "When the ``Target format`` has been set to match where previous images were " "put, images that have already been copied to the computer are non selectable" " (shown in light grey)." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:56 msgid "" "The remaining images can be selected by clicking on them, or by using the " "``Select all`` button (to select all uncopied images) or ``Select new`` " "button (to select images newer than the last ones copied)." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:60 msgid "" "Clicking the ``Copy photos`` button copies the selected images to the " "computer and loads them into Photini. To avoid overloading Photini you " @@ -1038,6 +1217,7 @@ msgid "" "photos``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:63 msgid "" "The ``Move photos`` button moves image files instead of copying them. This " "is probably not useful with a camera source, but can be used to reorganise " @@ -1045,20 +1225,24 @@ msgid "" "them as well." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:68 msgid "" "As each file is copied it is shown in grey on the file list and the selected" " file count decreases." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:72 msgid "" "After copying all the files the file list is refreshed, which may take some " "time. Now that all the files have been copied from the camera none can be " "selected." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/index.rst:6 msgid "User manual" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/index.rst:8 msgid "" "This manual attempts to cover every part of Photini in detail, but still be " "usable as a tutorial. I suggest you read the :doc:`image selector " @@ -1067,9 +1251,11 @@ msgid "" "features." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:6 msgid "Ipernity uploader" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Ipernity upload`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+I``) allows you to " "upload your photographs to `Ipernity `_, a " @@ -1077,64 +1263,75 @@ msgid "" "Ipernity API but is not endorsed or certified by Ipernity." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:11 msgid "" "Unlike some other uploaders, Photini uses the descriptive metadata you've " "created to set Ipernity's title, description and keywords. This means you " "don't have to retype all that information!" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:14 msgid "" "Note that the Ipernity upload tab is only enabled if you have installed some" " extra software packages. See :ref:`installation ` " "for more detail." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:19 msgid "" "Initially most of the Ipernity uploader tab is disabled. It's only usable " "after you've authorised Photini to access your Ipernity account by clicking " "the ``Log in`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:24 msgid "" "The first time you click ``Log in`` Photini connects your web browser to " "Ipernity, from where you can log in and give Photini permission to access " "Ipernity on your behalf." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:28 msgid "" "After authorising Photini close the web browser window or tab and return to " "the Photini window. You can now close the \"Authorisation required\" dialog." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:33 msgid "" "If the authorisation is successful Photini displays your Ipernity user name " "and profile picture. You should not need to redo this authorisation process " "unless you click the ``Log out`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:38 msgid "" "Your current Ipernity albums are shown on the right hand side of the " "Ipernity uploader tab. You can add a new album with the ``New album`` " "button. This opens a pop-up dialog as shown below." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:44 msgid "" "Type in the album details and click ``OK``. Note that the album will not be " "visible on Ipernity until you upload a photo to it." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:49 msgid "" "To upload one or more photographs to Ipernity, select them in the image " "selector area, then choose which (if any) of your albums to add them to and " "set the permissions and licence, then click on the ``Start upload`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:51 msgid "" "The permissions, licence, and album membership apply to all the photographs " "in this upload. If you want some photographs to have different permissions, " "licence, or album membership you need to upload them as a separate batch." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:66 msgid "" "If you switch to the ``Descriptive metadata`` tab you can see there is a new" " keyword ``ipernity:id=``. Photini uses this `triple tag`_ to " @@ -1142,15 +1339,18 @@ msgid "" "on, as described below." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:70 msgid "Synchronising local metadata to Ipernity" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:72 msgid "" "Sometimes you might change your photograph's metadata on Ipernity and would " "like to copy those changes back to the image file on your computer. Select " "the image(s) you would like to update and click the ``Synchronise`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:77 msgid "" "If an image does not have a ``ipernity:id`` keyword then Photini will try to" " find the photograph on Ipernity by matching the date and time it was taken." @@ -1159,29 +1359,35 @@ msgid "" "changes``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:81 msgid "" "Ipernity \"notes\" attached to an image are shown on Photini's " ":doc:`regions` tab." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:85 msgid "Synchronising Ipernity metadata to local" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:87 msgid "" "If you change your image file metadata and would like to make the same " "changes on Ipernity you can select the image and click on the ``Start " "upload`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:91 msgid "" "If you upload an image that already has a ``ipernity:id`` keyword then " "Photini allows you to change the photograph's metadata instead of uploading " "a new photograph." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:6 msgid "Geotagging" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:8 msgid "" "The map tabs allow you to set the location of where a photograph was taken. " "Photini currently uses three different map providers: Google, Bing, and " @@ -1190,6 +1396,7 @@ msgid "" "aerial (or \"satellite\") photography." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:15 msgid "" "The map initially displays the previously used location. You can change the " "view by zooming in or out, or by panning the map by dragging it with the " @@ -1197,6 +1404,7 @@ msgid "" " search facility." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:21 msgid "" "Click on the ```` edit box and type in a search term such as the" " name of a town, then press the 'return' key. A drop down list of place " @@ -1205,6 +1413,7 @@ msgid "" "the free servers that provide the service." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:27 msgid "" "The search is influenced by the current location shown on the map. A search " "for 'newport' may return different results if the map is showing New York " @@ -1215,28 +1424,33 @@ msgid "" "list." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:32 msgid "" "Each map provider has its own search facility. You may get more useful " "results by switching to a different map tab." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:39 msgid "" "Having found the right town, you can then zoom in and pan around to find the" " exact location where your photograph was taken. Using aerial / satellite " "imagery can help with this." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:44 msgid "" "Now you can drag and drop your photograph onto the map to set its location. " "To set the same location on multiple images, select them all and then drag " "and drop one of them." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:49 msgid "" "Note that photographs that have location data are shown with a flag symbol " "(|flag|) in the image selector area." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:51 msgid "" "The location coordinates are shown in the ``Lat, long:`` box. These values " "are editable, so you can set the location of photographs directly, e.g. by " @@ -1245,12 +1459,14 @@ msgid "" "delete the coordinates." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:56 msgid "" "In Photini version 2023.5.0 and later the coordinates are separated by a " "space. Older versions used a comma but this causes problems with locales " "that use a decimal comma instead of a decimal point." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:61 msgid "" "When several photographs have location metadata Photini will pan the map " "(and zoom out if required) to ensure all the selected images are shown on " @@ -1258,6 +1474,7 @@ msgid "" "are shown with grey markers." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:67 msgid "" "The ``Get altitude from map`` button sets the photograph's altitude (in " "metres) from its latitude and longitude, using data from the map provider. " @@ -1265,14 +1482,17 @@ msgid "" "lot. You can edit the value to correct it." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:73 msgid "" "Selecting another map tab will show the same location but with data and " "imagery from a different provider." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:78 msgid "GPX file import" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:80 msgid "" "If you have a mobile phone or other device with a GPS logger you may be able" " to set the approximate locations of photographs from logged GPS positions. " @@ -1280,29 +1500,34 @@ msgid "" "files." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:85 msgid "" "First you need to export your GPS log as a GPX_ (GPS eXchange format) file, " "then transfer the .gpx file to your computer. Make sure your images have the" " correct time zone set so that Photini can calculate their UTC_ timestamps." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:90 msgid "" "When a GPX file is imported its track points are displayed on the map as " "blue circles. If the file has a large number of points, closely positioned " "in space or time, then not all of them are shown." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:95 msgid "" "Selecting a photograph shows up to four track points in red. These are " "points with time stamps around the time the photograph was taken." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:100 msgid "" "After zooming in on the red track points the photograph can be dragged to " "the map as usual. (If you're wondering why there are pairs of circles on the" " map, it's because we walked there and back along roughly the same route.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:105 msgid "" "Alternatively, the ``Set coords from GPX`` button can be used to set the " "latitude and longitude of all the selected photographs to the nearest (in " @@ -1311,20 +1536,24 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`configuration `." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:109 msgid "" "The usefulness of GPX data depends on the accuracy of your GPS tracker, and " "on your camera's clock accuracy. You might want to adjust the timestamps in " "the :doc:`technical metadata ` tab first." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:112 msgid "" "When you've finished with the GPX track points they can be removed from the " "map with the ``Remove GPX data`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:115 msgid "Altitude considerations" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:117 msgid "" "The definition and measurement of altitude is made more complicated by the " "Earth not being exactly spherical, and its gravitational field not being " @@ -1333,12 +1562,14 @@ msgid "" "the years, each of which has improved the accuracy of altitude data." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:121 msgid "" "The GPS tracking app I use on my phone has an option to apply \"EGM96 " "correction\", which changes the altitude by 45 m at my home in the UK. If " "your app has a similar option I recommend you enable it." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:124 msgid "" "Bing Maps' altitude is corrected using the \"EGM2008\" model, according to " "their documentation. Google Maps uses \"local mean sea level\". They don't " @@ -1346,19 +1577,23 @@ msgid "" "from several sources." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:128 msgid "" "I do not know which of these, if any, is correct for the GPS altitude in a " "photograph's Exif data." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:6 msgid "Ownership metadata" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Ownership metadata`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+O``) allows you to " "edit ownership and copyright information about your photographs." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:12 msgid "" "Most of this data will be the same for all your photographs, so Photini uses" " a \"template\" to apply the same text to all the selected images. If your " @@ -1368,6 +1603,7 @@ msgid "" "use the ``Edit template`` button to open the dialog shown below." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:18 msgid "" "Fill in any of the fields you want to use on every photograph. The field " "labels are copied from the `IPTC standard`_, as is the help text which " @@ -1376,6 +1612,7 @@ msgid "" " languages, as discussed in :ref:`alternative-languages`." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:24 msgid "" "Note that you can insert the year in which a photograph was taken with " "``%Y``. This is probably only useful in the ``Copyright Notice``, but is " @@ -1384,6 +1621,7 @@ msgid "" "number or ``%B`` for the month name.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:30 msgid "" "The ``Rights: Web Statement`` field is a drop down list of `Creative " "Commons`_ licences which you can extend with any other licences you use. The" @@ -1391,6 +1629,7 @@ msgid "" " web browser." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:33 msgid "" "Google Image Search displays the ``Creator``, ``Credit Line``, and " "``Copyright Notice`` values alongside search results. It also uses the " @@ -1399,6 +1638,7 @@ msgid "" "IPTC Photo Metadata and Google Images`_ for more detail." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:39 msgid "" "The ``Apply template`` button copies the template data to all the selected " "images, setting the correct year in the ``Copyright Notice``. If you want to" @@ -1408,6 +1648,7 @@ msgid "" "usual way." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:46 msgid "" "Click on any field name below to see the IPTC definition and user notes for " "that field. Although these fields are defined in an `IPTC standard`_, they " @@ -1415,73 +1656,89 @@ msgid "" "IPTC-IIM data." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:51 msgid "" "`Creator `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:51 msgid "" "Usually the photographer's name. If there is more than one creator, separate" " them with a ``;`` character." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:54 msgid "" "`Creator's Jobtitle `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:54 msgid "" "Job title of the first creator. Do not fill in this field unless the creator" " field is filled in." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:56 msgid "" "`Credit Line `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:57 msgid "Usually the photographer's name, but could be their employer or client." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:58 msgid "" "`Copyright Notice `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:59 msgid "Who owns the copyright." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:61 msgid "" "`Rights: Usage Terms `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:61 msgid "Plain text summary of how the image may be reused. Not stored in IPTC-IIM." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:65 msgid "" "`Rights: Web Statement `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:64 msgid "" "URL of a web page describing the usage rights of an image. `All rights " "reserved`_ is shown for any image with no URL set. Not stored in IPTC-IIM." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:67 msgid "" "`Instructions `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:68 msgid "Notes to a publisher of the image." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:73 msgid "" "`Contact Information `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:70 msgid "" "The IPTC standard allows up to three licensors, but Photini only uses one. " "Any more licensors in a file will be deleted when Photini saves metadata to " @@ -1490,9 +1747,11 @@ msgid "" "delete this information if it is present in a file." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:6 msgid "Pixelfed uploader" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Pixelfed upload`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+P``) allows you to " "upload your photographs to Pixelfed_, an open source decentralised photo " @@ -1501,18 +1760,21 @@ msgid "" "features disabled." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:11 msgid "" "Note that the Pixelfed upload tab is only enabled if you have installed some" " extra software packages. See :ref:`installation ` " "for more detail." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:16 msgid "" "Initially most of the Pixelfed uploader tab is disabled. It's only usable " "after you've authorised Photini to access your Pixelfed account by clicking " "the ``Log in`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:21 msgid "" "The first time you click ``Log in`` Photini asks you to choose a Pixelfed " "\"instance\" (or server) where you have an account. Photini already knows a " @@ -1520,24 +1782,28 @@ msgid "" " in the ``other`` box." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:26 msgid "" "After choosing an instance Photini opens a page in your web browser where " "you can log in to your Pixelfed account and then authorise Photini to access" " it." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:30 msgid "" "If the authorisation is successful Photini displays your Pixelfed user name " "and profile picture. You should not need to redo this authorisation process " "unless you click the ``Log out`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:33 msgid "" "After logging in most of the Pixelfed uploader interface is enabled. However" " some features remain disabled if they are not available with the software " "version running on the chosen instance." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:38 msgid "" "When you select some pictures to upload they are shown in the column to the " "right of your user details. The number of pictures you can upload in one go " @@ -1545,22 +1811,26 @@ msgid "" "Mastodon instances only allow four." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:42 msgid "" "The pictures are uploaded, and should be displayed on Pixelfed, in the order" " you selected them. Using the ``Ctrl`` key while clicking in the image " "selector area allows you to choose them one at a time." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:47 msgid "" "The ``Generate`` button creates a caption for the uploaded pictures based on" " their title, headline, description, and keywords metadata." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:51 msgid "" "You will almost certainly want to edit the generated text to make a good " "caption." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:53 msgid "" "If you want to hide your pictures from users until they choose to see them " "(e.g. if the pictures are \"not suitable for work\") you can check " @@ -1569,11 +1839,13 @@ msgid "" "their tick-boxes." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:58 msgid "" "Clicking the ``Start upload`` button uploads each picture and then posts a " "Pixelfed \"status\" with your pictures and caption." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:62 msgid "" "If your Pixelfed account settings have ``require media descriptions`` set " "then Photini will warn you if the picture you are uploading does not have " @@ -1582,6 +1854,7 @@ msgid "" "carry on and upload without alt text." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:66 msgid "" "If you add alt text later on you can use the ``Update remote`` button to " "copy the updated alt text to a previously uploaded picture. This is not " @@ -1590,6 +1863,7 @@ msgid "" "picture." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:69 msgid "" "Mastodon uses \"`focal points`_\" when cropping images. If you define a " "cropping region in Photini's :doc:`regions` tab, the centre of that region " @@ -1597,6 +1871,7 @@ msgid "" "parameter." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:76 msgid "" "Pixelfed instances have maximum allowed image sizes, both pixel count and " "bytes in the file. If your image is too large, and is in a format Photini " @@ -1604,9 +1879,11 @@ msgid "" "quality Photini will use Pillow_ if it is installed." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:6 msgid "Image regions" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Image regions`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+R``) allows you to select" " part of a picture and label it with metadata. This can be useful to " @@ -1615,27 +1892,33 @@ msgid "" "discusses possible uses of image regions in more detail." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:14 msgid "The user interface is disabled until one image file is selected." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:18 msgid "" "The image is shown on the right hand side in a scrollable area. On the left " "are one or more tabs showing metadata for each image region." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:23 msgid "" "To create a new region, right-click on the region info tab bar and select " "the region shape. This same context menu can also be used to delete regions." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:28 msgid "The new region is initially placed at the centre of the image." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:32 msgid "" "The small squares at each corner of the rectangle can be dragged to change " "the size and shape. The entire region can be dragged by clicking within it." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:37 msgid "" "The most important metadata for a region is probably its \"role\". This is " "chosen from a \"`controlled vocabulary`_\" defined by the IPTC. Photini " @@ -1644,6 +1927,7 @@ msgid "" "the list." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:42 msgid "" "Other, less useful, metadata includes a name and identifier for the region. " "The ``Content type`` is another controlled vocabulary that allows you to say" @@ -1651,6 +1935,7 @@ msgid "" "probably ``human``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:48 msgid "" "The IPTC specification allows any other metadata to be attached to a region." " Photini includes ``Person shown`` and ``Description``, which I think are " @@ -1660,28 +1945,34 @@ msgid "" " you would like to be added." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:55 msgid "" "It can be useful to set cropping regions for an image. Many social media web" " sites crop images, typically to square or 16:9 aspect ratio landscape. This" " often causes problems such as decapitated bodies." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:61 msgid "" "The polygon region is initially a triangle shape. Right-clicking on one of " "its vertices allows a vertex to be added or deleted." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:66 msgid "A vertex can also be added by right-clicking anywhere within the polygon." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:70 msgid "" "Vertices can be added to make shapes of arbitrary complexity. Is this useful" " for anything?" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:6 msgid "Tag reference" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:8 msgid "" "This section lists the \"mapping\" from Photini's field names (such as " "\"Title / Object Name\") to the Exif / XMP / IPTC-IIM tags the data is " @@ -1689,6 +1980,7 @@ msgid "" "http://exiv2.org/metadata.html for more detail." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:12 msgid "" "As far as possible Photini follows the `Metadata Working Group " "`_ (MWG) \"Guidelines " @@ -1697,454 +1989,601 @@ msgid "" "differences between information stored in equivalent tags." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:16 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:27 msgid "Primary tags" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:18 msgid "" "These tags are where Photini stores its metadata. (Legacy IPTC-IIM data is " "only used if it already exists in the file, in line with the MWG guidelines," " unless the \"write unconditionally\" user setting is enabled.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:21 msgid "" "Note that some fields, such as \"Title / Object Name\" and \"Keywords\", are" " not stored in Exif. You may prefer not to use these fields to ensure " "compatibility with software that only handles Exif." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:24 msgid "" "Some of the field names in the table below lingk to their definition in the " "IPTC standard. You may find this useful when deciding what to write in those" " fields." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:30 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:164 +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:218 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:246 msgid "Photini field" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:31 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:165 +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:247 msgid "Exif tag" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:32 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:166 +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:219 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:248 msgid "XMP tag" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:33 msgid "IPTC-IIM tag" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:34 msgid "`Title / Object Name`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:36 msgid "Xmp.dc.title" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:37 msgid "Iptc.Application2.ObjectName" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:38 msgid "Headline_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:40 msgid "Xmp.photoshop.Headline" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:41 msgid "Iptc.Application2.Headline" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:42 msgid "`Description / Caption`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:43 msgid "Exif.Image.ImageDescription" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:44 msgid "Xmp.dc.description" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:45 msgid "Iptc.Application2.Caption" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:46 msgid "`Alt Text`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:48 msgid "Xmp.iptc.AltTextAccessibility" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:50 msgid "`Extended Description`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:52 msgid "Xmp.iptc.ExtDescrAccessibility" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:54 msgid "Keywords_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:56 msgid "Xmp.dc.subject" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:57 msgid "Iptc.Application2.Keywords" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:58 msgid "Rating_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:60 msgid "Xmp.xmp.Rating" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:62 msgid "Creator_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:63 msgid "Exif.Image.Artist" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:64 msgid "Xmp.dc.creator" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:65 msgid "Iptc.Application2.Byline" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:66 msgid "`Creator's Jobtitle`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:68 msgid "Xmp.photoshop.AuthorsPosition" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:69 msgid "Iptc.Application2.BylineTitle" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:70 msgid "`Credit Line`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:72 msgid "Xmp.photoshop.Credit" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:73 msgid "Iptc.Application2.Credit" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:74 msgid "`Copyright Notice`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:75 msgid "Exif.Image.Copyright" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:76 msgid "Xmp.dc.rights" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:77 msgid "Iptc.Application2.Copyright" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:78 msgid "`Rights: Usage Terms`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:80 msgid "Xmp.xmpRights.UsageTerms" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:82 msgid "`Rights: Web Statement`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:84 msgid "Xmp.xmpRights.WebStatement" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:86 msgid "Instructions_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:88 msgid "Xmp.photoshop.Instructions" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:89 msgid "Iptc.Application2.SpecialInstructions" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:90 msgid "`Contact Information`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:92 msgid "Xmp.plus.Licensor" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:93 msgid "Iptc.Application2.Contact" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:94 msgid "`Date / time Taken`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:95 msgid "Exif.Photo.DateTimeOriginal Exif.Photo.SubSecTimeOriginal" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:96 msgid "Xmp.photoshop.DateCreated" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:97 msgid "Iptc.Application2.DateCreated Iptc.Application2.TimeCreated" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:98 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:191 msgid "Date / time Digitised" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:99 msgid "Exif.Photo.DateTimeDigitized Exif.Photo.SubSecTimeDigitized" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:100 msgid "Xmp.xmp.CreateDate" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:101 msgid "Iptc.Application2.DigitizationDate Iptc.Application2.DigitizationTime" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:102 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:194 +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:264 msgid "Date / time Modified" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:103 msgid "Exif.Image.DateTime Exif.Photo.SubSecTime" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:104 msgid "Xmp.xmp.ModifyDate" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:106 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:220 msgid "Orientation" msgstr "Orientación" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:107 msgid "Exif.Image.Orientation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:110 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:267 msgid "Camera" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:111 msgid "Exif.Image.Make Exif.Image.Model Exif.Photo.BodySerialNumber" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:114 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:197 +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:222 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:270 msgid "Lens" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:115 msgid "" "Exif.Photo.LensMake Exif.Photo.LensModel Exif.Photo.LensSerialNumber " "Exif.Photo.LensSpecification" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:118 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:200 +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:224 msgid "Focal length" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:119 msgid "Exif.Photo.FocalLength" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:122 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:226 msgid "35mm equiv" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:123 msgid "Exif.Photo.FocalLengthIn35mmFilm" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:126 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:203 +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:228 msgid "Aperture" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:127 msgid "Exif.Photo.FNumber Exif.Photo.ApertureValue" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:130 msgid "`Image Regions`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:132 msgid "Xmp.iptcExt.ImageRegion" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:134 msgid "Latitude_, longitude_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:135 msgid "" "Exif.GPSInfo.GPSLatitude Exif.GPSInfo.GPSLatitudeRef " "Exif.GPSInfo.GPSLongitude Exif.GPSInfo.GPSLongitudeRef" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:138 msgid "Altitude_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:139 msgid "Exif.GPSInfo.GPSAltitude Exif.GPSInfo.GPSAltitudeRef" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:142 msgid "`Camera address`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:144 msgid "" "Xmp.iptcExt.LocationCreated Xmp.iptc.Location Xmp.photoshop.City " "Xmp.photoshop.State Xmp.photoshop.Country Xmp.iptc.CountryCode" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:145 msgid "" "Iptc.Application2.SubLocation Iptc.Application2.City " "Iptc.Application2.ProvinceState Iptc.Application2.CountryName " "Iptc.Application2.CountryCode" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:146 msgid "`Subject address`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:148 msgid "Xmp.iptcExt.LocationShown" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:150 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:206 +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:234 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:282 msgid "Thumbnail image" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:151 msgid "" "Exif.Thumbnail.Compression Exif.Thumbnail.ImageWidth " "Exif.Thumbnail.ImageLength" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:156 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:161 msgid "Secondary tags" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:158 msgid "" "Photini may read information from these tags and merge it with information " "from the primary tags. These tags are deleted when the corresponding primary" " tags are saved." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:167 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:249 msgid "Title / Object Name" msgstr "Título / Nombre del objeto" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:168 msgid "Exif.Image.XPTitle" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:170 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:252 msgid "Description / Caption" msgstr "Descripción / Leyenda" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:171 msgid "Exif.Image.XPComment Exif.Image.XPSubject Exif.Photo.UserComment" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:172 msgid "Xmp.exif.UserComment Xmp.tiff.ImageDescription" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:173 msgid "Keywords" msgstr "Palabras clave" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:174 msgid "Exif.Image.XPKeywords" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:176 msgid "Rating" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:177 msgid "Exif.Image.Rating Exif.Image.RatingPercent" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:178 msgid "Xmp.MicrosoftPhoto.Rating" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:179 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:258 msgid "Creator" msgstr "Autor" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:180 msgid "Exif.Image.XPAuthor" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:181 msgid "Xmp.tiff.Artist" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:182 msgid "Copyright" msgstr "Derechos de autor" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:184 msgid "Xmp.tiff.Copyright" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:185 msgid "Contact Information" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:187 msgid "Xmp.iptc.CreatorContactInfo" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:188 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:261 msgid "Date / time Taken" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:189 msgid "Exif.Image.DateTimeOriginal" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:190 msgid "Xmp.exif.DateTimeOriginal" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:193 msgid "Xmp.exif.DateTimeDigitized" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:196 msgid "Xmp.tiff.DateTime" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:198 msgid "Exif.Image.LensInfo" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:199 msgid "Xmp.aux.Lens" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:201 msgid "Exif.Image.FocalLength" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:204 msgid "Exif.Image.FNumber Exif.Image.ApertureValue" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:208 msgid "Xmp.xmp.Thumbnails[n]/xapGImg" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:211 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:215 msgid "XMP only tags" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:213 msgid "" "These tags are read if present, but are only written if the file format " "doesn't support Exif, e.g. an XMP sidecar." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:221 msgid "Xmp.tiff.Orientation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:223 msgid "" "Xmp.exifEX.LensMake Xmp.exifEX.LensModel Xmp.exifEX.LensSerialNumber " "Xmp.exifEX.LensSpecification" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:225 msgid "Xmp.exif.FocalLength" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:227 msgid "Xmp.exif.FocalLengthIn35mmFilm" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:229 msgid "Xmp.exif.FNumber Xmp.exif.ApertureValue" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:230 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:276 msgid "Latitude, longitude" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:231 msgid "Xmp.exif.GPSLatitude Xmp.exif.GPSLongitude" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:232 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:279 msgid "Altitude" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:233 msgid "Xmp.exif.GPSAltitude Xmp.exif.GPSAltitudeRef" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:235 msgid "Xmp.xmp.Thumbnails[n]/xmpGImg" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:238 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:243 msgid "Read only tags" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:240 msgid "" "Photini may read information from these tags and merge it with information " "from the primary tags. These tags are not deleted when the corresponding " "primary tags are saved." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:251 msgid "Xmp.video.StreamName" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:254 msgid "Xmp.video.Information" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:255 msgid "Time zone offset[1]" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:256 msgid "Exif.Image.TimeZoneOffset Exif.NikonWt.Timezone" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:257 msgid "Xmp.video.TimeZone" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:259 msgid "Exif.Photo.CameraOwnerName Exif.Canon.OwnerName" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:263 msgid "" "Xmp.video.DateTimeOriginal Xmp.video.CreateDate Xmp.video.CreationDate " "Xmp.video.DateUTC Xmp.video.MediaCreateDate Xmp.video.TrackCreateDate" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:266 msgid "" "Xmp.video.ModificationDate Xmp.video.MediaModifyDate " "Xmp.video.TrackModifyDate" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:268 msgid "" "Exif.Image.CameraSerialNumber Exif.Image.UniqueCameraModel " "Exif.Canon.ModelID Exif.Canon.SerialNumber Exif.Fujifilm.SerialNumber " @@ -2152,9 +2591,11 @@ msgid "" "Exif.OlympusEq.SerialNumber Exif.Pentax.ModelID Exif.Pentax.SerialNumber" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:269 msgid "Xmp.aux.SerialNumber Xmp.video.Make Xmp.video.Model" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:271 msgid "" "Exif.Canon.LensModel Exif.CanonCs.Lens Exif.CanonCs.LensType " "Exif.Nikon3.Lens Exif.NikonLd1.LensIDNumber Exif.NikonLd2.LensIDNumber " @@ -2162,27 +2603,34 @@ msgid "" "Exif.OlympusEq.LensSerialNumber" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:273 msgid "Image Regions" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:274 msgid "Exif.Photo.SubjectArea" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:278 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:281 msgid "Xmp.video.GPSCoordinates" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:283 msgid "Exif.SubImage*" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:286 msgid "" "[1] The time zone offset is not directly presented to the user. It is " "applied to the Date / time Taken, Date / time Digitised and Date / time " "Modified fields if no other time zone information is available." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:6 msgid "Technical metadata" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Technical metadata`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+T``) allows you to " "edit 'technical' information about your photographs, such as the date & time" @@ -2194,6 +2642,7 @@ msgid "" " country." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:15 msgid "" "The GUI shows three date/time entries - ``taken``, ``digitised`` and " "``modified``. These are often the same, and are linked by the ``link ...`` " @@ -2201,6 +2650,7 @@ msgid "" "``taken`` date/time." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:19 msgid "" "You may wish to unlink the three entries and adjust the dates or times " "separately. For example, you could use the ``modified`` entry to note when " @@ -2209,6 +2659,7 @@ msgid "" "the ``digitised`` entry to when you scanned them." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:23 msgid "" "The date can be picked from a calendar widget that pops up when you click on" " the down arrow in a date/time entry. Clicking on any of the numbers allows " @@ -2218,6 +2669,7 @@ msgid "" " deleted which removes the date & time metadata from the photograph(s)." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:30 msgid "" "To the right of each date/time is a widget to adjust the time zone. The time" " a photograph was taken is assumed to be \"local time\". The time zone " @@ -2225,6 +2677,7 @@ msgid "" "zone was when the photograph was taken, digitised or modified." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:36 msgid "" "The ``Adjust times`` field allows a constant offset to be applied to the " "``taken`` time stamps of several pictures at once. (The other time stamps " @@ -2235,6 +2688,7 @@ msgid "" "subtract that amount from each selected picture's timestamp." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:43 msgid "" "You can also offset the time zone. In this example my camera clock was set " "to British Summer Time (+01:00) but records timestamps without zone " @@ -2244,6 +2698,7 @@ msgid "" "be given the same offset with just one button click." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:50 msgid "" "Below each date/time is a slider that allows you to set the precision. At " "its maximum value the time is shown to a precision of 1 millisecond. Cameras" @@ -2254,6 +2709,7 @@ msgid "" "record this uncertainty." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:57 msgid "" "The ``Orientation`` value sets the required rotation or reflection to " "display the image. Note that this does not actually transform the image " @@ -2261,18 +2717,21 @@ msgid "" " the orientation metadata, but not all of them do." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:63 msgid "" "The ``Camera`` dropdown list shows the camera model and serial number, if " "known. You can choose a different camera from the list, or click on " "```` to add another camera." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:68 msgid "" "It is quite common for the maker's name to appear in the model name, as " "shown here, but it doesn't have to. The serial number is optional, but could" " be useful if you have more than one of the same model of camera." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:73 msgid "" "After changing the camera you may see this warning message. The makernote_ " "is a block of proprietary data stored in a photograph's Exif metadata. If " @@ -2283,6 +2742,7 @@ msgid "" "correctly." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:80 msgid "" "The ``Lens model`` dropdown list allows you to change the lens specification" " stored in the image metadata. This should not usually be changed for " @@ -2290,6 +2750,7 @@ msgid "" " you use with lenses that its electronics doesn't recognise." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:83 msgid "" "This is particularly useful if you use your camera with 3rd party lenses " "and/or telescopes via a T-thread adaptor. My adaptor identifies itself to " @@ -2297,6 +2758,7 @@ msgid "" " to take some pictures of the moon." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:89 msgid "" "Selecting ```` from the dropdown list allows me to enter details of my " "mirror lens. As it is not a zoom lens there is no need to fill in the " @@ -2304,12 +2766,14 @@ msgid "" "length`` are required information." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:95 msgid "" "The data you enter is stored in the Photini configuration file so you can " "easily apply it to images in future by selecting the lens you have defined " "from the dropdown list." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:99 msgid "" "When the lens model is changed Photini offers the option to adjust the focal" " length and aperture used for each image, if the current values are " @@ -2317,18 +2781,21 @@ msgid "" "these parameters so I click on ``Yes``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:104 msgid "" "When the mouse pointer is held over the lens model dropdown for a few " "seconds a \"tooltip\" shows the focal length and aperture details of the " "lens. This can be useful if they're not obvious from the lens model name." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:109 msgid "" "To remove a lens from the list right-click on the list to bring up its " "context menu. This includes options to delete any lens but the one currently" " in use." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:115 msgid "" "The ``35mm equiv`` field shows the \"`35mm equivalent focal length " "`_\" of the " @@ -2340,6 +2807,7 @@ msgid "" "metadata. These calculated values are shown in faint text." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:124 msgid "" "If you know your camera's crop factor you can correct Photini's calculation " "by typing in the correct 35mm equivalent focal length. Photini will then " @@ -2347,6 +2815,7 @@ msgid "" "use." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:129 msgid "" "If you don't want to store the 35mm equivalent focal length you entered in " "the photograph's metadata you can undo the edit by reloading the metadata. " @@ -2354,14 +2823,17 @@ msgid "" "menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:134 msgid "" "Now the 35mm equivalent focal length is computed using the correct crop " "factor." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/video.rst:6 msgid "Video file handling" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/video.rst:8 msgid "" "Although designed primarily for use with still images Photini can also be " "used with video files. The :doc:`image_selector` ``Open images`` dialogue " @@ -2370,6 +2842,7 @@ msgid "" "all file types." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/video.rst:11 msgid "" "The Exiv2_ metadata library cannot write to video files, so Photini will " "always use XMP sidecars for the metadata you write. Video files can also be " @@ -2378,6 +2851,7 @@ msgid "" "(See :ref:`installation - optional dependencies`.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/video.rst:16 msgid "" "Most video files don't have thumbnails, but Photini may be able to create " "one if you have FFmpeg_ installed on your computer. Right-click on the file " @@ -2385,85 +2859,106 @@ msgid "" "to generate a thumbnail it will store it in the XMP sidecar file." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/video.rst:20 msgid "" "The :doc:`flickr` tab can upload video files, but expect it to be slow. " "Video files can be very large." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/misc/changelog.rst:6 msgid "Change Log" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/misc/doc_licence.rst:6 msgid "GNU Free Documentation License" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/misc/doc_licence.rst:8 msgid "" "The Photini documentation is licensed under the GNU Free Documentation " "License." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/misc/index.rst:6 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/misc/licence.rst:6 msgid "GNU General Public License" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/misc/licence.rst:8 msgid "The Photini software is licensed under the GNU General Public License." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:11 msgid "Installation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:13 msgid "" "Installation of Photini is done in two parts - first install Python, then " "use Python to install and run Photini." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:16 msgid "Installing Python" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:18 msgid "" "Python_ is absolutely essential to run Photini. It is already installed on " "many computers, but on Windows you will probably need to install it " "yourself." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:22 ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:143 msgid "Linux/MacOS" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:24 msgid "" "Python should already be installed, but make sure you have Python |nbsp| 3. " "Open a terminal window and run the ``python3`` command::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:30 msgid "" "Note that the command is ``python3``. On many machines the ``python`` " "command still runs Python |nbsp| 2. If you do not have Python |nbsp| 3 " "installed then use your operating system's package manager to install it." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:34 msgid "You should also check what version of pip_ is installed::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:39 msgid "" "Most Linux systems suppress pip's normal version check, but I recommend " "upgrading pip anyway::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:50 msgid "" "Note that pip has installed the new version in ``/home/jim/.local`` as " "normal users can't write to ``/usr``. (Don't be tempted to get round this by" -" using ``sudo`` to run pip. ``/usr`` should only be written by the operating" -" system's package manager.) You may need to log out and then log in again to" -" update your PATH settings. (On some Linux distributions you can simply run " -"``source ~/.profile`` instead of logging out & in.)" +" using ``sudo`` to run pip. ``/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages`` should only " +"be written by the operating system's package manager.) You may need to log " +"out and then log in again to update your PATH settings. (On some Linux " +"distributions you can simply run ``source ~/.profile`` instead of logging " +"out & in.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:56 msgid "Running ``pip --version`` again shows the new version::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:62 ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:162 msgid "Windows" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:64 msgid "" "I suggest reading `Using Python on Windows`_ before you begin. Go to " "https://www.python.org/downloads/windows/ and choose a suitable Python " @@ -2473,28 +2968,35 @@ msgid "" " to work with the latest Python." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:71 msgid "" "The first main installer screen should have an option to customise the " "installation. I recommend choosing this and selecting the following options." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:76 msgid "" "Documentation: If you are installing Python only to run Photini then you " "don't really need the Python documentation." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:77 msgid "pip: You definitely need this!" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:78 msgid "tcl/tk and IDLE: not needed unless you want to edit Python files." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:79 msgid "Python test suite: not needed." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:80 msgid "py launcher: I recommend installing the launcher for all users." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:84 msgid "" "Install for all users: this is essential if you'd like to share one " "installation of Photini between two or more users. I also recommend it for " @@ -2502,45 +3004,56 @@ msgid "" "Photini installation." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:85 msgid "Associate files with Python: recommended." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:86 msgid "Create shortcuts for installed applications: optional." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:87 msgid "" "Add Python to environment variables: I don't recommend this. The py launcher" " (previous screen) is a cleaner way to run Python than adding things to your" " PATH environment variable." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:88 msgid "Precompile standard library: recommended." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:89 msgid "Download debugging symbols: not needed." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:90 msgid "Download debug binaries: not needed." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:92 msgid "" "After installing Python, start a command window such as ``cmd.exe``. Now try" " running the ``py`` launcher::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:99 msgid "This shows that Python 3.8 is installed and available." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:101 msgid "" "Now try running pip_. Note the use of ``py`` to run pip, instead of " "requiring the Python scripts directory to be on your PATH::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:116 msgid "" "This shows that ``pip`` is installed in ``c:\\program files\\python38\\lib" "\\site-packages``, which is only writeable with administrator privileges." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:118 msgid "" "If you install packages with ``pip`` as a normal user (i.e. without " "administrator privileges) it will put them under your \"roaming\" " @@ -2551,15 +3064,18 @@ msgid "" "choice of location." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:121 msgid "" "The following instructions assume a virtual environment is in use and " "activated. If you don't use a virtual environment then replace ``python`` " "with ``py`` and ``pip`` with ``py -m pip``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:125 msgid "Installing Photini" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:127 msgid "" "Before installing Photini you need to decide if you are installing it for a " "single user or for multiple users. Multi-user installations use a Python " @@ -2568,6 +3084,7 @@ msgid "" "easy uninstallation, so I recommend using it for a single user installation." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:131 msgid "" "Linux & MacOS users have another decision to make - whether to install " "Photini's dependencies with pip_ or with the operating system's package " @@ -2580,15 +3097,18 @@ msgid "" "applications." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:136 msgid "Virtual environment" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:138 msgid "" "If you are using a virtual environment you should set it up now. You can " "create a virtual environment in any writeable directory. I use the name " "``photini`` and create it in my home directory:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:159 msgid "" "The option ``--system-site-packages`` makes packages installed with the " "system package manager (e.g. PySide6 / PySide2 / PyQt6 / PyQt5) available " @@ -2596,6 +3116,7 @@ msgid "" "from within the virtual environment." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:182 msgid "" "Note that after activating the virtual environment the ``py`` command is not" " needed. Python, pip, and other Python based commands are run directly. " @@ -2603,14 +3124,18 @@ msgid "" "above. This ensures that the latest version will be used to install Photini." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:187 msgid "" "You should stay in this virtual environment while installing and testing " -"Photini." +"Photini. After that Photini can be run without activating the virtual " +"environment." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:191 msgid "Qt package" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:193 msgid "" "Photini uses the Qt_ Framework for its graphical user interface. There are " "two current versions of Qt (Qt5 and Qt6) and each has two Python interfaces " @@ -2620,58 +3145,71 @@ msgid "" "Windows versions earlier than Windows |nbsp| 10." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:199 msgid "" "After installing Photini the ``photini-configure`` command can be used to " "choose a Qt package. This allows you to try each until you find one that " "works satisfactorily on your computer." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:203 msgid "Initial installation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:205 msgid "Firstly install Photini with pip_:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:267 msgid "" "Photini's optional dependencies can be included in the installation by " "listing them as \"extras\" in the pip command. For example, if you want to " "be able to upload to Flickr and Ipernity:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:278 msgid "Note that the extras' names are not case-sensitive." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:280 msgid "" "You can install all of Photini's optional dependencies by adding an ``all`` " "extra. You can also install any of the Qt packages as extras:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:292 msgid "" "Now run the ``photini-configure`` command to choose which Qt package to use." " (The Windows example is running Windows |nbsp| 7, so PyQt6 and PySide6 are " "not available):" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:358 msgid "" "The command asks a series of questions, then runs pip_ to install any extra " "dependencies that are needed, then updates your Photini configuration file." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:361 msgid "Test the installation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:363 msgid "Now you should be able to run photini:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:386 msgid "" "Photini should run successfully, but it lists some optional dependencies " "that are not installed. These provide additional features, for example the " "Flickr uploader, that not all users will need to install." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:390 msgid "Missing system packages" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:392 msgid "" "On some Linux systems (e.g. Ubuntu, Debian, Mint) Photini may still not run " "if you've installed a Qt package with pip_ instead of the system's package " @@ -2681,20 +3219,24 @@ msgid "" "the error message doesn't tell you that!" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:397 ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:821 msgid "Optional dependencies" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:399 msgid "" "Most of the dependencies required for Photini's optional features can also " "be installed with ``photini-configure``. Default answers are given in square" " brackets:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:522 msgid "" "Photini's spelling checker may require some other files to be installed. See" " the `pyenchant documentation`_ for platform specific instructions." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:525 msgid "" "One optional dependency that cannot be installed with pip_ or ``photini-" "configure`` is FFmpeg_. This is used to read metadata from video files. " @@ -2702,18 +3244,22 @@ msgid "" "installing it on Windows is non-trivial." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:530 msgid "Start menu / application menu" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:532 msgid "" "Although you can run Photini from a command shell, most users would probably" " prefer to use the start / application menu or a desktop icon. These can be " "installed with the ``photini-post-install`` command:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:583 msgid "Additional users" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:585 msgid "" "If you have installed Photini in a virtual environment then other users " "should be able to run the ``photini`` command using its full path. (On " @@ -2721,25 +3267,30 @@ msgid "" "first.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:596 msgid "" "This is not a very convenient way to run Photini, so most users will want to" " add it to their start / application menu:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:645 msgid "" "To install Photini menu shortcuts for all users you can run the post install" " command as root (Linux) or in a command window run as administrator " "(Windows). It is important to use the full path to the post install command:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:696 msgid "Uninstalling Photini" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:698 msgid "" "Before removing Photini you should use the ``photini-post-install`` command " "to remove it from the start / application menu:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:713 msgid "" "If you used a virtual environment you can simply delete the top level " "directory created when setting up the virtual environment. Otherwise you can" @@ -2747,20 +3298,24 @@ msgid "" " remove:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:759 msgid "Updating Photini" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:761 msgid "" "When a new release of Photini is issued you can easily update your " "installation with pip_. If you installed Photini in a virtual environment " "then you need to activate the virtual environment before upgrading:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:772 msgid "" "The ``-U`` option tells pip to update Photini to the latest available " "version." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:774 msgid "" "If you upgrade Python you shouldn't need to reinstall Photini or its " "dependencies if only the patch level changes (e.g. 3.8.9 to 3.8.10). After a" @@ -2768,9 +3323,11 @@ msgid "" " fresh installation of Photini and its dependencies." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:778 msgid "Dependency details" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:780 msgid "" "These lists of dependencies may be useful to Linux or MacOS users who prefer" " to use their system package manager to install them instead of pip_. Note " @@ -2778,6 +3335,7 @@ msgid "" "below each table." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:783 msgid "" "Different operating systems have different names for the same packages. If " "you run into problems, please let me know (email jim@jim-easterbrook.me.uk) " @@ -2785,105 +3343,139 @@ msgid "" "these instructions." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:789 msgid "Essential dependencies" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:791 msgid "These are all required for Photini to be usable." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:794 msgid "Package" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:794 msgid "Minimum version" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:794 msgid "Typical Linux package name" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:794 msgid "PyPI package name" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:796 msgid "Python_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:796 msgid "3.6" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:796 msgid "``python3``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:797 msgid "PyQt_ [1]" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:797 msgid "5.11" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:797 msgid "``python3-qt5`` or ``python3-pyqt5`` or ``python310-PyQt6``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:800 msgid "PySide2_ [1]" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:800 msgid "5.11.0" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:800 msgid "``python3-pyside2``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:800 msgid "PySide2" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:801 msgid "PySide6_ [1]" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:801 msgid "6.2.0" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:801 msgid "``python3-pyside6``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:801 msgid "PySide6" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:802 msgid "QtWebEngine_ [2]" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:802 msgid "``python3-pyside2.qtwebengine`` or ``python310-PyQt6-WebEngine``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:802 msgid "PyQtWebEngine" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:804 msgid "`python-exiv2`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:804 msgid "0.14.0" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:804 msgid "exiv2" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:805 msgid "appdirs" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:805 msgid "1.3" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:805 msgid "``python3-appdirs``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:806 msgid "requests_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:806 msgid "2.4" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:806 msgid "``python3-requests``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:806 msgid "requests" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:809 msgid "" "[1] PyQt_, PySide2_, and PySide6_ are Python interfaces to the Qt GUI " "framework. Photini can use any of them (although PyQt is preferred), so you " @@ -2894,6 +3486,7 @@ msgid "" "` or by running ``photini-configure``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:814 msgid "" "[2] Photini needs the Python interface to QtWebEngine_. This is included in " "PySide6_ and some PyQt_ or PySide2_ installations, otherwise you need to " @@ -2901,6 +3494,7 @@ msgid "" "if it's missing." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:823 msgid "" "Some of Photini's features are optional - if you don't install these " "packages Photini will work but the relevant feature will not be available. " @@ -2908,77 +3502,99 @@ msgid "" "prefixes." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:827 msgid "Feature" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:12 ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:827 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:829 msgid "Spell check[1]" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:829 msgid "pyenchant_ 2.0+" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:830 msgid "Flickr upload" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:830 ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:832 msgid "`requests-oauthlib`_ 1.0+, `requests-toolbelt`_ 0.9+, keyring_ 7.0+" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:831 msgid "Ipernity upload" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:831 msgid "`requests-toolbelt`_ 0.9+, keyring_ 7.0+" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:832 msgid "Pixelfed upload" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:833 msgid "Google Photos upload" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:833 msgid "`requests-oauthlib`_ 1.0+, keyring_ 7.0+" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:834 msgid "Thumbnail creation[2]" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:834 msgid "FFmpeg_, Pillow_ 2.0+" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:835 msgid "Import photos from camera[3]" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:835 msgid "`python3-gphoto2`_ 1.8+" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:836 msgid "Import GPS logger file" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:836 msgid "gpxpy_ 1.3.5+" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:839 msgid "" "[1] Pyenchant requires a C library and dictionaries to be installed. See the" " `pyenchant documentation`_ for detailed instructions." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:842 msgid "" "[2] Photini can create thumbnail images using PyQt, but better quality ones " "can be made by installing Pillow. FFmpeg is needed to generate thumbnails " "for video files, but it can also make them for some still image formats." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:845 msgid "" "[3]Photini can import pictures from any directory on your computer (e.g. a " "memory card) but on Linux and MacOS systems it can also import directly from" " a camera if python-gphoto2 is installed." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:848 msgid "Special installations" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:850 msgid "" "There are some circumstances where installing Photini from the Python " "Package Index (PyPI_) with pip_ is not suitable. If you need easy access to " @@ -2986,9 +3602,11 @@ msgid "" " another language, then you should install the development version." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:856 msgid "Development version" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:858 msgid "" "To install the development version you can use git to clone the `GitHub " "repository `_ or download it as " @@ -2996,62 +3614,75 @@ msgid "" "to the Photini top level directory before continuing." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:861 msgid "" "You can run Photini without installing it, using the ``run_photini.py`` " "script::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:865 msgid "" "This can be useful during development as the script should also work within " "an IDE." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:867 msgid "The development version can be built and installed using pip::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:871 msgid "" "If you'd like to test or use one of Photini's translation files you will " "need to update the translations before installing or running Photini::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:876 msgid "" "This requires the Qt \"linguist\" software to be installed. See :ref" ":`localisation-program-testing` for more information about using " "translations." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:882 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:884 msgid "" "If you ever have problems running Photini the first thing to do is to run it" " in a command window. If you installed Photini in a `virtual environment`_ " "then activate that environment, for example:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:898 msgid "" "Start the Photini program as follows. If it fails to run you should get some" " diagnostic information:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:909 msgid "" "Note the use of the ``-v`` option to increase the verbosity of Photini's " "message logging. This option can be repeated for even more verbosity." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:912 msgid "" "To find out what version of Photini and some of its dependencies you are " "using, run it with the ``--version`` option:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:940 msgid "" "This information is useful if you need to email me (jim@jim-" "easterbrook.me.uk) with any problems you have running Photini." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:943 msgid "Mailing list" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:945 msgid "" "For more general discussion of Photini (e.g. release announcements, " "questions about using it, problems with installing, etc.) there is an email " @@ -3059,25 +3690,30 @@ msgid "" "ask to join the group at https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/photini." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:953 msgid "" "If you would like to have a local copy of the Photini documentation, and " "have downloaded or cloned the source files, you can install Sphinx_ and " "associated packages and then \"compile\" the documentation::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:958 msgid "" "Open ``doc/html/index.html`` with a web browser to read the local " "documentation." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/introduction.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:2 msgid "" "A free, easy to use, digital photograph metadata (Exif, IPTC, XMP) editing " "application for Linux, Windows and MacOS." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:4 msgid "" "\"Metadata\" is said to mean \"data about data\". In the context of digital " "photographs this means information that isn't essential in order to display " @@ -3086,104 +3722,133 @@ msgid "" "camera's position when the picture was taken." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:8 msgid "" "\"[Photini] doesn't try to be an all-singing, all-dancing image management " "powerhouse - it just lets you add information to photos, quickly and " "easily.\"" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:13 msgid "`Linux Format`_ magazine, January 2013" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:12 msgid "Why is it called Photini? Read my `blog post`_ on how I chose a name." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:16 msgid "Contents" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:19 msgid "Features" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:3 msgid "Easy to use graphical interface." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:4 msgid "Set photo title, description, keywords, copyright and creator fields." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:5 msgid "Some support for video files." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:6 msgid "Spell checking of some fields (optional)." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:7 msgid "Can set metadata for multiple images simultaneously." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:8 msgid "" "Can adjust picture date & time and time zone (of multiple images " "simultaneously)." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:9 msgid "" "Reads Exif, IPTC and XMP metadata, writes all three to maximise " "compatibility with other software." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:10 msgid "Writes metadata to image files or to XMP \"sidecar\" files." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:11 msgid "Can import photographs from many digital cameras." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:12 msgid "" "Upload to Flickr_ or `Google Photos`_ or Ipernity_ or Pixelfed_ with reuse " "of metadata." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:3 msgid "Geotagging - search map to find named places." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:4 msgid "Choice of map providers - instantly switch to compare details." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:5 msgid "Drag and drop images on to map to set GPS location." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:6 msgid "Or set GPS location using data exported by a tracker app." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:7 msgid "Edit coordinates if required, or clear to unset GPS data." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:8 msgid "Convert GPS coordinates to street address." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:9 msgid "Suggestions for further development welcome." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:14 msgid "Photini requires at least the following:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:16 msgid "Python3: http://python.org/" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:17 msgid "" "PyQt5, PyQt6, PySide2, or PySide6: " "http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/pyqt/ or " "https://doc.qt.io/qtforpython/" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:18 msgid "python-exiv2: https://pypi.org/project/exiv2/" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:20 msgid "" "For a full list of dependencies, please see the `installation " "documentation`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:4 msgid "Getting help" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:6 msgid "" "If you encounter any problems installing or running Photini, please email " "jim@jim-easterbrook.me.uk and I'll respond as soon as I can. There is also " @@ -3193,9 +3858,11 @@ msgid "" "`\"issues\" page`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:11 msgid "Localisation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:13 msgid "" "Work has begun on providing Photini in multiple languages. I rely on users " "to do the translation, as I am not fluent in any language other than " @@ -3204,45 +3871,59 @@ msgid "" "Hosted Weblate`_. For more details, see the `localisation documentation`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:22 msgid "Licence" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:24 msgid "Photini - a simple photo metadata editor." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:25 msgid "http://github.com/jim-easterbrook/Photini" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:26 msgid "Copyright (C) 2012-23 Jim Easterbrook jim@jim-easterbrook.me.uk" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:28 msgid "Catalan translation by Joan Juvanteny" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:29 msgid "Czech translation by Pavel Fric" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:30 msgid "French translation by Nathan, J. Lavoie" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:31 msgid "German translation by Jan Rimmek, J. Lavoie, Ettore Atalan" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:32 msgid "Italian translation by \"albanobattistella\"" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:33 msgid "Korean translation by Soohyeon Park" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:34 msgid "Norwegian Bokmål translation by Allan Nordhøy" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:35 msgid "Polish translation by Dawid Głaz, Eryk Michalak" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:36 msgid "Spanish translation by Esteban Martinena, Cristos Ruiz, Kamborio" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:38 msgid "" "This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it " "under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free " @@ -3250,6 +3931,7 @@ msgid "" "any later version." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:43 msgid "" "This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT " "ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or " @@ -3257,43 +3939,52 @@ msgid "" "more details." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:48 msgid "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with" " this program. If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:52 msgid "Service terms and conditions" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:54 msgid "" "Use of the Google map tab is subject to the `Google Maps Terms of Use`_ and " "`Google Privacy Policy`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:56 msgid "" "Use of the Bing map tab is subject to the `Microsoft Bing Maps Terms of " "Use`_ and `Microsoft Privacy Statement`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:58 msgid "" "Use of the Mapbox map tab is subject to the `Mapbox terms of service`_ and " "`Mapbox privacy policy`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:60 msgid "" "The Flickr upload tab uses the Flickr API but is not endorsed or certified " "by Flickr." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:63 msgid "Privacy statement" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:65 msgid "" "Photini does not directly gather any information from its users, but the " "online services it can use (maps and uploaders) may do so. You should read " "these services' privacy policies before using them." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:68 msgid "" "Photini stores user preferences in a text file on the user's computer. The " "default location of this file is ``$HOME/.config/photini/`` (Linux), " @@ -3303,9 +3994,11 @@ msgid "" "`Python keyring`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:74 msgid "Documentation licence" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:76 msgid "" "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify the Photini " "documentation under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version" @@ -3315,9 +4008,11 @@ msgid "" "Documentation License\"." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:6 msgid "\"Localisation\"" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:8 msgid "" "Photini can be made easier to use for people who don't speak English. There " "are two parts to this -- the text used within the program and the " @@ -3326,9 +4021,11 @@ msgid "" "Transifex_) or a suitable text editor installed on your computer." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:14 msgid "Translating the program text" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:16 msgid "" "If your computer is configured to use a language other than English, and " "Photini has already been translated into that language, then Photini should " @@ -3336,20 +4033,25 @@ msgid "" "like if your computer is configured to use Spanish." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:21 msgid "" "If you'd like to help by translating Photini into another language, or by " "improving an existing translation, this is what you need to do." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst msgid "Translation status" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:29 msgid "Translation progress so far" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:32 ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:178 msgid "Online translation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:34 msgid "" "The main advantages of online translation are that you don't need to install" " any software on your computer (apart from a web browser) and that several " @@ -3357,14 +4059,17 @@ msgid "" "as little effort as they wish." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:37 msgid "" "Please read the :ref:`notes ` below for things " "to be aware of when translating the program strings." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:40 msgid "Weblate" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:42 msgid "" "Weblate_ is an online translation service that provides free support for " "open source projects such as Photini. Its main advantage over Transifex is " @@ -3375,6 +4080,7 @@ msgid "" "so you don't have to invent yet another user name and password." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:48 msgid "" "Back at the Photini project page, click on the \"GUI\" component, then click" " on a language to work on, or \"Start new translation\" if your language is " @@ -3382,6 +4088,7 @@ msgid "" "translations. You can then click on a string to edit its translation." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:52 msgid "" "When you've finished working on a translation there's no need to do anything" " further. Weblate automatically pushes the translation to GitHub, where I " @@ -3389,9 +4096,11 @@ msgid "" "your translation ` though." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:57 msgid "Transifex" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:59 msgid "" "Transifex_ is another online translation service with free support for open " "source projects. Follow the link to Transifex_ and click on \"Help Translate" @@ -3400,6 +4109,7 @@ msgid "" "so you don't have to invent yet another user name and password." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:64 msgid "" "Back at the Transifex Photini page click on \"Languages\" to show all the " "languages currently being translated to. If your language is not included in" @@ -3412,11 +4122,13 @@ msgid "" "and then start translating." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:71 msgid "" "Click on your language, then click on \"src..en/photini.ts (transifex)\" to " "work on the Photini GUI strings." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:73 msgid "" "When you've finished working on a translation there's no need to do anything" " further. Transifex automatically pushes the translation to GitHub, where I " @@ -3424,15 +4136,18 @@ msgid "" "your translation ` though." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:78 ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:186 msgid "Offline translation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:80 msgid "" "Translating Photini on your own computer will probably require extra " "software to be installed, but may be easier as you can see the program " "source where translations are used." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:82 msgid "" "Start by downloading the development version of Photini by cloning the " "GitHub repository (see :ref:`installation-photini`). You will also need to " @@ -3440,6 +4155,7 @@ msgid "" "installable with ``pip``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:86 msgid "" "The program strings are stored in files with names like " "``src/lang/nl/photini.ts``, where ``nl`` is the code for the Dutch language." @@ -3447,9 +4163,11 @@ msgid "" " files with the current program strings::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:91 msgid "Now you can open a translation file in your chosen editor, for example::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:95 msgid "" "You can use any text editor for your translations, but a special purpose " "translation editor is preferable. The `Qt Linguist`_ program is ideal, but " @@ -3457,6 +4175,7 @@ msgid "" "strings should be acceptable." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:98 msgid "" "Please read the :ref:`notes ` below for things " "to be aware of when translating the program strings. When you've finished " @@ -3465,12 +4184,15 @@ msgid "" "` first." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:105 ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:200 msgid "Things to be aware of" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:109 msgid "String length" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:108 msgid "" "Many of the strings to be translated have to fit into buttons on the GUI, so" " your translation should not be much longer than the English original. If " @@ -3478,9 +4200,11 @@ msgid "" "to as well." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:113 msgid "Words with special meanings" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:112 msgid "" "Some of Photini's GUI elements such as ``Title / Object Name`` are named " "after the metadata items in the Exif, XMP or IPTC specifications. If " @@ -3488,9 +4212,11 @@ msgid "" "with translating these words." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:118 msgid "Formatting strings" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:116 msgid "" "In Python curly braces are used to include other data in a string. For " "example, ``File \"{file_name}\" has {size} bytes and exceeds {service}'s " @@ -3500,18 +4226,22 @@ msgid "" "language." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:122 msgid "Carriage returns" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:121 msgid "" "Some of Photini's buttons split their labels over two or more lines to stop " "the button being too wide. You should split your translation in similar size" " pieces so it has the same number of lines." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:128 msgid "HTML markup" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:125 msgid "" "Strings such as ``

Upload to Flickr has not finished.

`` include HTML" " markup which must be copied to your translated string. Some strings such as" @@ -3520,18 +4250,22 @@ msgid "" "translated." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:132 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:131 msgid "" "Some strings include a single ampersand character ``&`` immediately before a" " letter that is used as a keyboard shortcut. You should choose a suitable " "letter in your translation and place the ampersand appropriately." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:138 msgid "Plural forms" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:135 msgid "" "Translations can accommodate the many ways that languages handle plurals. " "For example in English we write \"0 files, 1 file, 2 files\". Weblate_ has a" @@ -3539,15 +4273,18 @@ msgid "" " also handle plural forms." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:143 ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:233 msgid "Testing your translation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:145 msgid "" "You need a copy of the Photini source files to test your translation with. " "You can download or clone this from GitHub (see :ref:`installation-" "photini`)." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:148 msgid "" "If you've been working online then you can download your translation with " "Weblate's \"Files\" menu. It will have the wrong default name so, for " @@ -3555,6 +4292,7 @@ msgid "" "``src/lang/fr/photini.ts``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:151 msgid "" "The translation file needs to be \"compiled\" (converted from ``.ts`` format" " to ``.qm`` format) before it can be used by the Photini program. This " @@ -3562,24 +4300,30 @@ msgid "" "package on PyPI." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:154 msgid "You can easily update and compile all the language files::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:159 msgid "Now you can install Photini with your new translation(s)::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:163 msgid "" "Photini should use your new language if your computer's ``LANG`` environment" " variable is set appropriately. You can force this when running Photini from" " the command line::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:168 msgid "Photini should now be using your translations." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:171 msgid "Translating the documentation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:173 msgid "" "Translating Photini's documentation is a lot more work than translating the " "program itself. The `\"Read the Docs\" `_ web site" @@ -3588,16 +4332,19 @@ msgid "" "program strings is a much higher priority." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:180 msgid "" "This uses Transifex_ as described above. The documentation strings are in " "the resource \"src..gettext/documentation.pot (transifex)\"." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:183 ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:195 msgid "" "See the :ref:`notes ` below for things to " "be aware of when translating the documentation." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:188 msgid "" "The documentation translation uses ``.po`` files as specified by the `GNU " "gettext `_ project. You can open the " @@ -3605,6 +4352,7 @@ msgid "" "example::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:202 msgid "" "The Photini documentation is written in `reStructuredText " "`_. This is a markup language that" @@ -3615,9 +4363,11 @@ msgid "" "punctuation from the English source." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:211 msgid "Double backquotes ``````" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:209 msgid "" "These often mark words that are used in the Photini GUI. You may wish to " "include the English equivalent in brackets after your translation to help " @@ -3626,29 +4376,37 @@ msgid "" "German translation as ````Ausrichtung (Orientation)````." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:214 msgid "Special characters, e.g. ``(|hazard|)``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:214 msgid "These refer to Unicode symbols and should not be translated." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:217 msgid "Short cross references, e.g. ``:doc:`tags```" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:217 msgid "These should not be translated." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:220 msgid "Long cross references, e.g. ``:ref:`installation ```" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:220 msgid "" "The text within the ``<>`` characters should not be translated, but it may " "be appropriate to translate the preceding link text." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:225 msgid "Short external links, e.g. ```Google Photos`_``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:223 msgid "" "If you need to translate the text you can transform the short link into a " "long one. For example, the English ```Google Photos`_`` could appear in a " @@ -3656,52 +4414,63 @@ msgid "" "underscores ``_`` and backquotes ````` - they are vital!" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:228 msgid "Long external links, e.g. ```Flickr `_``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:228 msgid "" "The url within the ``<>`` characters should not be translated, but it may be" " appropriate to translate the preceding link text." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:235 msgid "" "If you install Sphinx_ (See :ref:`installation `) you can build a local copy of the documentation using your " "translation. For example, to build Dutch documentation::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:240 msgid "" "Open ``doc/html/index.html`` with a web browser to read the translated " "documentation." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/reading.rst:6 msgid "Further reading" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/reading.rst:8 msgid "" "The best explanation of what should be put in each metadata field I've found" " is the `Guide to Photo Metadata Fields `_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/reading.rst:9 msgid "" "`Google Maps JavaScript API " "`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/reading.rst:10 msgid "" "`Bing Maps V8 Web Control `_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/reading.rst:11 msgid "" "`Leaflet, an open-source JavaScript library for mobile-friendly interactive " "maps `_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:6 msgid "Typical workflow" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:8 msgid "" "This is a suggestion for how to use Photini. It roughly reflects what I do, " "but is just a guideline for beginners. As you gain experience you may choose" @@ -3711,9 +4480,11 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`configuration-tabs` for more detail." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:16 msgid "Make a backup copy" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:18 msgid "" "Before editing any of your images' metadata you should make a backup copy. " "Even if I could guarantee that Photini was bug free and would never corrupt " @@ -3722,9 +4493,11 @@ msgid "" "you start, please make a backup copy of your photographs." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:23 msgid "Load images" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:25 msgid "" "Select the ``File`` menu ``Open images`` item (keyboard shortcut " "``Ctrl+O``). This opens a file selection dialog with which you can navigate " @@ -3733,6 +4506,7 @@ msgid "" "the Photini editor's image selector." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:29 msgid "" "Photini doesn't set a limit to the number of files you can open " "simultaneously, but it's probably sensible not to open more than 30 or 40, " @@ -3740,6 +4514,7 @@ msgid "" "usually load all the photographs taken on one day, or in one place." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:32 msgid "" "Each image file is shown as a thumbnail image in the lower half of the " "Photini editor GUI. You can adjust the space allocated to this area by " @@ -3750,9 +4525,11 @@ msgid "" "size image in your default picture viewing program." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:39 msgid "Set ownership" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:41 msgid "" "I usually start by setting the copyright notice and other information on the" " ``Ownership metadata`` tab. I select all the images with the keyboard " @@ -3760,9 +4537,11 @@ msgid "" " to the ``Descriptive metadata`` tab." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:46 msgid "Set descriptive metadata" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:48 msgid "" "If all your selected pictures have the same title then type it into the " "``Title / Object Name`` field now. Otherwise it's time to start selecting " @@ -3770,14 +4549,17 @@ msgid "" "fields." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:51 msgid "" "The ``Keywords`` field expects a list of words or short phrases, separated " "by semi-colon (;) characters." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:54 msgid "Save your work so far" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:58 msgid "" "As you proceed it's a good idea to save the images that have new metadata " "with the ``File`` menu ``Save images with new data`` item (keyboard shortcut" @@ -3785,9 +4567,11 @@ msgid "" " warning symbol (|hazard|)." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:62 msgid "Set geolocation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:64 msgid "" "Amongst the commonly used image metadata items are the latitude and " "longitude of the position from which the photograph was taken. (Some people " @@ -3797,6 +4581,7 @@ msgid "" "map." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:68 msgid "" "There are currently three map tabs in the Photini editor, each of which gets" " maps (or aerial photographs) from a different provider: Google, Microsoft " @@ -3807,6 +4592,7 @@ msgid "" "switch to another at any time." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:73 msgid "" "You may be able use the map's navigation and zoom controls to find the area " "you want, but usually you will need to use the search box. Click on ``, 2023\n" "Language: fr@qtfiletype\n" @@ -22,9 +22,11 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.11.0\n" +#: ../../../doc/index.rst:6 ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:951 msgid "Photini documentation" msgstr "Documentation de Photini" +#: ../../../doc/index.rst:8 msgid "" "Welcome to the documentation of Photini, an easy to use photograph metadata " "editor. For a quick introduction to Photini and its features I suggest you " @@ -32,9 +34,11 @@ msgid "" "capabilities can be found in :doc:`the user manual `." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/index.rst:23 msgid "Copyright (C) 2012-23 Jim Easterbrook." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/index.rst:25 msgid "" "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under " "the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or any later " @@ -44,14 +48,17 @@ msgid "" "License\"." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../:4 msgid "" "Comments or questions? Please subscribe to the Photini mailing list " "https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/photini and let us know." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:6 msgid "Location addresses" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Address`` tab shows text address data for the location from where the " "photograph was taken (``camera``) and one or more locations shown in the " @@ -59,6 +66,7 @@ msgid "" " Tower then the camera location is almost certainly somewhere else in Paris." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:13 msgid "" "Locations are stored in a 5-level hierarchy: ``street``, ``city``, " "``province``, ``country`` and ``region``. The meaning of these terms is " @@ -71,18 +79,21 @@ msgid "" "sub-continent." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:20 msgid "" "``Name``, ``Location ID``, and GPS data are recent additions to the IPTC " "location specification. More detail about all of these can be found on the " "`IPTC web site`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:23 msgid "" "Note that \"legacy\" IPTC-IIM address metadata only stores the ``street``, " "``city``, ``province``, and ``country`` fields and only the ``camera`` " "location." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:27 msgid "" "The ``Get address from lat, long`` button uses \"reverse geocoding\" to " "convert latitude & longitude into a hierarchical address. This is a rather " @@ -91,6 +102,7 @@ msgid "" "Other map providers don't allow lookup results to be permanently stored." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:32 msgid "" "Photini attempts to use all the data returned in an address lookup. This can" " lead to some duplication, e.g. Château-Gontier appears twice in ``city``. " @@ -98,6 +110,7 @@ msgid "" "IPTC-IIM metadata." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:38 msgid "" "Scrolling down shows the latitude and longitude of the location. Note that " "these are not the same as the GPS coordinates shown at the top left. The " @@ -106,9 +119,11 @@ msgid "" "that are shown in the ``camera`` address." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:44 msgid "It is usually necessary to edit the address quite a lot." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:48 msgid "" "Right-clicking on a location tab displays a context menu that allows the tab" " to be copied to a new tab or deleted. Copying the ``camera`` location is an" @@ -116,31 +131,37 @@ msgid "" "is immediately created, in case the photograph has more than one subject.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:54 msgid "" "In this case most of the data is the same, but I changed ``street`` to the " "subject of the photograph rather than the place where I was standing, and " "then deleted the latitude & longitude." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:56 msgid "" "To reorder the subject locations, or to convert between camera and subject, " "you can drag any of the tabs to another position. Photini ensures there is " "always one empty subject location ready to be filled in." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:6 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:8 msgid "" "If there are tabs in the Photini GUI that you don't use, you can remove them" " by deselecting their entry in the ``Options`` menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:10 msgid "" "The ``Options`` menu also has a ``Settings`` item which opens the dialog " "shown below." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:14 msgid "" "The first three items adjust how Photini uses IPTC-IIM \"legacy\" metadata. " "(Since 2004 the `IPTC standard`_ uses XMP to store metadata. Photini always " @@ -152,6 +173,7 @@ msgid "" "present." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:22 msgid "" "IPTC-IIM metadata has limited length for some fields. Photini truncates the " "IPTC-IIM data if necessary, but the full length data is still stored in Exif" @@ -160,6 +182,7 @@ msgid "" "disable this warning." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:27 msgid "" "Sidecar files allow metadata to be stored without needing to write to the " "actual image file. If you deselect \"write to image file\" then sidecars " @@ -169,6 +192,7 @@ msgid "" "(if metadata can be copied to the image file the sidecar is deleted)." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:31 msgid "" "Next there are options to adjust file timestamps. \"Keep original\" leaves " "image files' timestamps unchanged. \"Set to when photo was taken\" changes " @@ -178,14 +202,17 @@ msgid "" "these options useful if you often use a file browser to sort files by date." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:37 msgid "" "If you have installed gpxpy_ then there is a final option to determine if " "the altitude is included when a GPX file is used to set pictures' GPS data." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:42 msgid "Spell checking" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:44 msgid "" "The ``Spelling`` menu allows you to enable or disable spell checking on " "Photini's text fields, and to select the language dictionary to use. The " @@ -195,6 +222,7 @@ msgid "" "appropriate enchant \"backend\" installed)." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:48 msgid "" "Windows programs don't share spell checking dictionaries as easily as on " "Linux. The Hunspell `LibreOffice dictionaries`_ can be used. Select the " @@ -207,9 +235,11 @@ msgid "" " will depend on your Python installation." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:57 msgid "Configuration file location" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:59 msgid "" "Photini stores its configuration in a file called ``editor.ini``. The " "default location of this file is ``$HOME/.config/photini/`` (Linux), " @@ -220,9 +250,11 @@ msgid "" "``PHOTINI_CONFIG`` to the directory you'd like to use." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:66 msgid "PyQt options" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:68 msgid "" "The configuration file includes options to select use of PyQt5, PyQt6, " "PySide2, or PySide6. These may be useful if one of these components on your " @@ -230,9 +262,11 @@ msgid "" "that it is impossible to test Photini with every one." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:72 msgid "The default options in the configuration file are in the ``[pyqt]`` section:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:81 msgid "" "To force use of a particular Qt library set the value of ``qt_lib`` to " "``'PyQt5'``, ``'PyQt6'``, ``'PySide2'``, or ``'PySide6'``. (You can also use" @@ -241,6 +275,7 @@ msgid "" "the ``--version`` option::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:87 msgid "" "If your computer has a high resolution screen, or you have poor eyesight, " "you may find the Photini user interface's text is too small to read " @@ -249,26 +284,31 @@ msgid "" "artefacts from the scaling." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:91 msgid "" "Setting the ``native_dialog`` option to ``False`` makes Photini use a Qt " "dialog to select files to open instead of the normal operating system " "dialog." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:93 msgid "" "Note that there is no GUI to set these options. You may need to adjust them " "if Photini crashes on startup, in which case the GUI would be unusable. The " "configuration file can be edited with any plain text editing program." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:98 msgid "" "Make sure your editor doesn't change the file's encoding (e.g. from utf-8 to" " iso-8859) or insert a \"byte order mark\"." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:103 msgid "Application style" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:105 msgid "" "Qt applications can have their appearance changed by selecting different " "\"styles\". Normally a style is automatically chosen that suits the " @@ -278,12 +318,14 @@ msgid "" "style to one that does." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:109 msgid "" "The choice of style affects how some \"widgets\" are drawn. If you find " "problems such as date or timezone values (on the \"technical metadata\" tab)" " being partly hidden then it might be worth trying another style." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:112 msgid "" "To find out what styles are available on your computer you can use Photini's" " ``--version`` flag. (You need to run Photini from a command window to do " @@ -292,6 +334,7 @@ msgid "" "follows::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:126 msgid "" "Note that the style names are not case sensitive. If none of the available " "styles is to your liking you may be able to install extra ones. For example," @@ -299,6 +342,7 @@ msgid "" "available." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:130 msgid "" "Once you find a style that you like, you can set Photini to use that style " "by editing the configuration file as described above. Add a line such as " @@ -307,14 +351,17 @@ msgid "" "line unless you remove the ``style = ...`` line from your config file." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:146 msgid "Tab order" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:148 msgid "" "The tabs can be re-ordered by dragging and dropping a tab to your preferred " "position. This is much easier to do than editing the configuration file." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:152 msgid "" "Photini's tabs can be enabled or disabled with the ``Options`` menu as " "described above, but their order is set in the configuration file. The " @@ -322,14 +369,17 @@ msgid "" "imported for each tab. You can reorder the tabs by reordering this list." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:182 msgid "" "You could even use a tab provided by another Python package by adding its " "module name to the list. See :doc:`extending` for more information." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:186 msgid "Metadata options" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:188 msgid "" "Photini can optionally read metadata from \"BMFF\" based filed types CR3, " "HEIF, HEIC, and AVIF. This requires use of python-exiv2 with libexiv2 " @@ -338,11 +388,13 @@ msgid "" "the `Exiv2 warning`_ before enabling this feature." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:194 msgid "" "To enable BMFF file reading, edit the configuration file and set the " "``enable_bmff`` option to ``True``:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:201 msgid "" "Note that this only affects Photini's ability to read and write BMFF " "metadata. Reading image data (for thumbnails or the image regions tab) will " @@ -351,15 +403,18 @@ msgid "" "is probably impossible if you installed PyQt or PySide with pip." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:6 msgid "Descriptive metadata" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Descriptive metadata`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+D``) allows you to" " edit basic information about your photographs, such as the title and " "description." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:10 msgid "" "The data form is disabled until you select one or more images to edit. " "Hovering the mouse over one of the data fields displays a popup \"tooltip\" " @@ -367,6 +422,7 @@ msgid "" "taken from the `IPTC standard`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:16 msgid "" "The first thing I usually do with a new set of photographs is to set the " "title. Select all the images that should have the same title, then type the " @@ -377,6 +433,7 @@ msgid "" "fields blank." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:21 msgid "" "The legacy IPTC-IIM standard has a maximum number of bytes for each data " "item. If your text has more bytes then the excess is shown underlined in " @@ -385,6 +442,7 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`configuration `." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:28 msgid "" "The ``Title / Object name`` field has an optional spell checker, enabled " "with the ``Spelling`` menu. The word \"Château-Gontier\" is not in the " @@ -393,6 +451,7 @@ msgid "" " can be chosen by clicking on it." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:36 msgid "" "Note that all the image thumbnails now have a warning symbol (|hazard|) " "displayed next to them. This shows that they have unsaved metadata edits. " @@ -401,6 +460,7 @@ msgid "" " I do this frequently to avoid losing any of my work." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:43 msgid "" "Now you can add more detail in the ``Headline`` and / or ``Description / " "Caption`` boxes. (My descriptions are usually so short that a separate " @@ -408,6 +468,7 @@ msgid "" "photographs that share the same description, so select those images first." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:49 msgid "" "If you select a group of images you may see ```` displayed " "in some of the text boxes. You can right-click on the box to bring up a " @@ -416,6 +477,7 @@ msgid "" " of the text." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:55 msgid "" "The ``Alt Text (Accessibility)`` and ``Extended Description " "(Accessibility)`` boxes are where you describe the photograph for visually " @@ -424,6 +486,7 @@ msgid "" "create their \"ALT text\" image description." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:60 msgid "" "Next you can set a list of keywords for the image by typing them in the " "``Keywords`` box. Keywords should be separated by semi-colon (;) characters." @@ -431,19 +494,23 @@ msgid "" " ones you use most often." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:66 msgid "" "Finally the ``Rating`` slider allows you to note any particularly good or " "bad pictures. Good pictures can be given a one to five star rating." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:71 msgid "" "Bad pictures can be given a ``reject`` rating. This is stored in the " "metadata as a rating value of -1." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:79 msgid "Alternative Languages" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:81 msgid "" "Some fields, such as title and description, are stored in XMP as `Lang Alt`_" " data. This allows translations into alternative languages to be stored " @@ -451,6 +518,7 @@ msgid "" "in Exif and IPTC-IIM.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:85 msgid "" "Photini has a language drop down selector next to each ``Lang Alt`` data " "field. If the current text is in an unspecified default language the " @@ -460,6 +528,7 @@ msgid "" "on the drop down and selecting ````." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:92 msgid "" "If there is already some text in an unspecified default language you will be" " asked to say what that language is. Languages are specified with an " @@ -468,22 +537,28 @@ msgid "" " code, e.g. ``en-GB`` for English as spoken in Great Britain." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:98 msgid "" "Next you can set the language to be added, e.g. ``fr-FR`` for French as " "spoken in France." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:102 msgid "You can then type the translation in to the text field." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:106 msgid "" "If you would like to change the default language, right-click on the " "``Lang:`` dropdown and choose a language." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:111 +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:44 msgid "More information about the data fields" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:113 msgid "" "Click on any field name below to see the IPTC definition and user notes for " "that field. Although these fields are defined in an `IPTC standard`_, they " @@ -491,67 +566,83 @@ msgid "" "\"legacy\" IPTC-IIM data." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:117 msgid "" "`Title / Object Name `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:118 msgid "A short title." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:119 msgid "" "`Headline `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:120 msgid "A brief description." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:121 msgid "" "`Description / Caption `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:122 msgid "The who, what and why of what the image depicts." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:123 msgid "" "`Alt Text (Accessibility) " "`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:124 msgid "Text description for visually impaired accessibility." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:125 msgid "" "`Extended Description (Accessibility) " "`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:126 msgid "Extended description for visually impaired accessibility." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:127 msgid "" "`Keywords `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:128 msgid "Separate words or phrases with ``;`` characters. Not stored in Exif." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:131 msgid "" "`Rating `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:130 msgid "How good is the photo." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/extending.rst:6 msgid "Extending Photini" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/extending.rst:8 msgid "" "It is possible to add new functionality to Photini by providing a new " "\"tab\". Because the tabs are loaded dynamically at run-time the new tab " @@ -561,29 +652,35 @@ msgid "" "list (see :ref:`configuration-tabs`) will add the tab to Photini." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/extending.rst:12 msgid "Every Photini tab has to have the following interface:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/extending.rst:43 msgid "" "The ``tab_name`` method returns the label given to the tab. It should be as " "short as possible." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/extending.rst:46 msgid "" "When the user defines any new metadata you should get the current selection " "from the ``image_list`` and set the metadata on every image in the " "selection." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/extending.rst:48 msgid "" "It's probably easiest to start with a copy of the Photini tab module most " "like what you want to do, strip out the bits you don't need and then add " "your own stuff." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:6 msgid "Flickr uploader" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Flickr upload`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+F``) allows you to upload" " your photographs to `Flickr `_, a popular online " @@ -591,24 +688,28 @@ msgid "" " not endorsed or certified by Flickr." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:11 msgid "" "Unlike some other Flickr uploaders, Photini uses the descriptive metadata " "you've created to set Flickr's title, description and tags. This means you " "don't have to retype all that information!" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:14 msgid "" "Note that the Flickr upload tab is only enabled if you have installed some " "extra software packages. See :ref:`installation ` for" " more detail." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:19 msgid "" "Initially most of the Flickr uploader tab is disabled. It's only usable " "after you've authorised Photini to access your Flickr account by clicking " "the ``Log in`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:24 msgid "" "The first time you click ``Log in`` Photini connects your web browser to " "Flickr, from where you can log in and give Photini permission to access " @@ -616,28 +717,33 @@ msgid "" "people's photos and videos.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:29 msgid "" "After authorisation your browser should display this page. The web browser " "window can then be closed." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:34 msgid "" "If the authorisation is successful Photini displays your Flickr user name " "and profile picture. You should not need to redo this authorisation process " "unless you click the ``Log out`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:37 msgid "" "Your current Flickr albums are shown on the right hand side of the Flickr " "uploader tab. You can add a new album with the ``New album`` button. This " "opens a pop-up dialog as shown below." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:43 msgid "" "Type in the album details and click ``OK``. Note that the album will not be " "created on Flickr until you upload a photo to it." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:48 msgid "" "To upload one or more photographs to Flickr, select them in the image " "selector area, then choose which (if any) of your albums to add them to and " @@ -645,6 +751,7 @@ msgid "" "upload`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:50 msgid "" "The album membership and privacy & other settings apply to all the " "photographs in this upload. If you want some photographs to have different " @@ -652,15 +759,19 @@ msgid "" "separate batch." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:55 ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:47 +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:56 msgid "" "During uploading Photini displays a progress bar. Uploading takes place in " "the background, so you can continue to use other tabs while the upload is in" " progress. The upload can be stopped by clicking the ``Stop upload`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:61 ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:62 msgid "After uploading a photograph it is marked as having new metadata." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:65 msgid "" "If you switch to the ``Descriptive metadata`` tab you can see there is a new" " keyword ``flickr:id=``. Photini uses this `triple tag`_ to " @@ -668,15 +779,18 @@ msgid "" "on, as described below." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:69 msgid "Synchronising local metadata to Flickr" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:71 msgid "" "Sometimes you might change your photograph's metadata on Flickr and would " "like to copy those changes back to the image file on your computer. Select " "the image(s) you would like to update and click the ``Synchronise`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:76 msgid "" "If an image does not have a ``flickr:id`` keyword then Photini will try to " "find the photograph on Flickr by matching the date and time it was taken. If" @@ -684,26 +798,31 @@ msgid "" "metadata." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:79 msgid "" "Flickr \"notes\" attached to an image are shown on Photini's :doc:`regions` " "tab." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:84 msgid "" "You can see what changed with the image's context menu ``View changes``. In " "this case Flickr has set the location city to its new name of \"Château-" "Gontier-sur-Mayenne\". I chose to ignore this new metadata." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:89 msgid "Synchronising Flickr metadata to local" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:91 msgid "" "If you change your image file metadata and would like to make the same " "changes on Flickr you can select the image and click on the ``Start upload``" " button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:95 msgid "" "If you upload an image that already has a ``flickr:id`` keyword then Photini" " allows you to change the photograph's metadata instead of uploading a new " @@ -711,9 +830,11 @@ msgid "" "you've processed it in another application." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:6 msgid "Google Photos uploader" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Google Photos upload`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+P``) allows you to" " upload your photographs to `Google Photos`_. The Google Photos API is quite" @@ -721,24 +842,28 @@ msgid "" " abilities." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:11 msgid "" "Note that the Google Photos upload tab is only enabled if you have installed" " some extra software packages. See :ref:`installation ` for more detail." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:16 msgid "" "Initially most of the Google Photos uploader tab is disabled. It's only " "usable after you've authorised Photini to access your Google Photos account " "by clicking the ``Log in`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:19 msgid "" "The first time you click ``Log in`` Photini connects your web browser to " "Google Photos, from where you can log in and give Photini permission to " "access Google Photos on your behalf." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:22 msgid "" "Unfortunately Google won't verify Photini because it continues to be " "developed, so you will be presented with several warning messages during the" @@ -746,12 +871,14 @@ msgid "" "account." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:26 msgid "" "If the authorisation is successful Photini displays your Google Photos user " "name and profile picture. You should not need to redo this authorisation " "process unless you click the ``Log out`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:29 msgid "" "Your current Google Photos albums are shown on the right hand side of the " "Google Photos uploader tab. The Google Photos API only allows Photini to add" @@ -759,25 +886,30 @@ msgid "" "disabled." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:33 msgid "" "You can add a new album with the ``New album`` button. This opens a pop-up " "dialog as shown below." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:38 msgid "" "Type in the album title and click ``OK``. The title can be up to 500 " "characters long, so you may want to enlarge the dialog box." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:43 msgid "" "To upload one or more photographs to Google Photos, select them in the image" " selector area, then choose which (if any) of your albums to add them to, " "then click on the ``Start upload`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:6 msgid "Image selector" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:8 msgid "" "When you start the Photini editor it displays a GUI (graphical user " "interface) as shown below. The exact appearance will depend on your " @@ -787,6 +919,7 @@ msgid "" "for more detail.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:14 msgid "" "The Photini editor GUI has two main areas. The upper part has a set of tabs " "to select different functions. The lower part is an image selector that is " @@ -796,11 +929,13 @@ msgid "" " the mouse." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:20 msgid "" "The tabs can be re-ordered by dragging and dropping a tab to your preferred " "position." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:25 msgid "" "Now load some images using the ``File`` menu ``Open files`` item (or its " "keyboard shortcut ``Ctrl+O``). The loaded files are displayed as thumbnail " @@ -810,6 +945,7 @@ msgid "" "appropriate button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:30 msgid "" "Images can also be loaded by \"drag and drop\" from a file manager window or" " by adding them to the command line if you run Photini from a command " @@ -818,21 +954,25 @@ msgid "" "images in one go." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:36 msgid "" "Clicking on any thumbnail selects that file. The selected file is " "highlighted by a red border. Double clicking on a thumbnail should display " "the full size image, using your default image viewing application." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:42 msgid "" "Multiple files can be selected by holding down the 'shift' key while " "clicking on a second image. To select multiple files that are not adjacent, " "hold down the 'control' key while clicking on the images." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:47 msgid "The keyboard shortcut ``Ctrl+A`` selects all the loaded files." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:51 msgid "" "Selecting multiple files allows you to set metadata, such as the image " "title, on several files at once. This is much quicker than having to edit " @@ -842,14 +982,17 @@ msgid "" " or three before writing a description." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:57 msgid "Context menu" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:59 msgid "" "Right-clicking on a thumbnail displays a context menu for all the currently " "selected files." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:63 msgid "" "The context menu currently has five items. ``Reload file`` discards any " "metadata changes. ``Save changes`` saves any changes to the file(s). ``View " @@ -858,6 +1001,7 @@ msgid "" "the file(s)." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:72 msgid "" "The ``view changes`` context menu item displays all the metadata items that " "have changed. In this example I've set two items that were previously empty." @@ -865,12 +1009,15 @@ msgid "" "``undo`` checkboxes and click on ``OK``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:78 msgid "The same menu items also appear in the main ``File`` menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:81 msgid "Using Photini with other programs" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:83 msgid "" "If you use other applications that can display or edit image metadata then " "you need to be careful when using them with Photini. Just like with a word " @@ -881,6 +1028,7 @@ msgid "" "to reload the file in Photini." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:88 msgid "" "You may also want to experiment with how other programs display the metadata" " you create in Photini and *vice versa*. Be aware that other programs might " @@ -889,9 +1037,11 @@ msgid "" "with Photini, unless they can be configured to use metadata standards." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:6 msgid "Image importer" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Import photos`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+I``) allows you to copy " "photographs from your digital camera or anywhere else on your computer (for " @@ -900,12 +1050,14 @@ msgid "" "things the way I want, so I added one to Photini." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:11 msgid "" "Note that you can only import directly from cameras if you have installed " "python-gphoto2 (which is not available on Windows). See :ref:`installation " "` for more detail." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:14 #, python-format msgid "" "The key part of the importer is the ``Target format`` field. This provides a" @@ -918,70 +1070,91 @@ msgid "" "behavior>`_ for a complete list." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:20 msgid "" "As well as the date & time format strings, bracketed keywords can be used to" " manipulate parts of the file name:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:23 msgid "keyword" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:23 msgid "meaning" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:23 msgid "example" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:25 msgid "{camera}" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:25 msgid "the camera model name" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:25 msgid "Canon_PowerShot_A1100_IS" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:26 msgid "{name}" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:26 msgid "the complete file name" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:26 msgid "IMG_9999.JPG" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:27 msgid "{number}" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:27 msgid "the numeric part of the file name" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:27 msgid "9999" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:28 msgid "{root}" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:28 msgid "the filename without its extension" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:28 msgid "IMG_9999" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:29 msgid "{ext}" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:29 msgid "the filename extension" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:29 msgid ".JPG" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:32 msgid "" "Below the ``Target format`` field is an example generated from the current " "format to help you edit it correctly." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:34 #, python-format msgid "" "Note that Photini stores a different target format for each camera or source" @@ -993,6 +1166,7 @@ msgid "" "``IMG_9999.JPG``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:40 msgid "" "After connecting one or more cameras and pressing the ``refresh`` button, a " "camera can be chosen from the ```` drop down list. Photini " @@ -1000,6 +1174,7 @@ msgid "" "some time." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:43 msgid "" "The drop down list also includes the most recent source folders you have " "used. Click on ```` to add a new source folder to the list. " @@ -1008,24 +1183,28 @@ msgid "" "you want, to avoid including too many other files." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:47 msgid "" "The list is displayed in the central area, with the location where the file " "would be stored. It is sorted by name or date, as selected by the buttons " "below the image thumbnail area." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:52 msgid "" "When the ``Target format`` has been set to match where previous images were " "put, images that have already been copied to the computer are non selectable" " (shown in light grey)." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:56 msgid "" "The remaining images can be selected by clicking on them, or by using the " "``Select all`` button (to select all uncopied images) or ``Select new`` " "button (to select images newer than the last ones copied)." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:60 msgid "" "Clicking the ``Copy photos`` button copies the selected images to the " "computer and loads them into Photini. To avoid overloading Photini you " @@ -1033,6 +1212,7 @@ msgid "" "photos``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:63 msgid "" "The ``Move photos`` button moves image files instead of copying them. This " "is probably not useful with a camera source, but can be used to reorganise " @@ -1040,20 +1220,24 @@ msgid "" "them as well." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:68 msgid "" "As each file is copied it is shown in grey on the file list and the selected" " file count decreases." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:72 msgid "" "After copying all the files the file list is refreshed, which may take some " "time. Now that all the files have been copied from the camera none can be " "selected." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/index.rst:6 msgid "User manual" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/index.rst:8 msgid "" "This manual attempts to cover every part of Photini in detail, but still be " "usable as a tutorial. I suggest you read the :doc:`image selector " @@ -1062,9 +1246,11 @@ msgid "" "features." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:6 msgid "Ipernity uploader" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Ipernity upload`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+I``) allows you to " "upload your photographs to `Ipernity `_, a " @@ -1072,64 +1258,75 @@ msgid "" "Ipernity API but is not endorsed or certified by Ipernity." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:11 msgid "" "Unlike some other uploaders, Photini uses the descriptive metadata you've " "created to set Ipernity's title, description and keywords. This means you " "don't have to retype all that information!" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:14 msgid "" "Note that the Ipernity upload tab is only enabled if you have installed some" " extra software packages. See :ref:`installation ` " "for more detail." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:19 msgid "" "Initially most of the Ipernity uploader tab is disabled. It's only usable " "after you've authorised Photini to access your Ipernity account by clicking " "the ``Log in`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:24 msgid "" "The first time you click ``Log in`` Photini connects your web browser to " "Ipernity, from where you can log in and give Photini permission to access " "Ipernity on your behalf." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:28 msgid "" "After authorising Photini close the web browser window or tab and return to " "the Photini window. You can now close the \"Authorisation required\" dialog." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:33 msgid "" "If the authorisation is successful Photini displays your Ipernity user name " "and profile picture. You should not need to redo this authorisation process " "unless you click the ``Log out`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:38 msgid "" "Your current Ipernity albums are shown on the right hand side of the " "Ipernity uploader tab. You can add a new album with the ``New album`` " "button. This opens a pop-up dialog as shown below." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:44 msgid "" "Type in the album details and click ``OK``. Note that the album will not be " "visible on Ipernity until you upload a photo to it." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:49 msgid "" "To upload one or more photographs to Ipernity, select them in the image " "selector area, then choose which (if any) of your albums to add them to and " "set the permissions and licence, then click on the ``Start upload`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:51 msgid "" "The permissions, licence, and album membership apply to all the photographs " "in this upload. If you want some photographs to have different permissions, " "licence, or album membership you need to upload them as a separate batch." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:66 msgid "" "If you switch to the ``Descriptive metadata`` tab you can see there is a new" " keyword ``ipernity:id=``. Photini uses this `triple tag`_ to " @@ -1137,15 +1334,18 @@ msgid "" "on, as described below." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:70 msgid "Synchronising local metadata to Ipernity" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:72 msgid "" "Sometimes you might change your photograph's metadata on Ipernity and would " "like to copy those changes back to the image file on your computer. Select " "the image(s) you would like to update and click the ``Synchronise`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:77 msgid "" "If an image does not have a ``ipernity:id`` keyword then Photini will try to" " find the photograph on Ipernity by matching the date and time it was taken." @@ -1154,29 +1354,35 @@ msgid "" "changes``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:81 msgid "" "Ipernity \"notes\" attached to an image are shown on Photini's " ":doc:`regions` tab." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:85 msgid "Synchronising Ipernity metadata to local" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:87 msgid "" "If you change your image file metadata and would like to make the same " "changes on Ipernity you can select the image and click on the ``Start " "upload`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:91 msgid "" "If you upload an image that already has a ``ipernity:id`` keyword then " "Photini allows you to change the photograph's metadata instead of uploading " "a new photograph." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:6 msgid "Geotagging" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:8 msgid "" "The map tabs allow you to set the location of where a photograph was taken. " "Photini currently uses three different map providers: Google, Bing, and " @@ -1185,6 +1391,7 @@ msgid "" "aerial (or \"satellite\") photography." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:15 msgid "" "The map initially displays the previously used location. You can change the " "view by zooming in or out, or by panning the map by dragging it with the " @@ -1192,6 +1399,7 @@ msgid "" " search facility." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:21 msgid "" "Click on the ```` edit box and type in a search term such as the" " name of a town, then press the 'return' key. A drop down list of place " @@ -1200,6 +1408,7 @@ msgid "" "the free servers that provide the service." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:27 msgid "" "The search is influenced by the current location shown on the map. A search " "for 'newport' may return different results if the map is showing New York " @@ -1210,28 +1419,33 @@ msgid "" "list." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:32 msgid "" "Each map provider has its own search facility. You may get more useful " "results by switching to a different map tab." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:39 msgid "" "Having found the right town, you can then zoom in and pan around to find the" " exact location where your photograph was taken. Using aerial / satellite " "imagery can help with this." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:44 msgid "" "Now you can drag and drop your photograph onto the map to set its location. " "To set the same location on multiple images, select them all and then drag " "and drop one of them." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:49 msgid "" "Note that photographs that have location data are shown with a flag symbol " "(|flag|) in the image selector area." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:51 msgid "" "The location coordinates are shown in the ``Lat, long:`` box. These values " "are editable, so you can set the location of photographs directly, e.g. by " @@ -1240,12 +1454,14 @@ msgid "" "delete the coordinates." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:56 msgid "" "In Photini version 2023.5.0 and later the coordinates are separated by a " "space. Older versions used a comma but this causes problems with locales " "that use a decimal comma instead of a decimal point." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:61 msgid "" "When several photographs have location metadata Photini will pan the map " "(and zoom out if required) to ensure all the selected images are shown on " @@ -1253,6 +1469,7 @@ msgid "" "are shown with grey markers." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:67 msgid "" "The ``Get altitude from map`` button sets the photograph's altitude (in " "metres) from its latitude and longitude, using data from the map provider. " @@ -1260,14 +1477,17 @@ msgid "" "lot. You can edit the value to correct it." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:73 msgid "" "Selecting another map tab will show the same location but with data and " "imagery from a different provider." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:78 msgid "GPX file import" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:80 msgid "" "If you have a mobile phone or other device with a GPS logger you may be able" " to set the approximate locations of photographs from logged GPS positions. " @@ -1275,29 +1495,34 @@ msgid "" "files." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:85 msgid "" "First you need to export your GPS log as a GPX_ (GPS eXchange format) file, " "then transfer the .gpx file to your computer. Make sure your images have the" " correct time zone set so that Photini can calculate their UTC_ timestamps." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:90 msgid "" "When a GPX file is imported its track points are displayed on the map as " "blue circles. If the file has a large number of points, closely positioned " "in space or time, then not all of them are shown." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:95 msgid "" "Selecting a photograph shows up to four track points in red. These are " "points with time stamps around the time the photograph was taken." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:100 msgid "" "After zooming in on the red track points the photograph can be dragged to " "the map as usual. (If you're wondering why there are pairs of circles on the" " map, it's because we walked there and back along roughly the same route.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:105 msgid "" "Alternatively, the ``Set coords from GPX`` button can be used to set the " "latitude and longitude of all the selected photographs to the nearest (in " @@ -1306,20 +1531,24 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`configuration `." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:109 msgid "" "The usefulness of GPX data depends on the accuracy of your GPS tracker, and " "on your camera's clock accuracy. You might want to adjust the timestamps in " "the :doc:`technical metadata ` tab first." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:112 msgid "" "When you've finished with the GPX track points they can be removed from the " "map with the ``Remove GPX data`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:115 msgid "Altitude considerations" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:117 msgid "" "The definition and measurement of altitude is made more complicated by the " "Earth not being exactly spherical, and its gravitational field not being " @@ -1328,12 +1557,14 @@ msgid "" "the years, each of which has improved the accuracy of altitude data." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:121 msgid "" "The GPS tracking app I use on my phone has an option to apply \"EGM96 " "correction\", which changes the altitude by 45 m at my home in the UK. If " "your app has a similar option I recommend you enable it." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:124 msgid "" "Bing Maps' altitude is corrected using the \"EGM2008\" model, according to " "their documentation. Google Maps uses \"local mean sea level\". They don't " @@ -1341,19 +1572,23 @@ msgid "" "from several sources." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:128 msgid "" "I do not know which of these, if any, is correct for the GPS altitude in a " "photograph's Exif data." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:6 msgid "Ownership metadata" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Ownership metadata`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+O``) allows you to " "edit ownership and copyright information about your photographs." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:12 msgid "" "Most of this data will be the same for all your photographs, so Photini uses" " a \"template\" to apply the same text to all the selected images. If your " @@ -1363,6 +1598,7 @@ msgid "" "use the ``Edit template`` button to open the dialog shown below." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:18 msgid "" "Fill in any of the fields you want to use on every photograph. The field " "labels are copied from the `IPTC standard`_, as is the help text which " @@ -1371,6 +1607,7 @@ msgid "" " languages, as discussed in :ref:`alternative-languages`." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:24 msgid "" "Note that you can insert the year in which a photograph was taken with " "``%Y``. This is probably only useful in the ``Copyright Notice``, but is " @@ -1379,6 +1616,7 @@ msgid "" "number or ``%B`` for the month name.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:30 msgid "" "The ``Rights: Web Statement`` field is a drop down list of `Creative " "Commons`_ licences which you can extend with any other licences you use. The" @@ -1386,6 +1624,7 @@ msgid "" " web browser." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:33 msgid "" "Google Image Search displays the ``Creator``, ``Credit Line``, and " "``Copyright Notice`` values alongside search results. It also uses the " @@ -1394,6 +1633,7 @@ msgid "" "IPTC Photo Metadata and Google Images`_ for more detail." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:39 msgid "" "The ``Apply template`` button copies the template data to all the selected " "images, setting the correct year in the ``Copyright Notice``. If you want to" @@ -1403,6 +1643,7 @@ msgid "" "usual way." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:46 msgid "" "Click on any field name below to see the IPTC definition and user notes for " "that field. Although these fields are defined in an `IPTC standard`_, they " @@ -1410,73 +1651,89 @@ msgid "" "IPTC-IIM data." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:51 msgid "" "`Creator `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:51 msgid "" "Usually the photographer's name. If there is more than one creator, separate" " them with a ``;`` character." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:54 msgid "" "`Creator's Jobtitle `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:54 msgid "" "Job title of the first creator. Do not fill in this field unless the creator" " field is filled in." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:56 msgid "" "`Credit Line `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:57 msgid "Usually the photographer's name, but could be their employer or client." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:58 msgid "" "`Copyright Notice `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:59 msgid "Who owns the copyright." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:61 msgid "" "`Rights: Usage Terms `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:61 msgid "Plain text summary of how the image may be reused. Not stored in IPTC-IIM." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:65 msgid "" "`Rights: Web Statement `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:64 msgid "" "URL of a web page describing the usage rights of an image. `All rights " "reserved`_ is shown for any image with no URL set. Not stored in IPTC-IIM." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:67 msgid "" "`Instructions `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:68 msgid "Notes to a publisher of the image." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:73 msgid "" "`Contact Information `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:70 msgid "" "The IPTC standard allows up to three licensors, but Photini only uses one. " "Any more licensors in a file will be deleted when Photini saves metadata to " @@ -1485,9 +1742,11 @@ msgid "" "delete this information if it is present in a file." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:6 msgid "Pixelfed uploader" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Pixelfed upload`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+P``) allows you to " "upload your photographs to Pixelfed_, an open source decentralised photo " @@ -1496,18 +1755,21 @@ msgid "" "features disabled." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:11 msgid "" "Note that the Pixelfed upload tab is only enabled if you have installed some" " extra software packages. See :ref:`installation ` " "for more detail." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:16 msgid "" "Initially most of the Pixelfed uploader tab is disabled. It's only usable " "after you've authorised Photini to access your Pixelfed account by clicking " "the ``Log in`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:21 msgid "" "The first time you click ``Log in`` Photini asks you to choose a Pixelfed " "\"instance\" (or server) where you have an account. Photini already knows a " @@ -1515,24 +1777,28 @@ msgid "" " in the ``other`` box." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:26 msgid "" "After choosing an instance Photini opens a page in your web browser where " "you can log in to your Pixelfed account and then authorise Photini to access" " it." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:30 msgid "" "If the authorisation is successful Photini displays your Pixelfed user name " "and profile picture. You should not need to redo this authorisation process " "unless you click the ``Log out`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:33 msgid "" "After logging in most of the Pixelfed uploader interface is enabled. However" " some features remain disabled if they are not available with the software " "version running on the chosen instance." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:38 msgid "" "When you select some pictures to upload they are shown in the column to the " "right of your user details. The number of pictures you can upload in one go " @@ -1540,22 +1806,26 @@ msgid "" "Mastodon instances only allow four." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:42 msgid "" "The pictures are uploaded, and should be displayed on Pixelfed, in the order" " you selected them. Using the ``Ctrl`` key while clicking in the image " "selector area allows you to choose them one at a time." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:47 msgid "" "The ``Generate`` button creates a caption for the uploaded pictures based on" " their title, headline, description, and keywords metadata." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:51 msgid "" "You will almost certainly want to edit the generated text to make a good " "caption." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:53 msgid "" "If you want to hide your pictures from users until they choose to see them " "(e.g. if the pictures are \"not suitable for work\") you can check " @@ -1564,11 +1834,13 @@ msgid "" "their tick-boxes." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:58 msgid "" "Clicking the ``Start upload`` button uploads each picture and then posts a " "Pixelfed \"status\" with your pictures and caption." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:62 msgid "" "If your Pixelfed account settings have ``require media descriptions`` set " "then Photini will warn you if the picture you are uploading does not have " @@ -1577,6 +1849,7 @@ msgid "" "carry on and upload without alt text." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:66 msgid "" "If you add alt text later on you can use the ``Update remote`` button to " "copy the updated alt text to a previously uploaded picture. This is not " @@ -1585,6 +1858,7 @@ msgid "" "picture." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:69 msgid "" "Mastodon uses \"`focal points`_\" when cropping images. If you define a " "cropping region in Photini's :doc:`regions` tab, the centre of that region " @@ -1592,6 +1866,7 @@ msgid "" "parameter." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:76 msgid "" "Pixelfed instances have maximum allowed image sizes, both pixel count and " "bytes in the file. If your image is too large, and is in a format Photini " @@ -1599,9 +1874,11 @@ msgid "" "quality Photini will use Pillow_ if it is installed." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:6 msgid "Image regions" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Image regions`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+R``) allows you to select" " part of a picture and label it with metadata. This can be useful to " @@ -1610,27 +1887,33 @@ msgid "" "discusses possible uses of image regions in more detail." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:14 msgid "The user interface is disabled until one image file is selected." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:18 msgid "" "The image is shown on the right hand side in a scrollable area. On the left " "are one or more tabs showing metadata for each image region." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:23 msgid "" "To create a new region, right-click on the region info tab bar and select " "the region shape. This same context menu can also be used to delete regions." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:28 msgid "The new region is initially placed at the centre of the image." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:32 msgid "" "The small squares at each corner of the rectangle can be dragged to change " "the size and shape. The entire region can be dragged by clicking within it." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:37 msgid "" "The most important metadata for a region is probably its \"role\". This is " "chosen from a \"`controlled vocabulary`_\" defined by the IPTC. Photini " @@ -1639,6 +1922,7 @@ msgid "" "the list." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:42 msgid "" "Other, less useful, metadata includes a name and identifier for the region. " "The ``Content type`` is another controlled vocabulary that allows you to say" @@ -1646,6 +1930,7 @@ msgid "" "probably ``human``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:48 msgid "" "The IPTC specification allows any other metadata to be attached to a region." " Photini includes ``Person shown`` and ``Description``, which I think are " @@ -1655,28 +1940,34 @@ msgid "" " you would like to be added." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:55 msgid "" "It can be useful to set cropping regions for an image. Many social media web" " sites crop images, typically to square or 16:9 aspect ratio landscape. This" " often causes problems such as decapitated bodies." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:61 msgid "" "The polygon region is initially a triangle shape. Right-clicking on one of " "its vertices allows a vertex to be added or deleted." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:66 msgid "A vertex can also be added by right-clicking anywhere within the polygon." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:70 msgid "" "Vertices can be added to make shapes of arbitrary complexity. Is this useful" " for anything?" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:6 msgid "Tag reference" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:8 msgid "" "This section lists the \"mapping\" from Photini's field names (such as " "\"Title / Object Name\") to the Exif / XMP / IPTC-IIM tags the data is " @@ -1684,6 +1975,7 @@ msgid "" "http://exiv2.org/metadata.html for more detail." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:12 msgid "" "As far as possible Photini follows the `Metadata Working Group " "`_ (MWG) \"Guidelines " @@ -1692,454 +1984,601 @@ msgid "" "differences between information stored in equivalent tags." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:16 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:27 msgid "Primary tags" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:18 msgid "" "These tags are where Photini stores its metadata. (Legacy IPTC-IIM data is " "only used if it already exists in the file, in line with the MWG guidelines," " unless the \"write unconditionally\" user setting is enabled.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:21 msgid "" "Note that some fields, such as \"Title / Object Name\" and \"Keywords\", are" " not stored in Exif. You may prefer not to use these fields to ensure " "compatibility with software that only handles Exif." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:24 msgid "" "Some of the field names in the table below lingk to their definition in the " "IPTC standard. You may find this useful when deciding what to write in those" " fields." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:30 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:164 +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:218 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:246 msgid "Photini field" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:31 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:165 +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:247 msgid "Exif tag" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:32 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:166 +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:219 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:248 msgid "XMP tag" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:33 msgid "IPTC-IIM tag" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:34 msgid "`Title / Object Name`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:36 msgid "Xmp.dc.title" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:37 msgid "Iptc.Application2.ObjectName" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:38 msgid "Headline_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:40 msgid "Xmp.photoshop.Headline" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:41 msgid "Iptc.Application2.Headline" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:42 msgid "`Description / Caption`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:43 msgid "Exif.Image.ImageDescription" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:44 msgid "Xmp.dc.description" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:45 msgid "Iptc.Application2.Caption" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:46 msgid "`Alt Text`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:48 msgid "Xmp.iptc.AltTextAccessibility" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:50 msgid "`Extended Description`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:52 msgid "Xmp.iptc.ExtDescrAccessibility" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:54 msgid "Keywords_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:56 msgid "Xmp.dc.subject" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:57 msgid "Iptc.Application2.Keywords" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:58 msgid "Rating_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:60 msgid "Xmp.xmp.Rating" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:62 msgid "Creator_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:63 msgid "Exif.Image.Artist" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:64 msgid "Xmp.dc.creator" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:65 msgid "Iptc.Application2.Byline" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:66 msgid "`Creator's Jobtitle`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:68 msgid "Xmp.photoshop.AuthorsPosition" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:69 msgid "Iptc.Application2.BylineTitle" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:70 msgid "`Credit Line`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:72 msgid "Xmp.photoshop.Credit" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:73 msgid "Iptc.Application2.Credit" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:74 msgid "`Copyright Notice`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:75 msgid "Exif.Image.Copyright" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:76 msgid "Xmp.dc.rights" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:77 msgid "Iptc.Application2.Copyright" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:78 msgid "`Rights: Usage Terms`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:80 msgid "Xmp.xmpRights.UsageTerms" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:82 msgid "`Rights: Web Statement`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:84 msgid "Xmp.xmpRights.WebStatement" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:86 msgid "Instructions_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:88 msgid "Xmp.photoshop.Instructions" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:89 msgid "Iptc.Application2.SpecialInstructions" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:90 msgid "`Contact Information`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:92 msgid "Xmp.plus.Licensor" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:93 msgid "Iptc.Application2.Contact" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:94 msgid "`Date / time Taken`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:95 msgid "Exif.Photo.DateTimeOriginal Exif.Photo.SubSecTimeOriginal" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:96 msgid "Xmp.photoshop.DateCreated" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:97 msgid "Iptc.Application2.DateCreated Iptc.Application2.TimeCreated" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:98 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:191 msgid "Date / time Digitised" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:99 msgid "Exif.Photo.DateTimeDigitized Exif.Photo.SubSecTimeDigitized" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:100 msgid "Xmp.xmp.CreateDate" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:101 msgid "Iptc.Application2.DigitizationDate Iptc.Application2.DigitizationTime" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:102 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:194 +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:264 msgid "Date / time Modified" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:103 msgid "Exif.Image.DateTime Exif.Photo.SubSecTime" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:104 msgid "Xmp.xmp.ModifyDate" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:106 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:220 msgid "Orientation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:107 msgid "Exif.Image.Orientation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:110 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:267 msgid "Camera" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:111 msgid "Exif.Image.Make Exif.Image.Model Exif.Photo.BodySerialNumber" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:114 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:197 +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:222 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:270 msgid "Lens" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:115 msgid "" "Exif.Photo.LensMake Exif.Photo.LensModel Exif.Photo.LensSerialNumber " "Exif.Photo.LensSpecification" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:118 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:200 +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:224 msgid "Focal length" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:119 msgid "Exif.Photo.FocalLength" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:122 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:226 msgid "35mm equiv" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:123 msgid "Exif.Photo.FocalLengthIn35mmFilm" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:126 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:203 +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:228 msgid "Aperture" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:127 msgid "Exif.Photo.FNumber Exif.Photo.ApertureValue" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:130 msgid "`Image Regions`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:132 msgid "Xmp.iptcExt.ImageRegion" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:134 msgid "Latitude_, longitude_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:135 msgid "" "Exif.GPSInfo.GPSLatitude Exif.GPSInfo.GPSLatitudeRef " "Exif.GPSInfo.GPSLongitude Exif.GPSInfo.GPSLongitudeRef" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:138 msgid "Altitude_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:139 msgid "Exif.GPSInfo.GPSAltitude Exif.GPSInfo.GPSAltitudeRef" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:142 msgid "`Camera address`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:144 msgid "" "Xmp.iptcExt.LocationCreated Xmp.iptc.Location Xmp.photoshop.City " "Xmp.photoshop.State Xmp.photoshop.Country Xmp.iptc.CountryCode" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:145 msgid "" "Iptc.Application2.SubLocation Iptc.Application2.City " "Iptc.Application2.ProvinceState Iptc.Application2.CountryName " "Iptc.Application2.CountryCode" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:146 msgid "`Subject address`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:148 msgid "Xmp.iptcExt.LocationShown" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:150 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:206 +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:234 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:282 msgid "Thumbnail image" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:151 msgid "" "Exif.Thumbnail.Compression Exif.Thumbnail.ImageWidth " "Exif.Thumbnail.ImageLength" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:156 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:161 msgid "Secondary tags" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:158 msgid "" "Photini may read information from these tags and merge it with information " "from the primary tags. These tags are deleted when the corresponding primary" " tags are saved." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:167 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:249 msgid "Title / Object Name" msgstr "Titolo / Nome Oggetto" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:168 msgid "Exif.Image.XPTitle" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:170 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:252 msgid "Description / Caption" msgstr "Descrizione" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:171 msgid "Exif.Image.XPComment Exif.Image.XPSubject Exif.Photo.UserComment" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:172 msgid "Xmp.exif.UserComment Xmp.tiff.ImageDescription" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:173 msgid "Keywords" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:174 msgid "Exif.Image.XPKeywords" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:176 msgid "Rating" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:177 msgid "Exif.Image.Rating Exif.Image.RatingPercent" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:178 msgid "Xmp.MicrosoftPhoto.Rating" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:179 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:258 msgid "Creator" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:180 msgid "Exif.Image.XPAuthor" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:181 msgid "Xmp.tiff.Artist" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:182 msgid "Copyright" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:184 msgid "Xmp.tiff.Copyright" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:185 msgid "Contact Information" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:187 msgid "Xmp.iptc.CreatorContactInfo" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:188 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:261 msgid "Date / time Taken" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:189 msgid "Exif.Image.DateTimeOriginal" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:190 msgid "Xmp.exif.DateTimeOriginal" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:193 msgid "Xmp.exif.DateTimeDigitized" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:196 msgid "Xmp.tiff.DateTime" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:198 msgid "Exif.Image.LensInfo" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:199 msgid "Xmp.aux.Lens" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:201 msgid "Exif.Image.FocalLength" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:204 msgid "Exif.Image.FNumber Exif.Image.ApertureValue" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:208 msgid "Xmp.xmp.Thumbnails[n]/xapGImg" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:211 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:215 msgid "XMP only tags" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:213 msgid "" "These tags are read if present, but are only written if the file format " "doesn't support Exif, e.g. an XMP sidecar." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:221 msgid "Xmp.tiff.Orientation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:223 msgid "" "Xmp.exifEX.LensMake Xmp.exifEX.LensModel Xmp.exifEX.LensSerialNumber " "Xmp.exifEX.LensSpecification" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:225 msgid "Xmp.exif.FocalLength" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:227 msgid "Xmp.exif.FocalLengthIn35mmFilm" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:229 msgid "Xmp.exif.FNumber Xmp.exif.ApertureValue" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:230 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:276 msgid "Latitude, longitude" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:231 msgid "Xmp.exif.GPSLatitude Xmp.exif.GPSLongitude" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:232 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:279 msgid "Altitude" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:233 msgid "Xmp.exif.GPSAltitude Xmp.exif.GPSAltitudeRef" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:235 msgid "Xmp.xmp.Thumbnails[n]/xmpGImg" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:238 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:243 msgid "Read only tags" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:240 msgid "" "Photini may read information from these tags and merge it with information " "from the primary tags. These tags are not deleted when the corresponding " "primary tags are saved." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:251 msgid "Xmp.video.StreamName" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:254 msgid "Xmp.video.Information" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:255 msgid "Time zone offset[1]" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:256 msgid "Exif.Image.TimeZoneOffset Exif.NikonWt.Timezone" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:257 msgid "Xmp.video.TimeZone" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:259 msgid "Exif.Photo.CameraOwnerName Exif.Canon.OwnerName" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:263 msgid "" "Xmp.video.DateTimeOriginal Xmp.video.CreateDate Xmp.video.CreationDate " "Xmp.video.DateUTC Xmp.video.MediaCreateDate Xmp.video.TrackCreateDate" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:266 msgid "" "Xmp.video.ModificationDate Xmp.video.MediaModifyDate " "Xmp.video.TrackModifyDate" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:268 msgid "" "Exif.Image.CameraSerialNumber Exif.Image.UniqueCameraModel " "Exif.Canon.ModelID Exif.Canon.SerialNumber Exif.Fujifilm.SerialNumber " @@ -2147,9 +2586,11 @@ msgid "" "Exif.OlympusEq.SerialNumber Exif.Pentax.ModelID Exif.Pentax.SerialNumber" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:269 msgid "Xmp.aux.SerialNumber Xmp.video.Make Xmp.video.Model" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:271 msgid "" "Exif.Canon.LensModel Exif.CanonCs.Lens Exif.CanonCs.LensType " "Exif.Nikon3.Lens Exif.NikonLd1.LensIDNumber Exif.NikonLd2.LensIDNumber " @@ -2157,27 +2598,34 @@ msgid "" "Exif.OlympusEq.LensSerialNumber" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:273 msgid "Image Regions" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:274 msgid "Exif.Photo.SubjectArea" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:278 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:281 msgid "Xmp.video.GPSCoordinates" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:283 msgid "Exif.SubImage*" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:286 msgid "" "[1] The time zone offset is not directly presented to the user. It is " "applied to the Date / time Taken, Date / time Digitised and Date / time " "Modified fields if no other time zone information is available." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:6 msgid "Technical metadata" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Technical metadata`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+T``) allows you to " "edit 'technical' information about your photographs, such as the date & time" @@ -2189,6 +2637,7 @@ msgid "" " country." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:15 msgid "" "The GUI shows three date/time entries - ``taken``, ``digitised`` and " "``modified``. These are often the same, and are linked by the ``link ...`` " @@ -2196,6 +2645,7 @@ msgid "" "``taken`` date/time." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:19 msgid "" "You may wish to unlink the three entries and adjust the dates or times " "separately. For example, you could use the ``modified`` entry to note when " @@ -2204,6 +2654,7 @@ msgid "" "the ``digitised`` entry to when you scanned them." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:23 msgid "" "The date can be picked from a calendar widget that pops up when you click on" " the down arrow in a date/time entry. Clicking on any of the numbers allows " @@ -2213,6 +2664,7 @@ msgid "" " deleted which removes the date & time metadata from the photograph(s)." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:30 msgid "" "To the right of each date/time is a widget to adjust the time zone. The time" " a photograph was taken is assumed to be \"local time\". The time zone " @@ -2220,6 +2672,7 @@ msgid "" "zone was when the photograph was taken, digitised or modified." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:36 msgid "" "The ``Adjust times`` field allows a constant offset to be applied to the " "``taken`` time stamps of several pictures at once. (The other time stamps " @@ -2230,6 +2683,7 @@ msgid "" "subtract that amount from each selected picture's timestamp." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:43 msgid "" "You can also offset the time zone. In this example my camera clock was set " "to British Summer Time (+01:00) but records timestamps without zone " @@ -2239,6 +2693,7 @@ msgid "" "be given the same offset with just one button click." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:50 msgid "" "Below each date/time is a slider that allows you to set the precision. At " "its maximum value the time is shown to a precision of 1 millisecond. Cameras" @@ -2249,6 +2704,7 @@ msgid "" "record this uncertainty." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:57 msgid "" "The ``Orientation`` value sets the required rotation or reflection to " "display the image. Note that this does not actually transform the image " @@ -2256,18 +2712,21 @@ msgid "" " the orientation metadata, but not all of them do." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:63 msgid "" "The ``Camera`` dropdown list shows the camera model and serial number, if " "known. You can choose a different camera from the list, or click on " "```` to add another camera." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:68 msgid "" "It is quite common for the maker's name to appear in the model name, as " "shown here, but it doesn't have to. The serial number is optional, but could" " be useful if you have more than one of the same model of camera." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:73 msgid "" "After changing the camera you may see this warning message. The makernote_ " "is a block of proprietary data stored in a photograph's Exif metadata. If " @@ -2278,6 +2737,7 @@ msgid "" "correctly." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:80 msgid "" "The ``Lens model`` dropdown list allows you to change the lens specification" " stored in the image metadata. This should not usually be changed for " @@ -2285,6 +2745,7 @@ msgid "" " you use with lenses that its electronics doesn't recognise." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:83 msgid "" "This is particularly useful if you use your camera with 3rd party lenses " "and/or telescopes via a T-thread adaptor. My adaptor identifies itself to " @@ -2292,6 +2753,7 @@ msgid "" " to take some pictures of the moon." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:89 msgid "" "Selecting ```` from the dropdown list allows me to enter details of my " "mirror lens. As it is not a zoom lens there is no need to fill in the " @@ -2299,12 +2761,14 @@ msgid "" "length`` are required information." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:95 msgid "" "The data you enter is stored in the Photini configuration file so you can " "easily apply it to images in future by selecting the lens you have defined " "from the dropdown list." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:99 msgid "" "When the lens model is changed Photini offers the option to adjust the focal" " length and aperture used for each image, if the current values are " @@ -2312,18 +2776,21 @@ msgid "" "these parameters so I click on ``Yes``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:104 msgid "" "When the mouse pointer is held over the lens model dropdown for a few " "seconds a \"tooltip\" shows the focal length and aperture details of the " "lens. This can be useful if they're not obvious from the lens model name." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:109 msgid "" "To remove a lens from the list right-click on the list to bring up its " "context menu. This includes options to delete any lens but the one currently" " in use." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:115 msgid "" "The ``35mm equiv`` field shows the \"`35mm equivalent focal length " "`_\" of the " @@ -2335,6 +2802,7 @@ msgid "" "metadata. These calculated values are shown in faint text." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:124 msgid "" "If you know your camera's crop factor you can correct Photini's calculation " "by typing in the correct 35mm equivalent focal length. Photini will then " @@ -2342,6 +2810,7 @@ msgid "" "use." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:129 msgid "" "If you don't want to store the 35mm equivalent focal length you entered in " "the photograph's metadata you can undo the edit by reloading the metadata. " @@ -2349,14 +2818,17 @@ msgid "" "menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:134 msgid "" "Now the 35mm equivalent focal length is computed using the correct crop " "factor." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/video.rst:6 msgid "Video file handling" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/video.rst:8 msgid "" "Although designed primarily for use with still images Photini can also be " "used with video files. The :doc:`image_selector` ``Open images`` dialogue " @@ -2365,6 +2837,7 @@ msgid "" "all file types." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/video.rst:11 msgid "" "The Exiv2_ metadata library cannot write to video files, so Photini will " "always use XMP sidecars for the metadata you write. Video files can also be " @@ -2373,6 +2846,7 @@ msgid "" "(See :ref:`installation - optional dependencies`.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/video.rst:16 msgid "" "Most video files don't have thumbnails, but Photini may be able to create " "one if you have FFmpeg_ installed on your computer. Right-click on the file " @@ -2380,85 +2854,106 @@ msgid "" "to generate a thumbnail it will store it in the XMP sidecar file." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/video.rst:20 msgid "" "The :doc:`flickr` tab can upload video files, but expect it to be slow. " "Video files can be very large." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/misc/changelog.rst:6 msgid "Change Log" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/misc/doc_licence.rst:6 msgid "GNU Free Documentation License" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/misc/doc_licence.rst:8 msgid "" "The Photini documentation is licensed under the GNU Free Documentation " "License." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/misc/index.rst:6 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/misc/licence.rst:6 msgid "GNU General Public License" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/misc/licence.rst:8 msgid "The Photini software is licensed under the GNU General Public License." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:11 msgid "Installation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:13 msgid "" "Installation of Photini is done in two parts - first install Python, then " "use Python to install and run Photini." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:16 msgid "Installing Python" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:18 msgid "" "Python_ is absolutely essential to run Photini. It is already installed on " "many computers, but on Windows you will probably need to install it " "yourself." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:22 ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:143 msgid "Linux/MacOS" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:24 msgid "" "Python should already be installed, but make sure you have Python |nbsp| 3. " "Open a terminal window and run the ``python3`` command::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:30 msgid "" "Note that the command is ``python3``. On many machines the ``python`` " "command still runs Python |nbsp| 2. If you do not have Python |nbsp| 3 " "installed then use your operating system's package manager to install it." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:34 msgid "You should also check what version of pip_ is installed::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:39 msgid "" "Most Linux systems suppress pip's normal version check, but I recommend " "upgrading pip anyway::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:50 msgid "" "Note that pip has installed the new version in ``/home/jim/.local`` as " "normal users can't write to ``/usr``. (Don't be tempted to get round this by" -" using ``sudo`` to run pip. ``/usr`` should only be written by the operating" -" system's package manager.) You may need to log out and then log in again to" -" update your PATH settings. (On some Linux distributions you can simply run " -"``source ~/.profile`` instead of logging out & in.)" +" using ``sudo`` to run pip. ``/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages`` should only " +"be written by the operating system's package manager.) You may need to log " +"out and then log in again to update your PATH settings. (On some Linux " +"distributions you can simply run ``source ~/.profile`` instead of logging " +"out & in.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:56 msgid "Running ``pip --version`` again shows the new version::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:62 ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:162 msgid "Windows" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:64 msgid "" "I suggest reading `Using Python on Windows`_ before you begin. Go to " "https://www.python.org/downloads/windows/ and choose a suitable Python " @@ -2468,28 +2963,35 @@ msgid "" " to work with the latest Python." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:71 msgid "" "The first main installer screen should have an option to customise the " "installation. I recommend choosing this and selecting the following options." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:76 msgid "" "Documentation: If you are installing Python only to run Photini then you " "don't really need the Python documentation." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:77 msgid "pip: You definitely need this!" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:78 msgid "tcl/tk and IDLE: not needed unless you want to edit Python files." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:79 msgid "Python test suite: not needed." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:80 msgid "py launcher: I recommend installing the launcher for all users." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:84 msgid "" "Install for all users: this is essential if you'd like to share one " "installation of Photini between two or more users. I also recommend it for " @@ -2497,45 +2999,56 @@ msgid "" "Photini installation." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:85 msgid "Associate files with Python: recommended." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:86 msgid "Create shortcuts for installed applications: optional." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:87 msgid "" "Add Python to environment variables: I don't recommend this. The py launcher" " (previous screen) is a cleaner way to run Python than adding things to your" " PATH environment variable." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:88 msgid "Precompile standard library: recommended." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:89 msgid "Download debugging symbols: not needed." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:90 msgid "Download debug binaries: not needed." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:92 msgid "" "After installing Python, start a command window such as ``cmd.exe``. Now try" " running the ``py`` launcher::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:99 msgid "This shows that Python 3.8 is installed and available." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:101 msgid "" "Now try running pip_. Note the use of ``py`` to run pip, instead of " "requiring the Python scripts directory to be on your PATH::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:116 msgid "" "This shows that ``pip`` is installed in ``c:\\program files\\python38\\lib" "\\site-packages``, which is only writeable with administrator privileges." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:118 msgid "" "If you install packages with ``pip`` as a normal user (i.e. without " "administrator privileges) it will put them under your \"roaming\" " @@ -2546,15 +3059,18 @@ msgid "" "choice of location." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:121 msgid "" "The following instructions assume a virtual environment is in use and " "activated. If you don't use a virtual environment then replace ``python`` " "with ``py`` and ``pip`` with ``py -m pip``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:125 msgid "Installing Photini" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:127 msgid "" "Before installing Photini you need to decide if you are installing it for a " "single user or for multiple users. Multi-user installations use a Python " @@ -2563,6 +3079,7 @@ msgid "" "easy uninstallation, so I recommend using it for a single user installation." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:131 msgid "" "Linux & MacOS users have another decision to make - whether to install " "Photini's dependencies with pip_ or with the operating system's package " @@ -2575,15 +3092,18 @@ msgid "" "applications." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:136 msgid "Virtual environment" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:138 msgid "" "If you are using a virtual environment you should set it up now. You can " "create a virtual environment in any writeable directory. I use the name " "``photini`` and create it in my home directory:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:159 msgid "" "The option ``--system-site-packages`` makes packages installed with the " "system package manager (e.g. PySide6 / PySide2 / PyQt6 / PyQt5) available " @@ -2591,6 +3111,7 @@ msgid "" "from within the virtual environment." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:182 msgid "" "Note that after activating the virtual environment the ``py`` command is not" " needed. Python, pip, and other Python based commands are run directly. " @@ -2598,14 +3119,18 @@ msgid "" "above. This ensures that the latest version will be used to install Photini." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:187 msgid "" "You should stay in this virtual environment while installing and testing " -"Photini." +"Photini. After that Photini can be run without activating the virtual " +"environment." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:191 msgid "Qt package" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:193 msgid "" "Photini uses the Qt_ Framework for its graphical user interface. There are " "two current versions of Qt (Qt5 and Qt6) and each has two Python interfaces " @@ -2615,58 +3140,71 @@ msgid "" "Windows versions earlier than Windows |nbsp| 10." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:199 msgid "" "After installing Photini the ``photini-configure`` command can be used to " "choose a Qt package. This allows you to try each until you find one that " "works satisfactorily on your computer." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:203 msgid "Initial installation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:205 msgid "Firstly install Photini with pip_:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:267 msgid "" "Photini's optional dependencies can be included in the installation by " "listing them as \"extras\" in the pip command. For example, if you want to " "be able to upload to Flickr and Ipernity:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:278 msgid "Note that the extras' names are not case-sensitive." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:280 msgid "" "You can install all of Photini's optional dependencies by adding an ``all`` " "extra. You can also install any of the Qt packages as extras:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:292 msgid "" "Now run the ``photini-configure`` command to choose which Qt package to use." " (The Windows example is running Windows |nbsp| 7, so PyQt6 and PySide6 are " "not available):" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:358 msgid "" "The command asks a series of questions, then runs pip_ to install any extra " "dependencies that are needed, then updates your Photini configuration file." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:361 msgid "Test the installation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:363 msgid "Now you should be able to run photini:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:386 msgid "" "Photini should run successfully, but it lists some optional dependencies " "that are not installed. These provide additional features, for example the " "Flickr uploader, that not all users will need to install." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:390 msgid "Missing system packages" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:392 msgid "" "On some Linux systems (e.g. Ubuntu, Debian, Mint) Photini may still not run " "if you've installed a Qt package with pip_ instead of the system's package " @@ -2676,20 +3214,24 @@ msgid "" "the error message doesn't tell you that!" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:397 ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:821 msgid "Optional dependencies" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:399 msgid "" "Most of the dependencies required for Photini's optional features can also " "be installed with ``photini-configure``. Default answers are given in square" " brackets:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:522 msgid "" "Photini's spelling checker may require some other files to be installed. See" " the `pyenchant documentation`_ for platform specific instructions." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:525 msgid "" "One optional dependency that cannot be installed with pip_ or ``photini-" "configure`` is FFmpeg_. This is used to read metadata from video files. " @@ -2697,18 +3239,22 @@ msgid "" "installing it on Windows is non-trivial." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:530 msgid "Start menu / application menu" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:532 msgid "" "Although you can run Photini from a command shell, most users would probably" " prefer to use the start / application menu or a desktop icon. These can be " "installed with the ``photini-post-install`` command:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:583 msgid "Additional users" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:585 msgid "" "If you have installed Photini in a virtual environment then other users " "should be able to run the ``photini`` command using its full path. (On " @@ -2716,25 +3262,30 @@ msgid "" "first.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:596 msgid "" "This is not a very convenient way to run Photini, so most users will want to" " add it to their start / application menu:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:645 msgid "" "To install Photini menu shortcuts for all users you can run the post install" " command as root (Linux) or in a command window run as administrator " "(Windows). It is important to use the full path to the post install command:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:696 msgid "Uninstalling Photini" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:698 msgid "" "Before removing Photini you should use the ``photini-post-install`` command " "to remove it from the start / application menu:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:713 msgid "" "If you used a virtual environment you can simply delete the top level " "directory created when setting up the virtual environment. Otherwise you can" @@ -2742,20 +3293,24 @@ msgid "" " remove:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:759 msgid "Updating Photini" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:761 msgid "" "When a new release of Photini is issued you can easily update your " "installation with pip_. If you installed Photini in a virtual environment " "then you need to activate the virtual environment before upgrading:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:772 msgid "" "The ``-U`` option tells pip to update Photini to the latest available " "version." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:774 msgid "" "If you upgrade Python you shouldn't need to reinstall Photini or its " "dependencies if only the patch level changes (e.g. 3.8.9 to 3.8.10). After a" @@ -2763,9 +3318,11 @@ msgid "" " fresh installation of Photini and its dependencies." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:778 msgid "Dependency details" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:780 msgid "" "These lists of dependencies may be useful to Linux or MacOS users who prefer" " to use their system package manager to install them instead of pip_. Note " @@ -2773,6 +3330,7 @@ msgid "" "below each table." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:783 msgid "" "Different operating systems have different names for the same packages. If " "you run into problems, please let me know (email jim@jim-easterbrook.me.uk) " @@ -2780,105 +3338,139 @@ msgid "" "these instructions." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:789 msgid "Essential dependencies" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:791 msgid "These are all required for Photini to be usable." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:794 msgid "Package" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:794 msgid "Minimum version" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:794 msgid "Typical Linux package name" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:794 msgid "PyPI package name" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:796 msgid "Python_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:796 msgid "3.6" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:796 msgid "``python3``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:797 msgid "PyQt_ [1]" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:797 msgid "5.11" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:797 msgid "``python3-qt5`` or ``python3-pyqt5`` or ``python310-PyQt6``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:800 msgid "PySide2_ [1]" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:800 msgid "5.11.0" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:800 msgid "``python3-pyside2``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:800 msgid "PySide2" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:801 msgid "PySide6_ [1]" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:801 msgid "6.2.0" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:801 msgid "``python3-pyside6``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:801 msgid "PySide6" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:802 msgid "QtWebEngine_ [2]" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:802 msgid "``python3-pyside2.qtwebengine`` or ``python310-PyQt6-WebEngine``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:802 msgid "PyQtWebEngine" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:804 msgid "`python-exiv2`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:804 msgid "0.14.0" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:804 msgid "exiv2" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:805 msgid "appdirs" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:805 msgid "1.3" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:805 msgid "``python3-appdirs``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:806 msgid "requests_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:806 msgid "2.4" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:806 msgid "``python3-requests``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:806 msgid "requests" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:809 msgid "" "[1] PyQt_, PySide2_, and PySide6_ are Python interfaces to the Qt GUI " "framework. Photini can use any of them (although PyQt is preferred), so you " @@ -2889,6 +3481,7 @@ msgid "" "` or by running ``photini-configure``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:814 msgid "" "[2] Photini needs the Python interface to QtWebEngine_. This is included in " "PySide6_ and some PyQt_ or PySide2_ installations, otherwise you need to " @@ -2896,6 +3489,7 @@ msgid "" "if it's missing." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:823 msgid "" "Some of Photini's features are optional - if you don't install these " "packages Photini will work but the relevant feature will not be available. " @@ -2903,77 +3497,99 @@ msgid "" "prefixes." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:827 msgid "Feature" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:12 ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:827 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:829 msgid "Spell check[1]" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:829 msgid "pyenchant_ 2.0+" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:830 msgid "Flickr upload" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:830 ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:832 msgid "`requests-oauthlib`_ 1.0+, `requests-toolbelt`_ 0.9+, keyring_ 7.0+" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:831 msgid "Ipernity upload" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:831 msgid "`requests-toolbelt`_ 0.9+, keyring_ 7.0+" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:832 msgid "Pixelfed upload" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:833 msgid "Google Photos upload" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:833 msgid "`requests-oauthlib`_ 1.0+, keyring_ 7.0+" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:834 msgid "Thumbnail creation[2]" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:834 msgid "FFmpeg_, Pillow_ 2.0+" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:835 msgid "Import photos from camera[3]" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:835 msgid "`python3-gphoto2`_ 1.8+" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:836 msgid "Import GPS logger file" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:836 msgid "gpxpy_ 1.3.5+" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:839 msgid "" "[1] Pyenchant requires a C library and dictionaries to be installed. See the" " `pyenchant documentation`_ for detailed instructions." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:842 msgid "" "[2] Photini can create thumbnail images using PyQt, but better quality ones " "can be made by installing Pillow. FFmpeg is needed to generate thumbnails " "for video files, but it can also make them for some still image formats." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:845 msgid "" "[3]Photini can import pictures from any directory on your computer (e.g. a " "memory card) but on Linux and MacOS systems it can also import directly from" " a camera if python-gphoto2 is installed." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:848 msgid "Special installations" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:850 msgid "" "There are some circumstances where installing Photini from the Python " "Package Index (PyPI_) with pip_ is not suitable. If you need easy access to " @@ -2981,9 +3597,11 @@ msgid "" " another language, then you should install the development version." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:856 msgid "Development version" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:858 msgid "" "To install the development version you can use git to clone the `GitHub " "repository `_ or download it as " @@ -2991,62 +3609,75 @@ msgid "" "to the Photini top level directory before continuing." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:861 msgid "" "You can run Photini without installing it, using the ``run_photini.py`` " "script::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:865 msgid "" "This can be useful during development as the script should also work within " "an IDE." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:867 msgid "The development version can be built and installed using pip::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:871 msgid "" "If you'd like to test or use one of Photini's translation files you will " "need to update the translations before installing or running Photini::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:876 msgid "" "This requires the Qt \"linguist\" software to be installed. See :ref" ":`localisation-program-testing` for more information about using " "translations." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:882 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:884 msgid "" "If you ever have problems running Photini the first thing to do is to run it" " in a command window. If you installed Photini in a `virtual environment`_ " "then activate that environment, for example:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:898 msgid "" "Start the Photini program as follows. If it fails to run you should get some" " diagnostic information:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:909 msgid "" "Note the use of the ``-v`` option to increase the verbosity of Photini's " "message logging. This option can be repeated for even more verbosity." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:912 msgid "" "To find out what version of Photini and some of its dependencies you are " "using, run it with the ``--version`` option:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:940 msgid "" "This information is useful if you need to email me (jim@jim-" "easterbrook.me.uk) with any problems you have running Photini." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:943 msgid "Mailing list" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:945 msgid "" "For more general discussion of Photini (e.g. release announcements, " "questions about using it, problems with installing, etc.) there is an email " @@ -3054,25 +3685,30 @@ msgid "" "ask to join the group at https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/photini." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:953 msgid "" "If you would like to have a local copy of the Photini documentation, and " "have downloaded or cloned the source files, you can install Sphinx_ and " "associated packages and then \"compile\" the documentation::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:958 msgid "" "Open ``doc/html/index.html`` with a web browser to read the local " "documentation." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/introduction.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:2 msgid "" "A free, easy to use, digital photograph metadata (Exif, IPTC, XMP) editing " "application for Linux, Windows and MacOS." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:4 msgid "" "\"Metadata\" is said to mean \"data about data\". In the context of digital " "photographs this means information that isn't essential in order to display " @@ -3081,104 +3717,133 @@ msgid "" "camera's position when the picture was taken." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:8 msgid "" "\"[Photini] doesn't try to be an all-singing, all-dancing image management " "powerhouse - it just lets you add information to photos, quickly and " "easily.\"" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:13 msgid "`Linux Format`_ magazine, January 2013" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:12 msgid "Why is it called Photini? Read my `blog post`_ on how I chose a name." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:16 msgid "Contents" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:19 msgid "Features" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:3 msgid "Easy to use graphical interface." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:4 msgid "Set photo title, description, keywords, copyright and creator fields." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:5 msgid "Some support for video files." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:6 msgid "Spell checking of some fields (optional)." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:7 msgid "Can set metadata for multiple images simultaneously." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:8 msgid "" "Can adjust picture date & time and time zone (of multiple images " "simultaneously)." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:9 msgid "" "Reads Exif, IPTC and XMP metadata, writes all three to maximise " "compatibility with other software." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:10 msgid "Writes metadata to image files or to XMP \"sidecar\" files." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:11 msgid "Can import photographs from many digital cameras." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:12 msgid "" "Upload to Flickr_ or `Google Photos`_ or Ipernity_ or Pixelfed_ with reuse " "of metadata." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:3 msgid "Geotagging - search map to find named places." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:4 msgid "Choice of map providers - instantly switch to compare details." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:5 msgid "Drag and drop images on to map to set GPS location." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:6 msgid "Or set GPS location using data exported by a tracker app." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:7 msgid "Edit coordinates if required, or clear to unset GPS data." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:8 msgid "Convert GPS coordinates to street address." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:9 msgid "Suggestions for further development welcome." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:14 msgid "Photini requires at least the following:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:16 msgid "Python3: http://python.org/" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:17 msgid "" "PyQt5, PyQt6, PySide2, or PySide6: " "http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/pyqt/ or " "https://doc.qt.io/qtforpython/" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:18 msgid "python-exiv2: https://pypi.org/project/exiv2/" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:20 msgid "" "For a full list of dependencies, please see the `installation " "documentation`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:4 msgid "Getting help" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:6 msgid "" "If you encounter any problems installing or running Photini, please email " "jim@jim-easterbrook.me.uk and I'll respond as soon as I can. There is also " @@ -3188,9 +3853,11 @@ msgid "" "`\"issues\" page`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:11 msgid "Localisation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:13 msgid "" "Work has begun on providing Photini in multiple languages. I rely on users " "to do the translation, as I am not fluent in any language other than " @@ -3199,45 +3866,59 @@ msgid "" "Hosted Weblate`_. For more details, see the `localisation documentation`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:22 msgid "Licence" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:24 msgid "Photini - a simple photo metadata editor." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:25 msgid "http://github.com/jim-easterbrook/Photini" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:26 msgid "Copyright (C) 2012-23 Jim Easterbrook jim@jim-easterbrook.me.uk" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:28 msgid "Catalan translation by Joan Juvanteny" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:29 msgid "Czech translation by Pavel Fric" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:30 msgid "French translation by Nathan, J. Lavoie" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:31 msgid "German translation by Jan Rimmek, J. Lavoie, Ettore Atalan" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:32 msgid "Italian translation by \"albanobattistella\"" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:33 msgid "Korean translation by Soohyeon Park" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:34 msgid "Norwegian Bokmål translation by Allan Nordhøy" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:35 msgid "Polish translation by Dawid Głaz, Eryk Michalak" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:36 msgid "Spanish translation by Esteban Martinena, Cristos Ruiz, Kamborio" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:38 msgid "" "This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it " "under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free " @@ -3245,6 +3926,7 @@ msgid "" "any later version." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:43 msgid "" "This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT " "ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or " @@ -3252,43 +3934,52 @@ msgid "" "more details." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:48 msgid "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with" " this program. If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:52 msgid "Service terms and conditions" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:54 msgid "" "Use of the Google map tab is subject to the `Google Maps Terms of Use`_ and " "`Google Privacy Policy`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:56 msgid "" "Use of the Bing map tab is subject to the `Microsoft Bing Maps Terms of " "Use`_ and `Microsoft Privacy Statement`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:58 msgid "" "Use of the Mapbox map tab is subject to the `Mapbox terms of service`_ and " "`Mapbox privacy policy`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:60 msgid "" "The Flickr upload tab uses the Flickr API but is not endorsed or certified " "by Flickr." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:63 msgid "Privacy statement" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:65 msgid "" "Photini does not directly gather any information from its users, but the " "online services it can use (maps and uploaders) may do so. You should read " "these services' privacy policies before using them." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:68 msgid "" "Photini stores user preferences in a text file on the user's computer. The " "default location of this file is ``$HOME/.config/photini/`` (Linux), " @@ -3298,9 +3989,11 @@ msgid "" "`Python keyring`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:74 msgid "Documentation licence" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:76 msgid "" "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify the Photini " "documentation under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version" @@ -3310,9 +4003,11 @@ msgid "" "Documentation License\"." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:6 msgid "\"Localisation\"" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:8 msgid "" "Photini can be made easier to use for people who don't speak English. There " "are two parts to this -- the text used within the program and the " @@ -3321,9 +4016,11 @@ msgid "" "Transifex_) or a suitable text editor installed on your computer." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:14 msgid "Translating the program text" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:16 msgid "" "If your computer is configured to use a language other than English, and " "Photini has already been translated into that language, then Photini should " @@ -3331,20 +4028,25 @@ msgid "" "like if your computer is configured to use Spanish." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:21 msgid "" "If you'd like to help by translating Photini into another language, or by " "improving an existing translation, this is what you need to do." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst msgid "Translation status" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:29 msgid "Translation progress so far" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:32 ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:178 msgid "Online translation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:34 msgid "" "The main advantages of online translation are that you don't need to install" " any software on your computer (apart from a web browser) and that several " @@ -3352,14 +4054,17 @@ msgid "" "as little effort as they wish." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:37 msgid "" "Please read the :ref:`notes ` below for things " "to be aware of when translating the program strings." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:40 msgid "Weblate" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:42 msgid "" "Weblate_ is an online translation service that provides free support for " "open source projects such as Photini. Its main advantage over Transifex is " @@ -3370,6 +4075,7 @@ msgid "" "so you don't have to invent yet another user name and password." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:48 msgid "" "Back at the Photini project page, click on the \"GUI\" component, then click" " on a language to work on, or \"Start new translation\" if your language is " @@ -3377,6 +4083,7 @@ msgid "" "translations. You can then click on a string to edit its translation." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:52 msgid "" "When you've finished working on a translation there's no need to do anything" " further. Weblate automatically pushes the translation to GitHub, where I " @@ -3384,9 +4091,11 @@ msgid "" "your translation ` though." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:57 msgid "Transifex" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:59 msgid "" "Transifex_ is another online translation service with free support for open " "source projects. Follow the link to Transifex_ and click on \"Help Translate" @@ -3395,6 +4104,7 @@ msgid "" "so you don't have to invent yet another user name and password." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:64 msgid "" "Back at the Transifex Photini page click on \"Languages\" to show all the " "languages currently being translated to. If your language is not included in" @@ -3407,11 +4117,13 @@ msgid "" "and then start translating." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:71 msgid "" "Click on your language, then click on \"src..en/photini.ts (transifex)\" to " "work on the Photini GUI strings." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:73 msgid "" "When you've finished working on a translation there's no need to do anything" " further. Transifex automatically pushes the translation to GitHub, where I " @@ -3419,15 +4131,18 @@ msgid "" "your translation ` though." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:78 ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:186 msgid "Offline translation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:80 msgid "" "Translating Photini on your own computer will probably require extra " "software to be installed, but may be easier as you can see the program " "source where translations are used." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:82 msgid "" "Start by downloading the development version of Photini by cloning the " "GitHub repository (see :ref:`installation-photini`). You will also need to " @@ -3435,6 +4150,7 @@ msgid "" "installable with ``pip``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:86 msgid "" "The program strings are stored in files with names like " "``src/lang/nl/photini.ts``, where ``nl`` is the code for the Dutch language." @@ -3442,9 +4158,11 @@ msgid "" " files with the current program strings::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:91 msgid "Now you can open a translation file in your chosen editor, for example::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:95 msgid "" "You can use any text editor for your translations, but a special purpose " "translation editor is preferable. The `Qt Linguist`_ program is ideal, but " @@ -3452,6 +4170,7 @@ msgid "" "strings should be acceptable." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:98 msgid "" "Please read the :ref:`notes ` below for things " "to be aware of when translating the program strings. When you've finished " @@ -3460,12 +4179,15 @@ msgid "" "` first." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:105 ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:200 msgid "Things to be aware of" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:109 msgid "String length" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:108 msgid "" "Many of the strings to be translated have to fit into buttons on the GUI, so" " your translation should not be much longer than the English original. If " @@ -3473,9 +4195,11 @@ msgid "" "to as well." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:113 msgid "Words with special meanings" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:112 msgid "" "Some of Photini's GUI elements such as ``Title / Object Name`` are named " "after the metadata items in the Exif, XMP or IPTC specifications. If " @@ -3483,9 +4207,11 @@ msgid "" "with translating these words." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:118 msgid "Formatting strings" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:116 msgid "" "In Python curly braces are used to include other data in a string. For " "example, ``File \"{file_name}\" has {size} bytes and exceeds {service}'s " @@ -3495,18 +4221,22 @@ msgid "" "language." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:122 msgid "Carriage returns" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:121 msgid "" "Some of Photini's buttons split their labels over two or more lines to stop " "the button being too wide. You should split your translation in similar size" " pieces so it has the same number of lines." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:128 msgid "HTML markup" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:125 msgid "" "Strings such as ``

Upload to Flickr has not finished.

`` include HTML" " markup which must be copied to your translated string. Some strings such as" @@ -3515,18 +4245,22 @@ msgid "" "translated." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:132 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:131 msgid "" "Some strings include a single ampersand character ``&`` immediately before a" " letter that is used as a keyboard shortcut. You should choose a suitable " "letter in your translation and place the ampersand appropriately." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:138 msgid "Plural forms" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:135 msgid "" "Translations can accommodate the many ways that languages handle plurals. " "For example in English we write \"0 files, 1 file, 2 files\". Weblate_ has a" @@ -3534,15 +4268,18 @@ msgid "" " also handle plural forms." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:143 ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:233 msgid "Testing your translation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:145 msgid "" "You need a copy of the Photini source files to test your translation with. " "You can download or clone this from GitHub (see :ref:`installation-" "photini`)." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:148 msgid "" "If you've been working online then you can download your translation with " "Weblate's \"Files\" menu. It will have the wrong default name so, for " @@ -3550,6 +4287,7 @@ msgid "" "``src/lang/fr/photini.ts``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:151 msgid "" "The translation file needs to be \"compiled\" (converted from ``.ts`` format" " to ``.qm`` format) before it can be used by the Photini program. This " @@ -3557,24 +4295,30 @@ msgid "" "package on PyPI." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:154 msgid "You can easily update and compile all the language files::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:159 msgid "Now you can install Photini with your new translation(s)::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:163 msgid "" "Photini should use your new language if your computer's ``LANG`` environment" " variable is set appropriately. You can force this when running Photini from" " the command line::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:168 msgid "Photini should now be using your translations." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:171 msgid "Translating the documentation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:173 msgid "" "Translating Photini's documentation is a lot more work than translating the " "program itself. The `\"Read the Docs\" `_ web site" @@ -3583,16 +4327,19 @@ msgid "" "program strings is a much higher priority." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:180 msgid "" "This uses Transifex_ as described above. The documentation strings are in " "the resource \"src..gettext/documentation.pot (transifex)\"." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:183 ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:195 msgid "" "See the :ref:`notes ` below for things to " "be aware of when translating the documentation." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:188 msgid "" "The documentation translation uses ``.po`` files as specified by the `GNU " "gettext `_ project. You can open the " @@ -3600,6 +4347,7 @@ msgid "" "example::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:202 msgid "" "The Photini documentation is written in `reStructuredText " "`_. This is a markup language that" @@ -3610,9 +4358,11 @@ msgid "" "punctuation from the English source." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:211 msgid "Double backquotes ``````" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:209 msgid "" "These often mark words that are used in the Photini GUI. You may wish to " "include the English equivalent in brackets after your translation to help " @@ -3621,29 +4371,37 @@ msgid "" "German translation as ````Ausrichtung (Orientation)````." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:214 msgid "Special characters, e.g. ``(|hazard|)``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:214 msgid "These refer to Unicode symbols and should not be translated." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:217 msgid "Short cross references, e.g. ``:doc:`tags```" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:217 msgid "These should not be translated." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:220 msgid "Long cross references, e.g. ``:ref:`installation ```" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:220 msgid "" "The text within the ``<>`` characters should not be translated, but it may " "be appropriate to translate the preceding link text." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:225 msgid "Short external links, e.g. ```Google Photos`_``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:223 msgid "" "If you need to translate the text you can transform the short link into a " "long one. For example, the English ```Google Photos`_`` could appear in a " @@ -3651,52 +4409,63 @@ msgid "" "underscores ``_`` and backquotes ````` - they are vital!" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:228 msgid "Long external links, e.g. ```Flickr `_``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:228 msgid "" "The url within the ``<>`` characters should not be translated, but it may be" " appropriate to translate the preceding link text." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:235 msgid "" "If you install Sphinx_ (See :ref:`installation `) you can build a local copy of the documentation using your " "translation. For example, to build Dutch documentation::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:240 msgid "" "Open ``doc/html/index.html`` with a web browser to read the translated " "documentation." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/reading.rst:6 msgid "Further reading" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/reading.rst:8 msgid "" "The best explanation of what should be put in each metadata field I've found" " is the `Guide to Photo Metadata Fields `_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/reading.rst:9 msgid "" "`Google Maps JavaScript API " "`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/reading.rst:10 msgid "" "`Bing Maps V8 Web Control `_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/reading.rst:11 msgid "" "`Leaflet, an open-source JavaScript library for mobile-friendly interactive " "maps `_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:6 msgid "Typical workflow" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:8 msgid "" "This is a suggestion for how to use Photini. It roughly reflects what I do, " "but is just a guideline for beginners. As you gain experience you may choose" @@ -3706,9 +4475,11 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`configuration-tabs` for more detail." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:16 msgid "Make a backup copy" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:18 msgid "" "Before editing any of your images' metadata you should make a backup copy. " "Even if I could guarantee that Photini was bug free and would never corrupt " @@ -3717,9 +4488,11 @@ msgid "" "you start, please make a backup copy of your photographs." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:23 msgid "Load images" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:25 msgid "" "Select the ``File`` menu ``Open images`` item (keyboard shortcut " "``Ctrl+O``). This opens a file selection dialog with which you can navigate " @@ -3728,6 +4501,7 @@ msgid "" "the Photini editor's image selector." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:29 msgid "" "Photini doesn't set a limit to the number of files you can open " "simultaneously, but it's probably sensible not to open more than 30 or 40, " @@ -3735,6 +4509,7 @@ msgid "" "usually load all the photographs taken on one day, or in one place." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:32 msgid "" "Each image file is shown as a thumbnail image in the lower half of the " "Photini editor GUI. You can adjust the space allocated to this area by " @@ -3745,9 +4520,11 @@ msgid "" "size image in your default picture viewing program." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:39 msgid "Set ownership" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:41 msgid "" "I usually start by setting the copyright notice and other information on the" " ``Ownership metadata`` tab. I select all the images with the keyboard " @@ -3755,9 +4532,11 @@ msgid "" " to the ``Descriptive metadata`` tab." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:46 msgid "Set descriptive metadata" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:48 msgid "" "If all your selected pictures have the same title then type it into the " "``Title / Object Name`` field now. Otherwise it's time to start selecting " @@ -3765,14 +4544,17 @@ msgid "" "fields." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:51 msgid "" "The ``Keywords`` field expects a list of words or short phrases, separated " "by semi-colon (;) characters." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:54 msgid "Save your work so far" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:58 msgid "" "As you proceed it's a good idea to save the images that have new metadata " "with the ``File`` menu ``Save images with new data`` item (keyboard shortcut" @@ -3780,9 +4562,11 @@ msgid "" " warning symbol (|hazard|)." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:62 msgid "Set geolocation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:64 msgid "" "Amongst the commonly used image metadata items are the latitude and " "longitude of the position from which the photograph was taken. (Some people " @@ -3792,6 +4576,7 @@ msgid "" "map." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:68 msgid "" "There are currently three map tabs in the Photini editor, each of which gets" " maps (or aerial photographs) from a different provider: Google, Microsoft " @@ -3802,6 +4587,7 @@ msgid "" "switch to another at any time." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:73 msgid "" "You may be able use the map's navigation and zoom controls to find the area " "you want, but usually you will need to use the search box. Click on ``, 2023\n" "Language: ko\n" @@ -23,9 +23,11 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.11.0\n" +#: ../../../doc/index.rst:6 ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:951 msgid "Photini documentation" msgstr "Photini 문서" +#: ../../../doc/index.rst:8 msgid "" "Welcome to the documentation of Photini, an easy to use photograph metadata " "editor. For a quick introduction to Photini and its features I suggest you " @@ -36,9 +38,11 @@ msgstr "" ":doc:`the introduction ` 를 읽어보시기 바랍니다. 기능에 대한 자세한 내용은 " ":doc:`the user manual ` 에서 찾을 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/index.rst:23 msgid "Copyright (C) 2012-23 Jim Easterbrook." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/index.rst:25 msgid "" "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under " "the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or any later " @@ -51,6 +55,7 @@ msgstr "" "버전의 조건에 따라 이 문서를 복사, 배포 및/또는 수정할 수 있는 권한이 부여됩니다. 불변 섹션, 앞표지 텍스트 및 뒤표지 텍스트가 " "없습니다. 라이센스 사본은 \"GNU Free Documentation License\" 섹션에 포함되어 있습니다." +#: ../../../../:4 msgid "" "Comments or questions? Please subscribe to the Photini mailing list " "https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/photini and let us know." @@ -58,9 +63,11 @@ msgstr "" "의견이나 질문이 있나요? Photini mailing list " "https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/photini 를 ​​구독하고 알려주십시오." +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:6 msgid "Location addresses" msgstr "위치 주소" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:8 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The ``Address`` tab shows text address data for the location from where the " @@ -71,6 +78,7 @@ msgstr "" "``주소`` 탭에는 사진이 찍힌 위치(``카메라``)와 사진에 표시된 하나 이상의 위치(``피사체``)에 대한 텍스트 주소 데이터가 " "표시됩니다. 예를 들어, 에펠탑이 나온 경치는 파리의 어딘가에서 찍은 것이 확실한 것을 알 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:13 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Locations are stored in a 5-level hierarchy: ``street``, ``city``, " @@ -90,18 +98,21 @@ msgstr "" "거의 사용되지 않는 것처럼 보이지만 대륙 또는 아대륙일 수 있습니다. 이에 대한 자세한 내용은 `IPTC web site`_ 에서 확인할" " 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:20 msgid "" "``Name``, ``Location ID``, and GPS data are recent additions to the IPTC " "location specification. More detail about all of these can be found on the " "`IPTC web site`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:23 msgid "" "Note that \"legacy\" IPTC-IIM address metadata only stores the ``street``, " "``city``, ``province``, and ``country`` fields and only the ``camera`` " "location." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:27 msgid "" "The ``Get address from lat, long`` button uses \"reverse geocoding\" to " "convert latitude & longitude into a hierarchical address. This is a rather " @@ -114,6 +125,7 @@ msgstr "" "OpenStreetMap_ 의 데이터를 사용하여 OpenCage_ 에 의해 제공됩니다. 다른 지도 제공자는 조회 결과를 영구적으로 " "저장하는 것을 허용하지 않습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:32 msgid "" "Photini attempts to use all the data returned in an address lookup. This can" " lead to some duplication, e.g. Château-Gontier appears twice in ``city``. " @@ -124,6 +136,7 @@ msgstr "" "Château-Gontier는 ``도시`` 에 두 번 등장합니다. 또한 텍스트가 너무 길어 IPTC-IIM 메타데이터에 저장할 수 없음을" " 나타내는 파란색 밑줄을 주목하십시오." +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:38 msgid "" "Scrolling down shows the latitude and longitude of the location. Note that " "these are not the same as the GPS coordinates shown at the top left. The " @@ -132,9 +145,11 @@ msgid "" "that are shown in the ``camera`` address." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:44 msgid "It is usually necessary to edit the address quite a lot." msgstr "이것은 일반적으로 주소를 상당히 많이 편집해야 합니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:48 msgid "" "Right-clicking on a location tab displays a context menu that allows the tab" " to be copied to a new tab or deleted. Copying the ``camera`` location is an" @@ -145,6 +160,7 @@ msgstr "" " 복사하는 것은 ``대상`` 위치를 초기화하는 쉬운 방법입니다. (사진에 둘 이상의 피사체가 있는 경우 즉시 빈 ``피사체 2`` 탭이 " "생성됩니다.)" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:54 #, fuzzy msgid "" "In this case most of the data is the same, but I changed ``street`` to the " @@ -152,25 +168,30 @@ msgid "" "then deleted the latitude & longitude." msgstr "이 경우 대부분의 데이터는 동일하지만 내가 서 있던 장소가 아닌 사진을 대상으로 ``거리`` 를 변경했습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:56 msgid "" "To reorder the subject locations, or to convert between camera and subject, " "you can drag any of the tabs to another position. Photini ensures there is " "always one empty subject location ready to be filled in." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:6 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "환경설정" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:8 msgid "" "If there are tabs in the Photini GUI that you don't use, you can remove them" " by deselecting their entry in the ``Options`` menu." msgstr "Photini GUI에 사용하지 않는 탭이 있는 경우 ``옵션`` 메뉴에서 해당 항목을 선택 해제하여 제거할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:10 msgid "" "The ``Options`` menu also has a ``Settings`` item which opens the dialog " "shown below." msgstr "``옵션`` 메뉴에는 아래에 표시된 대화 상자를 여는 ``설정`` 항목도 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:14 msgid "" "The first three items adjust how Photini uses IPTC-IIM \"legacy\" metadata. " "(Since 2004 the `IPTC standard`_ uses XMP to store metadata. Photini always " @@ -188,6 +209,7 @@ msgstr "" " 그룹 `_ 에서 권장하는 대로 작성합니다. 세 번째 옵션은 존재할 수 있는 모든 IPTC-" "IIM 메타데이터를 삭제하는 것입니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:22 msgid "" "IPTC-IIM metadata has limited length for some fields. Photini truncates the " "IPTC-IIM data if necessary, but the full length data is still stored in Exif" @@ -199,6 +221,7 @@ msgstr "" "길이 데이터는 여전히 Exif 및/또는 XMP에 저장됩니다. IPTC-IIM 길이를 초과하는 텍스트는 파란색 밑줄로 표시됩니다. " "IPTC-IIM 호환성에 대해 고려할 필요가 없다면 이 경고를 비활성화할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:27 msgid "" "Sidecar files allow metadata to be stored without needing to write to the " "actual image file. If you deselect \"write to image file\" then sidecars " @@ -211,6 +234,7 @@ msgstr "" "사이드카가 항상 생성됩니다. 그렇지 않으면 항상 생성(이미지 파일과 병렬로 데이터 저장)하거나, 필요할 때만 생성(예: 이미지 파일이 " "쓰기 방지됨)하거나, 가능한 경우 삭제(메타데이터를 이미지 파일에 복사할 수 있는 경우 사이드카가 삭제됨)하도록 선택할 수 있습니다. " +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:31 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Next there are options to adjust file timestamps. \"Keep original\" leaves " @@ -225,14 +249,17 @@ msgstr "" "설정\"은 대부분의 다른 컴퓨터 프로그램과 마찬가지로 Photini로 파일을 저장할 때 파일의 타임스탬프를 설정합니다. 파일 브라우저를 " "자주 사용하여 날짜별로 파일을 정렬하는 경우 이러한 옵션이 유용할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:37 msgid "" "If you have installed gpxpy_ then there is a final option to determine if " "the altitude is included when a GPX file is used to set pictures' GPS data." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:42 msgid "Spell checking" msgstr "철자 검사" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:44 msgid "" "The ``Spelling`` menu allows you to enable or disable spell checking on " "Photini's text fields, and to select the language dictionary to use. The " @@ -245,6 +272,7 @@ msgstr "" "있습니다. 사용 가능한 언어는 설치한 사전에 따라 다릅니다. Linux에 추가 언어를 추가하는 것은 쉽습니다. 시스템의 패키지 관리자를 " "사용하여 적절한 사전을 설치하기만 하면 됩니다(그리고 적절한 \"백엔드\"가 설치되어 있는지 확인하십시오)." +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:48 msgid "" "Windows programs don't share spell checking dictionaries as easily as on " "Linux. The Hunspell `LibreOffice dictionaries`_ can be used. Select the " @@ -264,9 +292,11 @@ msgstr "" "``site-packages\\enchant\\data\\mingw64\\share\\enchant\\hunspell`` 이지만 이것은 " "Python 설치에 따라 다릅니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:57 msgid "Configuration file location" msgstr "파일 위치 설정" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:59 msgid "" "Photini stores its configuration in a file called ``editor.ini``. The " "default location of this file is ``$HOME/.config/photini/`` (Linux), " @@ -282,9 +312,11 @@ msgstr "" " 저장하려면(예: 여러 컴퓨터 간에 설정을 공유할 수 있도록 네트워크 드라이브에 저장) 환경 변수 ``PHOTINI_CONFIG`` 를 " "사용하려는 디렉토리로 설정할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:66 msgid "PyQt options" msgstr "PyQt 옵션" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:68 msgid "" "The configuration file includes options to select use of PyQt5, PyQt6, " "PySide2, or PySide6. These may be useful if one of these components on your " @@ -292,9 +324,11 @@ msgid "" "that it is impossible to test Photini with every one." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:72 msgid "The default options in the configuration file are in the ``[pyqt]`` section:" msgstr "설정 파일의 기본 옵션은 ``[pyqt]`` 섹션: 에 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:81 msgid "" "To force use of a particular Qt library set the value of ``qt_lib`` to " "``'PyQt5'``, ``'PyQt6'``, ``'PySide2'``, or ``'PySide6'``. (You can also use" @@ -303,6 +337,7 @@ msgid "" "the ``--version`` option::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:87 msgid "" "If your computer has a high resolution screen, or you have poor eyesight, " "you may find the Photini user interface's text is too small to read " @@ -314,6 +349,7 @@ msgstr "" "``scale_factor`` 를 ``1`` 보다 큰 값으로 설정하면 Photini가 확대됩니다. 정수가 아닌 값을 사용할 수도 있지만 " "크기 조정에서 가공물이 표시될 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:91 msgid "" "Setting the ``native_dialog`` option to ``False`` makes Photini use a Qt " "dialog to select files to open instead of the normal operating system " @@ -322,6 +358,7 @@ msgstr "" "``native_dialog`` 옵션을 ``False`` 로 설정하면 Photini가 일반 운영 체제 대화 상자 대신 Qt 대화 상자를 " "사용하여 열 파일을 선택합니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:93 msgid "" "Note that there is no GUI to set these options. You may need to adjust them " "if Photini crashes on startup, in which case the GUI would be unusable. The " @@ -330,14 +367,17 @@ msgstr "" "이러한 옵션을 설정하는 GUI가 없습니다. 시작 시 Photini가 충돌하는 경우 이를 조정해야 할 수 있습니다. 이 경우 GUI를 " "사용할 수 없습니다. 설정 파일은 일반 텍스트 편집 프로그램으로 편집할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:98 msgid "" "Make sure your editor doesn't change the file's encoding (e.g. from utf-8 to" " iso-8859) or insert a \"byte order mark\"." msgstr "편집기가 파일의 인코딩(예: utf-8에서 iso-8859로)을 변경하거나 \"바이트 순서 표시\"를 삽입하지 않는지 확인하십시오." +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:103 msgid "Application style" msgstr "응용 프로그램 스타일" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:105 msgid "" "Qt applications can have their appearance changed by selecting different " "\"styles\". Normally a style is automatically chosen that suits the " @@ -350,6 +390,7 @@ msgstr "" "선택되지만 다른 스타일을 선호할 경우 이 스타일을 재정의할 수 있습니다. 예를 들어 내 컴퓨터 중 하나에서 기본 스타일은 업로더 탭의 " "그룹화된 요소 주위에 선을 그리지 않기 때문에 스타일을 변경할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:109 msgid "" "The choice of style affects how some \"widgets\" are drawn. If you find " "problems such as date or timezone values (on the \"technical metadata\" tab)" @@ -358,6 +399,7 @@ msgstr "" "스타일을 선택하는 것은 일부 \"위젯\"을 그리는 방법에 영향을 미칩니다. 날짜 또는 시간대 값(\"기술 메타데이터\" 탭에서)이 " "부분적으로 숨겨져 있는 문제를 발견하면 다른 스타일을 시도해 볼 가치가 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:112 msgid "" "To find out what styles are available on your computer you can use Photini's" " ``--version`` flag. (You need to run Photini from a command window to do " @@ -369,6 +411,7 @@ msgstr "" " 창에서 Photini를 실행해야 합니다. :ref:`installation troubleshooting` 섹션을 참조하세요.) 그런 다음 스타일 중 하나를 시도할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:126 msgid "" "Note that the style names are not case sensitive. If none of the available " "styles is to your liking you may be able to install extra ones. For example," @@ -378,6 +421,7 @@ msgstr "" "스타일 이름은 대소문자를 구분하지 않습니다. 사용 가능한 스타일이 마음에 들지 않으면 추가 스타일을 설치할 수 있습니다. 예를 들어, " "일부 Ubuntu Linux 시스템에서는 ``qt5-style-plugins`` 패키지를 사용할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:130 msgid "" "Once you find a style that you like, you can set Photini to use that style " "by editing the configuration file as described above. Add a line such as " @@ -389,14 +433,17 @@ msgstr "" "``style = cleanlooks`` 와 같은 줄을 ``[pyqt]`` 섹션에 추가하여 선택한 스타일을 설정합니다. 이 작업을 수행한" " 후에는 구성 파일에서 ``style = ...`` 줄을 제거하지 않는 한 명령줄에서 다른 스타일을 설정할 수 없습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:146 msgid "Tab order" msgstr "탭 순서" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:148 msgid "" "The tabs can be re-ordered by dragging and dropping a tab to your preferred " "position. This is much easier to do than editing the configuration file." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:152 msgid "" "Photini's tabs can be enabled or disabled with the ``Options`` menu as " "described above, but their order is set in the configuration file. The " @@ -407,6 +454,7 @@ msgstr "" "``[tabs]`` 섹션에는 각 탭에 대해 가져올 모듈을 나열하는 ``modules`` 항목이 있습니다. 이 목록을 재정렬하여 탭을 " "재정렬할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:182 msgid "" "You could even use a tab provided by another Python package by adding its " "module name to the list. See :doc:`extending` for more information." @@ -414,9 +462,11 @@ msgstr "" "목록에 모듈 이름을 추가하여 다른 Python 패키지에서 제공하는 탭을 사용할 수도 있습니다. 자세한 내용은 " ":doc:`extending` 을 참조하십시오." +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:186 msgid "Metadata options" msgstr "메타데이터 옵션" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:188 msgid "" "Photini can optionally read metadata from \"BMFF\" based filed types CR3, " "HEIF, HEIC, and AVIF. This requires use of python-exiv2 with libexiv2 " @@ -429,11 +479,13 @@ msgstr "" "자세한 내용은 :ref:`essential-dependencies` 를 참조하십시오.) BMFF 파일을 사용하면 특허를 침해할 수 " "있습니다. 이 기능을 활성화하기 전에 `Exiv2 경고 `_ 를 읽으십시오." +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:194 msgid "" "To enable BMFF file reading, edit the configuration file and set the " "``enable_bmff`` option to ``True``:" msgstr "BMFF 파일 읽기를 활성화하려면 설정 파일을 편집하고 ``enable_bmff`` 옵션을 ``True`` 로 설정하십시오." +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:201 msgid "" "Note that this only affects Photini's ability to read and write BMFF " "metadata. Reading image data (for thumbnails or the image regions tab) will " @@ -442,15 +494,18 @@ msgid "" "is probably impossible if you installed PyQt or PySide with pip." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:6 msgid "Descriptive metadata" msgstr "설명 메타데이터" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Descriptive metadata`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+D``) allows you to" " edit basic information about your photographs, such as the title and " "description." msgstr "``설명 메타데이터`` 탭(단축키 ``Alt+D``)을 사용하면 제목 및 설명과 같은 사진에 대한 기본 정보를 편집할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:10 msgid "" "The data form is disabled until you select one or more images to edit. " "Hovering the mouse over one of the data fields displays a popup \"tooltip\" " @@ -460,6 +515,7 @@ msgstr "" "편집할 이미지를 하나 이상 선택할 때까지 데이터 양식을 사용할 수 없습니다. 데이터 필드 중 하나에 마우스를 가져가면 해당 필드에 입력할" " 정보의 종류를 설명하는 팝업 \"tooltip\"이 표시됩니다. 이 도움말 텍스트는 `IPTC standard`_ 에서 가져왔습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:16 msgid "" "The first thing I usually do with a new set of photographs is to set the " "title. Select all the images that should have the same title, then type the " @@ -474,6 +530,7 @@ msgstr "" " 저장되지 않으므로 Exif 메타데이터만 처리하는 소프트웨어에는 표시되지 않을 수 있습니다(자세한 내용은 :doc:`tag " "reference` ). 이 필드를 비워 두는 것이 좋습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:21 msgid "" "The legacy IPTC-IIM standard has a maximum number of bytes for each data " "item. If your text has more bytes then the excess is shown underlined in " @@ -485,6 +542,7 @@ msgstr "" "바이트는 파란색 밑줄로 표시됩니다. IPTC-IIM 데이터에 의존하는 이전 소프트웨어와의 호환성이 필요하지 않은 경우 이를 무시할 수 " "있습니다. 이 경고는 Photini의 :doc:`configuration ` 에서 끌 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:28 msgid "" "The ``Title / Object name`` field has an optional spell checker, enabled " "with the ``Spelling`` menu. The word \"Château-Gontier\" is not in the " @@ -496,6 +554,7 @@ msgstr "" "단어는 빨간색 밑줄로 표시된 것처럼 영국 영어 사전에 없습니다. 철자가 틀린 단어를 마우스 오른쪽 버튼으로 클릭하면 제안된 대안이 " "표시되며 그 중 하나를 클릭하여 선택할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:36 msgid "" "Note that all the image thumbnails now have a warning symbol (|hazard|) " "displayed next to them. This shows that they have unsaved metadata edits. " @@ -507,6 +566,7 @@ msgstr "" "``파일`` 메뉴 ``새 데이터로 이미지 저장`` 항목(단축키 ``Ctrl+S``)은 아래와 같이 편집 내용을 저장하고 경고 기호를 " "지웁니다. 나는 내 작업을 잃지 않기 위해 자주 이 작업을 수행합니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:43 msgid "" "Now you can add more detail in the ``Headline`` and / or ``Description / " "Caption`` boxes. (My descriptions are usually so short that a separate " @@ -517,6 +577,7 @@ msgstr "" "일반적으로 너무 짧아서 별도의 헤드라인 요약이 필요하지 않습니다.) 동일한 설명을 공유하는 사진이 한두 장뿐이므로 먼저 해당 이미지를 " "선택하십시오." +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:49 msgid "" "If you select a group of images you may see ```` displayed " "in some of the text boxes. You can right-click on the box to bring up a " @@ -528,6 +589,7 @@ msgstr "" " 클릭하면 선택한 모든 사진에 복사할 값을 선택할 수 있는 상황에 맞는 메뉴가 나타납니다. 매우 긴 텍스트는 일부 텍스트를 대체하는 " "``...`` 로 생략됩니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:55 msgid "" "The ``Alt Text (Accessibility)`` and ``Extended Description " "(Accessibility)`` boxes are where you describe the photograph for visually " @@ -536,6 +598,7 @@ msgid "" "create their \"ALT text\" image description." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:60 msgid "" "Next you can set a list of keywords for the image by typing them in the " "``Keywords`` box. Keywords should be separated by semi-colon (;) characters." @@ -545,6 +608,7 @@ msgstr "" "다음으로 ``키워드`` 상자에 키워드를 입력하여 이미지에 대한 키워드 목록을 설정할 수 있습니다. 키워드는 세미콜론(;) 문자로 구분해야" " 합니다. ```` 드롭다운 목록을 사용하여 가장 자주 사용하는 키워드를 선택할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:66 msgid "" "Finally the ``Rating`` slider allows you to note any particularly good or " "bad pictures. Good pictures can be given a one to five star rating." @@ -552,14 +616,17 @@ msgstr "" "마지막으로 ``등급`` 슬라이더를 사용하면 특히 좋은 사진이나 나쁜 사진을 확인할 수 있습니다. 좋은 사진에는 별 1개에서 5개까지 " "부여할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:71 msgid "" "Bad pictures can be given a ``reject`` rating. This is stored in the " "metadata as a rating value of -1." msgstr "나쁜 사진은 ``거부`` 등급을 받을 수 있습니다. 이것은 -1의 등급 값으로 메타데이터에 저장됩니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:79 msgid "Alternative Languages" msgstr "대체 언어" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:81 msgid "" "Some fields, such as title and description, are stored in XMP as `Lang Alt`_" " data. This allows translations into alternative languages to be stored " @@ -567,6 +634,7 @@ msgid "" "in Exif and IPTC-IIM.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:85 msgid "" "Photini has a language drop down selector next to each ``Lang Alt`` data " "field. If the current text is in an unspecified default language the " @@ -576,6 +644,7 @@ msgid "" "on the drop down and selecting ````." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:92 msgid "" "If there is already some text in an unspecified default language you will be" " asked to say what that language is. Languages are specified with an " @@ -587,22 +656,28 @@ msgstr "" "코드로 지정됩니다. 이것은 일반적으로 두 글자 언어 코드로 시작합니다. 영어의 경우 ``en``, 하이픈과 2자리 국가 코드가 올 수 " "있습니다. 예: 영국에서 사용되는 영어의 경우 ``en-GB``." +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:98 msgid "" "Next you can set the language to be added, e.g. ``fr-FR`` for French as " "spoken in France." msgstr "다음으로 추가할 언어를 설정할 수 있습니다. 프랑스에서 사용되는 프랑스어의 경우 ``fr-FR``." +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:102 msgid "You can then type the translation in to the text field." msgstr "그런 다음 텍스트 필드에 번역을 입력할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:106 msgid "" "If you would like to change the default language, right-click on the " "``Lang:`` dropdown and choose a language." msgstr "기본 언어를 변경하려면 ``Lang:`` 드롭다운을 마우스 오른쪽 버튼으로 클릭하고 언어를 선택합니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:111 +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:44 msgid "More information about the data fields" msgstr "데이터 필드에 대한 추가 정보" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:113 msgid "" "Click on any field name below to see the IPTC definition and user notes for " "that field. Although these fields are defined in an `IPTC standard`_, they " @@ -610,6 +685,7 @@ msgid "" "\"legacy\" IPTC-IIM data." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:117 msgid "" "`Title / Object Name `_" @@ -617,9 +693,11 @@ msgstr "" "`제목 / 개체 이름 `_" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:118 msgid "A short title." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:119 msgid "" "`Headline `_" @@ -627,9 +705,11 @@ msgstr "" "`헤드라인 `_" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:120 msgid "A brief description." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:121 msgid "" "`Description / Caption `_" @@ -637,27 +717,33 @@ msgstr "" "`설명/캡션 `_" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:122 msgid "The who, what and why of what the image depicts." msgstr "누가, 무엇을, 왜 이미지가 묘사하는지." +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:123 msgid "" "`Alt Text (Accessibility) " "`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:124 msgid "Text description for visually impaired accessibility." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:125 msgid "" "`Extended Description (Accessibility) " "`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:126 msgid "Extended description for visually impaired accessibility." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:127 msgid "" "`Keywords `_" @@ -665,9 +751,11 @@ msgstr "" "`키워드 `_" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:128 msgid "Separate words or phrases with ``;`` characters. Not stored in Exif." msgstr "``;`` 문자로 단어나 구를 구분하십시오. Exif에 저장되지 않습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:131 msgid "" "`Rating `_" @@ -675,12 +763,15 @@ msgstr "" "`등급 `_" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:130 msgid "How good is the photo." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/extending.rst:6 msgid "Extending Photini" msgstr "Photini 확장" +#: ../../../doc/manual/extending.rst:8 msgid "" "It is possible to add new functionality to Photini by providing a new " "\"tab\". Because the tabs are loaded dynamically at run-time the new tab " @@ -694,14 +785,17 @@ msgstr "" "``mypackage.photini`` 모듈에 Photini 탭을 제공하는 경우 탭 모듈 목록에 ``mypackage.photini`` " "를 추가하고(참조 :ref:`configuration-tabs` ) 탭을 Photini에 추가합니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/extending.rst:12 msgid "Every Photini tab has to have the following interface:" msgstr "모든 Photini 탭에는 다음 인터페이스가 있어야 합니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/extending.rst:43 msgid "" "The ``tab_name`` method returns the label given to the tab. It should be as " "short as possible." msgstr "``tab_name`` 메서드는 탭에 지정된 레이블을 반환합니다. 가능한 한 짧아야 합니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/extending.rst:46 msgid "" "When the user defines any new metadata you should get the current selection " "from the ``image_list`` and set the metadata on every image in the " @@ -710,6 +804,7 @@ msgstr "" "사용자가 새로운 메타데이터를 정의할 때 ``image_list`` 에서 현재 선택 항목을 가져와 선택 항목의 모든 이미지에 메타데이터를 " "설정해야 합니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/extending.rst:48 msgid "" "It's probably easiest to start with a copy of the Photini tab module most " "like what you want to do, strip out the bits you don't need and then add " @@ -718,9 +813,11 @@ msgstr "" "원하는 작업과 가장 유사한 Photini 탭 모듈의 복사본으로 시작하고 필요하지 않은 부분을 제거한 다음 자신의 항목을 추가하는 것이 " "가장 쉬울 것입니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:6 msgid "Flickr uploader" msgstr "플리커 업로더" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Flickr upload`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+F``) allows you to upload" " your photographs to `Flickr `_, a popular online " @@ -731,6 +828,7 @@ msgstr "" "`_ 에 사진을 업로드할 수 있습니다. Flickr 업로드 탭은 Flickr API를 " "사용하지만 Flickr에서 보증하거나 인증하지 않습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:11 msgid "" "Unlike some other Flickr uploaders, Photini uses the descriptive metadata " "you've created to set Flickr's title, description and tags. This means you " @@ -739,6 +837,7 @@ msgstr "" "다른 Flickr 업로더와 달리 Photini는 Flickr의 제목, 설명 및 태그를 설정하기 위해 생성한 설명 메타데이터를 사용합니다." " 즉, 모든 정보를 다시 입력할 필요가 없습니다!" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:14 msgid "" "Note that the Flickr upload tab is only enabled if you have installed some " "extra software packages. See :ref:`installation ` for" @@ -747,6 +846,7 @@ msgstr "" "Flickr 업로드 탭은 추가 소프트웨어 패키지를 설치한 경우에만 활성화됩니다. 자세한 내용은 :ref:`installation " "` 를 참조하세요." +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:19 msgid "" "Initially most of the Flickr uploader tab is disabled. It's only usable " "after you've authorised Photini to access your Flickr account by clicking " @@ -755,6 +855,7 @@ msgstr "" "처음에는 대부분의 Flickr 업로더 탭이 비활성화되어 있습니다. ``로그인`` 버튼을 클릭하여 Photini가 Flickr 계정에 " "액세스하도록 승인한 후에만 사용할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:24 msgid "" "The first time you click ``Log in`` Photini connects your web browser to " "Flickr, from where you can log in and give Photini permission to access " @@ -765,11 +866,13 @@ msgstr "" " 대신하여 Flickr에 액세스할 수 있는 권한을 부여할 수 있습니다. (Photini는 다른 사람의 사진 및 비디오와 상호 작용하지 " "않습니다.)" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:29 msgid "" "After authorisation your browser should display this page. The web browser " "window can then be closed." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:34 msgid "" "If the authorisation is successful Photini displays your Flickr user name " "and profile picture. You should not need to redo this authorisation process " @@ -778,6 +881,7 @@ msgstr "" "인증에 성공하면 Photini가 Flickr 사용자 이름과 프로필 사진을 표시합니다. ``로그아웃`` 버튼을 클릭하지 않는 한 이 인증 " "프로세스를 다시 실행할 필요가 없습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:37 msgid "" "Your current Flickr albums are shown on the right hand side of the Flickr " "uploader tab. You can add a new album with the ``New album`` button. This " @@ -786,11 +890,13 @@ msgstr "" "현재 Flickr 앨범은 Flickr 업로더 탭의 오른쪽에 표시됩니다. ``새 앨범`` 버튼으로 새 앨범을 추가할 수 있습니다. 그러면 " "아래와 같이 팝업 대화 상자가 열립니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:43 msgid "" "Type in the album details and click ``OK``. Note that the album will not be " "created on Flickr until you upload a photo to it." msgstr "앨범 세부 정보를 입력하고 ``확인`` 을 클릭합니다. 사진을 업로드할 때까지 Flickr에서 앨범이 생성되지 않습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:48 msgid "" "To upload one or more photographs to Flickr, select them in the image " "selector area, then choose which (if any) of your albums to add them to and " @@ -800,6 +906,7 @@ msgstr "" "하나 이상의 사진을 Flickr에 업로드하려면 이미지 선택기 영역에서 사진을 선택한 다음 추가할 앨범(있는 경우)을 선택하고 개인 정보 " "보호, 안전 수준 및 기타 설정을 지정한 다음 ``업로드 시작`` 버튼을 누르십시오." +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:50 msgid "" "The album membership and privacy & other settings apply to all the " "photographs in this upload. If you want some photographs to have different " @@ -809,6 +916,8 @@ msgstr "" "앨범 멤버십, 개인정보 보호 및 기타 설정은 이 업로드의 모든 사진에 적용됩니다. 일부 사진에 다른 앨범 멤버십이나 개인 정보 및 기타 " "설정을 적용하려면 별도의 배치로 업로드해야 합니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:55 ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:47 +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:56 msgid "" "During uploading Photini displays a progress bar. Uploading takes place in " "the background, so you can continue to use other tabs while the upload is in" @@ -817,9 +926,11 @@ msgstr "" "업로드하는 동안 Photini는 진행률 표시줄을 표시합니다. 업로드는 백그라운드에서 이루어지므로 업로드가 진행되는 동안 다른 탭을 계속 " "사용할 수 있습니다. 업로드는 ``업로드 중지`` 버튼을 클릭하여 중지할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:61 ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:62 msgid "After uploading a photograph it is marked as having new metadata." msgstr "사진을 업로드하면 새 메타데이터가 있는 것으로 표시됩니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:65 msgid "" "If you switch to the ``Descriptive metadata`` tab you can see there is a new" " keyword ``flickr:id=``. Photini uses this `triple tag`_ to " @@ -830,9 +941,11 @@ msgstr "" "Photini는 이 `triple tag`_ 를 사용하여 Flickr 사진 ID를 저장하므로 아래 설명된 대로 나중에 메타데이터를 " "동기화하는 데 사용할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:69 msgid "Synchronising local metadata to Flickr" msgstr "로컬 메타데이터를 Flickr에 동기화" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:71 msgid "" "Sometimes you might change your photograph's metadata on Flickr and would " "like to copy those changes back to the image file on your computer. Select " @@ -841,6 +954,7 @@ msgstr "" "때때로 Flickr에서 사진의 메타데이터를 변경하고 이러한 변경 사항을 컴퓨터의 이미지 파일에 다시 복사하고 싶을 수 있습니다. " "업데이트하려는 이미지(들)를 선택하고 ``동기화`` 버튼을 클릭합니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:76 msgid "" "If an image does not have a ``flickr:id`` keyword then Photini will try to " "find the photograph on Flickr by matching the date and time it was taken. If" @@ -850,11 +964,13 @@ msgstr "" "이미지에 ``flickr:id`` 키워드가 없으면 Photini는 촬영된 날짜와 시간을 일치시켜 Flickr에서 사진을 찾으려고 " "시도합니다. Flickr에 새 메타데이터가 있으면 이미지의 메타데이터에 병합됩니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:79 msgid "" "Flickr \"notes\" attached to an image are shown on Photini's :doc:`regions` " "tab." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:84 msgid "" "You can see what changed with the image's context menu ``View changes``. In " "this case Flickr has set the location city to its new name of \"Château-" @@ -863,15 +979,18 @@ msgstr "" "이미지의 컨텍스트 메뉴인 ``변경사항 보기`` 로 변경된 사항을 확인할 수 있습니다. 이 경우 Flickr는 위치 도시를 " "\"Château-Gontier-sur-Mayenne\"의 새 이름으로 설정했습니다. 저는 이 새로운 메타데이터를 무시하기로 했습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:89 msgid "Synchronising Flickr metadata to local" msgstr "Flickr 메타데이터를 로컬에 동기화" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:91 msgid "" "If you change your image file metadata and would like to make the same " "changes on Flickr you can select the image and click on the ``Start upload``" " button." msgstr "이미지 파일 메타데이터를 변경하고 Flickr에서 동일한 변경을 수행하려면 이미지를 선택하고 ``업로드 시작`` 버튼을 클릭하면 됩니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:95 msgid "" "If you upload an image that already has a ``flickr:id`` keyword then Photini" " allows you to change the photograph's metadata instead of uploading a new " @@ -881,9 +1000,11 @@ msgstr "" "이미 ``flickr:id`` 키워드가 있는 이미지를 업로드하면 Photini를 사용하여 새 사진을 업로드하는 대신 사진의 메타데이터를 " "변경할 수 있습니다. 다른 응용 프로그램에서 처리한 경우 유용할 수 있는 이미지 자체를 교체할 수도 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:6 msgid "Google Photos uploader" msgstr "Google 포토 업로더" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Google Photos upload`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+P``) allows you to" " upload your photographs to `Google Photos`_. The Google Photos API is quite" @@ -893,6 +1014,7 @@ msgstr "" "``Google 포토 업로드`` 탭(단축키 ``Alt+P``)을 사용하면 사진을 `Google Photos`_ 에 업로드할 수 있습니다." " Google Photos API는 매우 제한적이므로 Photini와 같은 제3자 소프트웨어는 기능이 다소 제한적입니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:11 msgid "" "Note that the Google Photos upload tab is only enabled if you have installed" " some extra software packages. See :ref:`installation ` 를 참조하세요." +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:16 msgid "" "Initially most of the Google Photos uploader tab is disabled. It's only " "usable after you've authorised Photini to access your Google Photos account " @@ -909,6 +1032,7 @@ msgstr "" "처음에는 대부분의 Google 포토 업로더 탭이 비활성화되어 있습니다. ``로그인`` 버튼을 클릭하여 Photini가 Google 포토 " "계정에 액세스하도록 승인한 후에만 사용할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:19 msgid "" "The first time you click ``Log in`` Photini connects your web browser to " "Google Photos, from where you can log in and give Photini permission to " @@ -917,6 +1041,7 @@ msgstr "" "처음으로 ``로그인`` 을 클릭하면 Photini가 웹 브라우저를 Google 포토에 연결하고 여기에서 로그인하고 Photini에 " "사용자를 대신하여 Google 포토에 액세스할 수 있는 권한을 부여할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:22 msgid "" "Unfortunately Google won't verify Photini because it continues to be " "developed, so you will be presented with several warning messages during the" @@ -926,6 +1051,7 @@ msgstr "" "불행히도 Google은 계속 개발하기 때문에 Photini를 인증하지 않으므로 인증 프로세스 중에 몇 가지 경고 메시지가 표시되고 경고" " 이메일이 Gmail 계정으로 전송될 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:26 msgid "" "If the authorisation is successful Photini displays your Google Photos user " "name and profile picture. You should not need to redo this authorisation " @@ -934,6 +1060,7 @@ msgstr "" "인증에 성공하면 Photini가 Google 포토 사용자 이름과 프로필 사진을 표시합니다. ``로그아웃`` 버튼을 클릭하지 않는 한 이 " "인증 프로세스를 다시 실행할 필요가 없습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:29 msgid "" "Your current Google Photos albums are shown on the right hand side of the " "Google Photos uploader tab. The Google Photos API only allows Photini to add" @@ -943,16 +1070,19 @@ msgstr "" "현재 Google 포토 앨범은 Google 포토 업로더 탭의 오른쪽에 표시됩니다. Google 포토 API는 Photini가 만든 앨범에" " 사진을 추가하는 것만 허용합니다. 다른 앨범은 표시되지만 비활성화됩니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:33 msgid "" "You can add a new album with the ``New album`` button. This opens a pop-up " "dialog as shown below." msgstr "``새 앨범`` 버튼으로 새 앨범을 추가할 수 있습니다. 그러면 아래와 같이 팝업 대화 상자가 열립니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:38 msgid "" "Type in the album title and click ``OK``. The title can be up to 500 " "characters long, so you may want to enlarge the dialog box." msgstr "앨범 제목을 입력하고 ``확인`` 을 클릭합니다. 제목은 최대 500자까지 가능하므로 대화 상자를 확대할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:43 msgid "" "To upload one or more photographs to Google Photos, select them in the image" " selector area, then choose which (if any) of your albums to add them to, " @@ -961,9 +1091,11 @@ msgstr "" "Google 포토에 하나 이상의 사진을 업로드하려면 이미지 선택기 영역에서 사진을 선택한 다음 사진을 추가할 앨범(있는 경우)을 선택한 " "다음 ``업로드 시작`` 버튼을 클릭하십시오." +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:6 msgid "Image selector" msgstr "이미지 선택기" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:8 msgid "" "When you start the Photini editor it displays a GUI (graphical user " "interface) as shown below. The exact appearance will depend on your " @@ -976,6 +1108,7 @@ msgstr "" " 설정에 따라 다르지만 동일한 기능 요소가 있어야 합니다. (다른 스타일을 설정하여 모양을 변경할 수 있습니다. 자세한 내용은 " ":ref:`configuration section ` 을 참조하세요.)" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:14 msgid "" "The Photini editor GUI has two main areas. The upper part has a set of tabs " "to select different functions. The lower part is an image selector that is " @@ -988,11 +1121,13 @@ msgstr "" " 탭에 공통적인 이미지 선택기입니다. 둘 사이에는 마우스로 드래그하여 두 부분의 상대적 크기를 변경할 수 있는 구분선이 있습니다. 창의 " "전체 크기는 마우스로 창의 가장자리나 모서리를 드래그하여 변경할 수도 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:20 msgid "" "The tabs can be re-ordered by dragging and dropping a tab to your preferred " "position." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:25 msgid "" "Now load some images using the ``File`` menu ``Open files`` item (or its " "keyboard shortcut ``Ctrl+O``). The loaded files are displayed as thumbnail " @@ -1005,6 +1140,7 @@ msgstr "" "파일은 GUI의 이미지 선택기 부분에 썸네일 이미지로 표시됩니다. 썸네일 표시 영역 바로 아래에 있는 슬라이더 컨트롤로 썸네일 크기를 " "변경할 수 있습니다. 해당 버튼을 클릭하여 파일을 이름 또는 날짜별로 정렬할 수도 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:30 msgid "" "Images can also be loaded by \"drag and drop\" from a file manager window or" " by adding them to the command line if you run Photini from a command " @@ -1016,6 +1152,7 @@ msgstr "" "이미지를 로드할 수도 있습니다. 디렉토리를 열면 해당 디렉토리의 모든 이미지가 열립니다. 이것은 재귀적이므로 한 번에 너무 많은 이미지를" " 실수로 열지 않도록 주의하십시오." +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:36 msgid "" "Clicking on any thumbnail selects that file. The selected file is " "highlighted by a red border. Double clicking on a thumbnail should display " @@ -1024,6 +1161,7 @@ msgstr "" "썸네일을 클릭하면 해당 파일이 선택됩니다. 선택한 파일은 빨간색 테두리로 강조 표시됩니다. 축소판을 두 번 클릭하면 기본 이미지 보기 " "응용 프로그램을 사용하여 전체 크기 이미지가 표시되어야 합니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:42 msgid "" "Multiple files can be selected by holding down the 'shift' key while " "clicking on a second image. To select multiple files that are not adjacent, " @@ -1032,9 +1170,11 @@ msgstr "" "'Shift' 키를 누른 상태에서 두 번째 이미지를 클릭하면 여러 파일을 선택할 수 있습니다. 인접하지 않은 여러 파일을 선택하려면 " "'control' 키를 누른 상태에서 이미지를 클릭하십시오." +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:47 msgid "The keyboard shortcut ``Ctrl+A`` selects all the loaded files." msgstr "키보드 단축키 ``Ctrl+A`` 는 로드된 모든 파일을 선택합니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:51 msgid "" "Selecting multiple files allows you to set metadata, such as the image " "title, on several files at once. This is much quicker than having to edit " @@ -1047,14 +1187,17 @@ msgstr "" "편집하는 것보다 훨씬 빠릅니다. 각 메타데이터 항목을 편집하기 전에 다른 파일 그룹을 선택하고 싶을 것입니다. 예를 들어, 모든 이미지에" " 동일한 제목을 부여한 다음 설명을 작성하기 전에 처음 두 개 또는 세 개만 선택할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:57 msgid "Context menu" msgstr "상황에 맞는 메뉴" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:59 msgid "" "Right-clicking on a thumbnail displays a context menu for all the currently " "selected files." msgstr "축소판을 마우스 오른쪽 버튼으로 클릭하면 현재 선택된 모든 파일에 대한 상황에 맞는 메뉴가 표시됩니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:63 msgid "" "The context menu currently has five items. ``Reload file`` discards any " "metadata changes. ``Save changes`` saves any changes to the file(s). ``View " @@ -1066,6 +1209,7 @@ msgstr "" "저장`` 은 파일(들)에 대한 모든 변경 사항을 저장합니다. ``변경사항 보기`` 는 아래와 같이 메타데이터의 변경사항을 표시합니다. " "``썸네일 재생성`` 은 이미지(들)의 새 썸네일을 생성합니다. ``파일 닫기`` 는 파일(들)을 닫습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:72 msgid "" "The ``view changes`` context menu item displays all the metadata items that " "have changed. In this example I've set two items that were previously empty." @@ -1075,12 +1219,15 @@ msgstr "" "``변경사항 보기`` 상황에 맞는 메뉴 항목은 변경된 모든 메타데이터 항목을 표시합니다. 이 예에서는 이전에 비어 있던 두 개의 항목을 " "설정했습니다. 이러한 변경 사항을 취소하려면 적절한 ``실행 취소`` 확인란을 선택하고 ``확인`` 을 클릭하십시오." +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:78 msgid "The same menu items also appear in the main ``File`` menu." msgstr "동일한 메뉴 항목이 기본 ``파일`` 메뉴에도 나타납니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:81 msgid "Using Photini with other programs" msgstr "다른 프로그램과 함께 Photini 사용하기" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:83 msgid "" "If you use other applications that can display or edit image metadata then " "you need to be careful when using them with Photini. Just like with a word " @@ -1095,6 +1242,7 @@ msgstr "" "변경한 경우 다른 프로그램에서 파일을 다시 로드하거나 다시 열도록 하기 전에 변경 사항을 저장해야 합니다. 다른 프로그램에서 변경하는 " "경우 위에서 설명한 상황에 맞는 메뉴를 사용하여 Photini에서 파일을 다시 로드해야 합니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:88 msgid "" "You may also want to experiment with how other programs display the metadata" " you create in Photini and *vice versa*. Be aware that other programs might " @@ -1106,9 +1254,11 @@ msgstr "" "메타데이터를 사진 파일에 저장하지 않고 데이터베이스나 별도의 파일(XMP 사이드카 제외)을 사용할 수 있다는 점에 유의하십시오. 이러한 " "프로그램은 메타데이터 표준을 사용하도록 구성할 수 없는 경우 Photini와 호환되지 않습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:6 msgid "Image importer" msgstr "이미지 가져오기" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Import photos`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+I``) allows you to copy " "photographs from your digital camera or anywhere else on your computer (for " @@ -1120,6 +1270,7 @@ msgstr "" "있습니다(예: 컴퓨터에 카드 리더기가 있는 경우 카메라 메모리 카드) . 이 작업을 수행하는 다른 프로그램이 많이 있지만 내가 원하는 " "대로 작동하는 프로그램을 찾지 못했기 때문에 Photini에 하나를 추가했습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:11 msgid "" "Note that you can only import directly from cameras if you have installed " "python-gphoto2 (which is not available on Windows). See :ref:`installation " @@ -1128,6 +1279,7 @@ msgstr "" "python-gphoto2(Windows에서는 사용할 수 없음)를 설치한 경우에만 카메라에서 직접 가져올 수 있습니다. 자세한 내용은 " ":ref:`installation` 를 참조하십시오." +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:14 #, python-format msgid "" "The key part of the importer is the ``Target format`` field. This provides a" @@ -1145,70 +1297,91 @@ msgstr "" "`Python 문서 `_ 를 참조하십시오." +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:20 msgid "" "As well as the date & time format strings, bracketed keywords can be used to" " manipulate parts of the file name:" msgstr "날짜 및 시간 형식 문자열과 함께 대괄호로 묶인 키워드를 사용하여 파일 이름의 일부를 조작할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:23 msgid "keyword" msgstr "키워드" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:23 msgid "meaning" msgstr "의미" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:23 msgid "example" msgstr "예시" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:25 msgid "{camera}" msgstr "{camera}" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:25 msgid "the camera model name" msgstr "카메로 모델 이름" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:25 msgid "Canon_PowerShot_A1100_IS" msgstr "Canon_PowerShot_A1100_IS" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:26 msgid "{name}" msgstr "{name}" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:26 msgid "the complete file name" msgstr "완전한 파일 이름" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:26 msgid "IMG_9999.JPG" msgstr "IMG_9999.JPG" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:27 msgid "{number}" msgstr "{number}" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:27 msgid "the numeric part of the file name" msgstr "파일 이름의 숫자 부분" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:27 msgid "9999" msgstr "9999" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:28 msgid "{root}" msgstr "{root}" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:28 msgid "the filename without its extension" msgstr "확장자가 없는 파일 이름" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:28 msgid "IMG_9999" msgstr "IMG_9999" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:29 msgid "{ext}" msgstr "{ext}" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:29 msgid "the filename extension" msgstr "파일 이름 확장자" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:29 msgid ".JPG" msgstr ".JPG" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:32 msgid "" "Below the ``Target format`` field is an example generated from the current " "format to help you edit it correctly." msgstr "``대상 형식`` 필드 아래에는 올바른 편집을 돕기 위해 현재 형식에서 생성된 예가 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:34 #, python-format msgid "" "Note that Photini stores a different target format for each camera or source" @@ -1225,6 +1398,7 @@ msgstr "" "``IMG_9999.JPG`` 에서 ``100D_IMG_9999.JPG`` 로 변경합니다. 그래서 그들은 ``IMG_9999.JPG`` " "와 같은 이름을 사용하는 내 컴팩트 카메라의 파일과 충돌하지 않습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:40 msgid "" "After connecting one or more cameras and pressing the ``refresh`` button, a " "camera can be chosen from the ```` 드롭다운 목록에서 카메라를 선택할 수 " "있습니다. 그런 다음 Photini는 카메라에 저장된 모든 파일 목록을 가져오는데 시간이 걸릴 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:43 msgid "" "The drop down list also includes the most recent source folders you have " "used. Click on ```` to add a new source folder to the list. " @@ -1245,12 +1420,14 @@ msgstr "" "클릭하십시오. Photini는 소스 폴더와 모든 하위 폴더에 있는 모든 이미지 파일을 나열하므로 다른 파일이 너무 많이 포함되지 않도록 " "주의해서 원하는 사진이 포함된 폴더로 이동하십시오." +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:47 msgid "" "The list is displayed in the central area, with the location where the file " "would be stored. It is sorted by name or date, as selected by the buttons " "below the image thumbnail area." msgstr "목록은 파일이 저장될 위치와 함께 중앙 영역에 표시됩니다. 이미지 축소판 영역 아래에 있는 버튼으로 선택한 이름 또는 날짜별로 정렬됩니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:52 msgid "" "When the ``Target format`` has been set to match where previous images were " "put, images that have already been copied to the computer are non selectable" @@ -1259,6 +1436,7 @@ msgstr "" "``대상 형식`` 이 이전 이미지가 있던 위치와 일치하도록 설정되면 컴퓨터에 이미 복사된 이미지는 선택할 수 없습니다(밝은 회색으로 " "표시)." +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:56 msgid "" "The remaining images can be selected by clicking on them, or by using the " "``Select all`` button (to select all uncopied images) or ``Select new`` " @@ -1267,6 +1445,7 @@ msgstr "" "나머지 이미지는 클릭하거나 ``모두 선택`` 버튼(복사되지 않은 모든 이미지 선택) 또는 ``새로 선택`` 버튼(마지막으로 복사한 " "이미지보다 최신 이미지 선택)을 사용하여 선택할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:60 msgid "" "Clicking the ``Copy photos`` button copies the selected images to the " "computer and loads them into Photini. To avoid overloading Photini you " @@ -1276,6 +1455,7 @@ msgstr "" "``사진 복사`` 버튼을 클릭하면 선택한 이미지가 컴퓨터에 복사되고 Photini에 로드됩니다. Photini 과부하를 방지하려면 " "``사진 복사`` 를 클릭하기 전에 너무 많은 이미지를 선택하지 않도록 주의해야 합니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:63 msgid "" "The ``Move photos`` button moves image files instead of copying them. This " "is probably not useful with a camera source, but can be used to reorganise " @@ -1285,11 +1465,13 @@ msgstr "" "``사진 이동`` 버튼은 이미지 파일을 복사하는 대신 이동합니다. 이것은 카메라 소스에는 유용하지 않을 수 있지만 사진 파일을 다른 " "디렉토리로 이동하고 이름을 바꾸는 방식으로 사진 파일을 재구성하는 데 사용할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:68 msgid "" "As each file is copied it is shown in grey on the file list and the selected" " file count decreases." msgstr "각 파일이 복사될 때마다 파일 목록에 회색으로 표시되고 선택한 파일 수가 줄어듭니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:72 msgid "" "After copying all the files the file list is refreshed, which may take some " "time. Now that all the files have been copied from the camera none can be " @@ -1298,9 +1480,11 @@ msgstr "" "모든 파일을 복사하면 파일 목록이 새로 고쳐지며 시간이 걸릴 수 있습니다. 이제 모든 파일이 카메라에서 복사되었으므로 아무 것도 선택할 " "수 없습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/index.rst:6 msgid "User manual" msgstr "사용자 매뉴얼" +#: ../../../doc/manual/index.rst:8 msgid "" "This manual attempts to cover every part of Photini in detail, but still be " "usable as a tutorial. I suggest you read the :doc:`image selector " @@ -1312,9 +1496,11 @@ msgstr "" "selector` 및 :doc:`descriptive metadata " "` 섹션을 읽은 다음 관련 기능을 사용하기 시작할 때 다른 섹션을 읽는 것이 좋습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:6 msgid "Ipernity uploader" msgstr "Ipernity 업로더" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Ipernity upload`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+I``) allows you to " "upload your photographs to `Ipernity `_, a " @@ -1325,6 +1511,7 @@ msgstr "" " club인 `Ipernity `_ 에 사진을 업로드할 수 있습니다. Ipernity " "업로드 탭은 Ipernity API를 사용하지만 Ipernity에서 보증하거나 인증하지 않습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:11 msgid "" "Unlike some other uploaders, Photini uses the descriptive metadata you've " "created to set Ipernity's title, description and keywords. This means you " @@ -1333,6 +1520,7 @@ msgstr "" "다른 업로더와 달리 Photini는 귀하가 생성한 설명 메타데이터를 사용하여 Ipernity의 제목, 설명 및 키워드를 설정합니다. 즉," " 모든 정보를 다시 입력할 필요가 없습니다!" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:14 msgid "" "Note that the Ipernity upload tab is only enabled if you have installed some" " extra software packages. See :ref:`installation ` " @@ -1341,6 +1529,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ipernity 업로드 탭은 추가 소프트웨어 패키지를 설치한 경우에만 활성화됩니다. 자세한 내용은 :ref:`installation" "` 를 참조하세요." +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:19 msgid "" "Initially most of the Ipernity uploader tab is disabled. It's only usable " "after you've authorised Photini to access your Ipernity account by clicking " @@ -1349,6 +1538,7 @@ msgstr "" "처음에는 대부분의 Ipernity 업로더 탭이 비활성화되어 있습니다. ``로그인`` 버튼을 클릭하여 Photini가 Ipernity " "계정에 액세스하도록 승인한 후에만 사용할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:24 msgid "" "The first time you click ``Log in`` Photini connects your web browser to " "Ipernity, from where you can log in and give Photini permission to access " @@ -1357,6 +1547,7 @@ msgstr "" "처음으로 ``로그인`` 을 클릭하면 Photini가 웹 브라우저를 Ipernity에 연결합니다. 여기에서 로그인하고 Photini에 대신" " Ipernity에 액세스할 수 있는 권한을 부여할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:28 msgid "" "After authorising Photini close the web browser window or tab and return to " "the Photini window. You can now close the \"Authorisation required\" dialog." @@ -1364,6 +1555,7 @@ msgstr "" "Photini를 인증한 후 웹 브라우저 창이나 탭을 닫고 Photini 창으로 돌아갑니다. 이제 \"승인 필요\" 대화 상자를 닫을 수 " "있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:33 msgid "" "If the authorisation is successful Photini displays your Ipernity user name " "and profile picture. You should not need to redo this authorisation process " @@ -1372,6 +1564,7 @@ msgstr "" "인증에 성공하면 Photini는 Ipernity 사용자 이름과 프로필 사진을 표시합니다. ``로그아웃`` 버튼을 클릭하지 않는 한 이 " "인증 프로세스를 다시 실행할 필요가 없습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:38 msgid "" "Your current Ipernity albums are shown on the right hand side of the " "Ipernity uploader tab. You can add a new album with the ``New album`` " @@ -1380,11 +1573,13 @@ msgstr "" "현재 Ipernity 앨범은 Ipernity 업로더 탭의 오른쪽에 표시됩니다. ``새 앨범`` 버튼으로 새 앨범을 추가할 수 있습니다. " "그러면 아래와 같이 팝업 대화 상자가 열립니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:44 msgid "" "Type in the album details and click ``OK``. Note that the album will not be " "visible on Ipernity until you upload a photo to it." msgstr "앨범 세부 정보를 입력하고 ``확인`` 을 클릭합니다. 앨범은 사진을 업로드할 때까지 Ipernity에서 볼 수 없습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:49 msgid "" "To upload one or more photographs to Ipernity, select them in the image " "selector area, then choose which (if any) of your albums to add them to and " @@ -1393,6 +1588,7 @@ msgstr "" "하나 이상의 사진을 Ipernity에 업로드하려면 이미지 선택기 영역에서 사진을 선택한 다음 추가할 앨범(있는 경우)을 선택하고 권한과 " "라이선스를 설정한 다음 ``업로드 시작`` 버튼을 클릭하십시오." +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:51 msgid "" "The permissions, licence, and album membership apply to all the photographs " "in this upload. If you want some photographs to have different permissions, " @@ -1401,6 +1597,7 @@ msgstr "" "권한, 라이선스 및 앨범 멤버십은 이 업로드의 모든 사진에 적용됩니다. 일부 사진에 다른 권한, 라이선스 또는 앨범 멤버십이 포함되도록 " "하려면 별도의 배치로 업로드해야 합니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:66 msgid "" "If you switch to the ``Descriptive metadata`` tab you can see there is a new" " keyword ``ipernity:id=``. Photini uses this `triple tag`_ to " @@ -1411,9 +1608,11 @@ msgstr "" "Photini는 이 `triple tag`_ 를 사용하여 Ipernity 사진 ID를 저장하므로 아래에 설명된 대로 나중에 메타데이터를 " "동기화하는 데 사용할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:70 msgid "Synchronising local metadata to Ipernity" msgstr "로컬 메타데이터를 Ipernity에 동기화" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:72 msgid "" "Sometimes you might change your photograph's metadata on Ipernity and would " "like to copy those changes back to the image file on your computer. Select " @@ -1422,6 +1621,7 @@ msgstr "" "때때로 Ipernity에서 사진의 메타데이터를 변경하고 이러한 변경 사항을 컴퓨터의 이미지 파일에 다시 복사하고 싶을 수 있습니다. " "업데이트하려는 이미지(들)를 선택하고 ``동기화`` 버튼을 클릭합니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:77 msgid "" "If an image does not have a ``ipernity:id`` keyword then Photini will try to" " find the photograph on Ipernity by matching the date and time it was taken." @@ -1433,20 +1633,24 @@ msgstr "" "찾으려고 시도합니다. Ipernity에 새 메타데이터가 있으면 이미지의 메타데이터에 병합됩니다. 이미지의 컨텍스트 메뉴 ``변경사항 " "보기`` 로 변경된 사항을 확인할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:81 msgid "" "Ipernity \"notes\" attached to an image are shown on Photini's " ":doc:`regions` tab." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:85 msgid "Synchronising Ipernity metadata to local" msgstr "Ipernity 메타데이터를 로컬에 동기화" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:87 msgid "" "If you change your image file metadata and would like to make the same " "changes on Ipernity you can select the image and click on the ``Start " "upload`` button." msgstr "이미지 파일 메타데이터를 변경하고 Ipernity에서 동일하게 변경하려면 이미지를 선택하고 ``업로드 시작`` 버튼을 클릭하면 됩니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:91 msgid "" "If you upload an image that already has a ``ipernity:id`` keyword then " "Photini allows you to change the photograph's metadata instead of uploading " @@ -1455,9 +1659,11 @@ msgstr "" "이미 ``ipernity:id`` 키워드가 있는 이미지를 업로드하면 Photini를 사용하여 새 사진을 업로드하는 대신 사진의 " "메타데이터를 변경할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:6 msgid "Geotagging" msgstr "위치 태깅" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:8 msgid "" "The map tabs allow you to set the location of where a photograph was taken. " "Photini currently uses three different map providers: Google, Bing, and " @@ -1469,6 +1675,7 @@ msgstr "" "Mapbox/OpenStreetMap의 세 가지 지도 제공업체를 사용합니다. 세 탭 모두 기능은 비슷하지만 스타일과 세부 수준이 " "다릅니다. Google, Bing 및 Mapbox도 항공(또는 \"위성\") 사진을 제공합니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:15 msgid "" "The map initially displays the previously used location. You can change the " "view by zooming in or out, or by panning the map by dragging it with the " @@ -1478,6 +1685,7 @@ msgstr "" "지도는 처음에 이전에 사용한 위치를 표시합니다. 확대 또는 축소하거나 지도를 마우스로 끌어 이동하여 보기를 변경할 수 있습니다. 그러나 " "일반적으로 검색 기능을 사용하여 특정 위치를 찾는 것이 더 쉽습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:21 msgid "" "Click on the ```` edit box and type in a search term such as the" " name of a town, then press the 'return' key. A drop down list of place " @@ -1489,6 +1697,7 @@ msgstr "" "드롭다운 목록이 나타나야 선택이 가능합니다. 서비스를 제공하는 무료 서버의 부하를 제한하기 위해 검색할 때마다 검색 상자가 몇 초 동안 " "비활성화될 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:27 msgid "" "The search is influenced by the current location shown on the map. A search " "for 'newport' may return different results if the map is showing New York " @@ -1503,17 +1712,20 @@ msgstr "" " 수행할 수 있습니다. 또는 지도를 원하는 위치 근처로 드래그한 다음 드롭다운 목록에서 ```` 항목을 클릭할" " 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:32 msgid "" "Each map provider has its own search facility. You may get more useful " "results by switching to a different map tab." msgstr "각 지도 제공 업체에는 자체 검색 기능이 있습니다. 다른 지도 탭으로 전환하면 더 유용한 결과를 얻을 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:39 msgid "" "Having found the right town, you can then zoom in and pan around to find the" " exact location where your photograph was taken. Using aerial / satellite " "imagery can help with this." msgstr "올바른 도시를 찾은 다음 확대 및 이동하여 사진을 찍은 정확한 위치를 찾을 수 있습니다. 항공/위성 이미지를 사용하면 이에 도움이 됩니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:44 msgid "" "Now you can drag and drop your photograph onto the map to set its location. " "To set the same location on multiple images, select them all and then drag " @@ -1522,11 +1734,13 @@ msgstr "" "이제 사진을 지도에 끌어다 놓아 위치를 설정할 수 있습니다. 여러 이미지에 동일한 위치를 설정하려면 이미지를 모두 선택한 다음 그 중 " "하나를 끌어다 놓습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:49 msgid "" "Note that photographs that have location data are shown with a flag symbol " "(|flag|) in the image selector area." msgstr "위치 데이터가 있는 사진은 이미지 선택기 영역에 플래그 기호(|flag|)와 함께 표시됩니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:51 msgid "" "The location coordinates are shown in the ``Lat, long:`` box. These values " "are editable, so you can set the location of photographs directly, e.g. by " @@ -1537,12 +1751,14 @@ msgstr "" "위치 좌표는 ``위도, 경도:`` 상자에 표시됩니다. 이 값은 편집 가능하므로 사진의 위치를 직접 설정할 수 있습니다. 다른 하나에서 " "복사하여 붙여넣습니다. 지도에서 마커를 드래그하여 위치를 조정할 수도 있습니다. 사진의 위치 데이터를 지우려면 좌표를 삭제하면 됩니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:56 msgid "" "In Photini version 2023.5.0 and later the coordinates are separated by a " "space. Older versions used a comma but this causes problems with locales " "that use a decimal comma instead of a decimal point." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:61 msgid "" "When several photographs have location metadata Photini will pan the map " "(and zoom out if required) to ensure all the selected images are shown on " @@ -1552,6 +1768,7 @@ msgstr "" "여러 사진에 위치 메타데이터가 있으면 Photini가 지도를 이동(필요한 경우 축소)하여 선택한 모든 이미지가 지도에 표시되도록 합니다." " 선택한 영상이 컬러 마커로 표시됩니다. 선택하지 않은 영상은 회색 마커로 표시됩니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:67 msgid "" "The ``Get altitude from map`` button sets the photograph's altitude (in " "metres) from its latitude and longitude, using data from the map provider. " @@ -1561,14 +1778,17 @@ msgstr "" "``지도에서 고도 가져오기`` 버튼은 지도 공급자의 데이터를 사용하여 위도와 경도에서 사진의 고도(미터)를 설정합니다. 모든 지도 " "제공업체에 고도 데이터가 있는 것은 아니며 정확도도 상당히 다양합니다. 값을 편집하여 수정할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:73 msgid "" "Selecting another map tab will show the same location but with data and " "imagery from a different provider." msgstr "다른 지도 탭을 선택하면 동일한 위치가 표시되지만 다른 제공업체의 데이터와 이미지가 포함됩니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:78 msgid "GPX file import" msgstr "GPX 파일 가져오기" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:80 msgid "" "If you have a mobile phone or other device with a GPS logger you may be able" " to set the approximate locations of photographs from logged GPS positions. " @@ -1578,6 +1798,7 @@ msgstr "" "GPS 로거가 있는 휴대폰이나 기타 장치가 있는 경우 기록된 GPS 위치에서 사진의 대략적인 위치를 설정할 수 있습니다. gpxpy_ 를" " 설치했다면 지도 페이지에 GPX 파일을 가져오는 버튼이 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:85 msgid "" "First you need to export your GPS log as a GPX_ (GPS eXchange format) file, " "then transfer the .gpx file to your computer. Make sure your images have the" @@ -1586,6 +1807,7 @@ msgstr "" "먼저 GPS 로그를 GPX_ (GPS eXchange 형식) 파일로 내보낸 다음 .gpx 파일을 컴퓨터로 전송해야 합니다. " "Photini가 UTC_ 타임스탬프를 계산할 수 있도록 이미지에 올바른 시간대가 설정되어 있는지 확인하십시오." +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:90 msgid "" "When a GPX file is imported its track points are displayed on the map as " "blue circles. If the file has a large number of points, closely positioned " @@ -1594,17 +1816,20 @@ msgstr "" "GPX 파일을 가져오면 추적 지점이 지도에 파란색 원으로 표시됩니다. 파일에 많은 수의 점이 있고 공간 또는 시간에 밀접하게 위치하는 " "경우 모든 점이 표시되지는 않습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:95 msgid "" "Selecting a photograph shows up to four track points in red. These are " "points with time stamps around the time the photograph was taken." msgstr "사진을 선택하면 최대 4개의 트랙 포인트가 빨간색으로 표시됩니다. 사진이 찍힌 시간을 기준으로 타임스탬프가 찍힌 포인트입니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:100 msgid "" "After zooming in on the red track points the photograph can be dragged to " "the map as usual. (If you're wondering why there are pairs of circles on the" " map, it's because we walked there and back along roughly the same route.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:105 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Alternatively, the ``Set coords from GPX`` button can be used to set the " @@ -1616,21 +1841,25 @@ msgstr "" "또는 ``GPX에서 좌표 설정 버튼`` 을 사용하여 선택한 모든 사진의 위도와 경도를 가장 가까운(시간상) GPX 트랙 포인트로 설정할 " "수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:109 msgid "" "The usefulness of GPX data depends on the accuracy of your GPS tracker, and " "on your camera's clock accuracy. You might want to adjust the timestamps in " "the :doc:`technical metadata ` tab first." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:112 msgid "" "When you've finished with the GPX track points they can be removed from the " "map with the ``Remove GPX data`` button." msgstr "GPX 트랙 포인트로 작업을 마치면 ``GPX 데이터 제거`` 버튼을 사용하여 지도에서 제거할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:115 #, fuzzy msgid "Altitude considerations" msgstr "위도, 경도" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:117 msgid "" "The definition and measurement of altitude is made more complicated by the " "Earth not being exactly spherical, and its gravitational field not being " @@ -1639,12 +1868,14 @@ msgid "" "the years, each of which has improved the accuracy of altitude data." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:121 msgid "" "The GPS tracking app I use on my phone has an option to apply \"EGM96 " "correction\", which changes the altitude by 45 m at my home in the UK. If " "your app has a similar option I recommend you enable it." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:124 msgid "" "Bing Maps' altitude is corrected using the \"EGM2008\" model, according to " "their documentation. Google Maps uses \"local mean sea level\". They don't " @@ -1652,19 +1883,23 @@ msgid "" "from several sources." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:128 msgid "" "I do not know which of these, if any, is correct for the GPS altitude in a " "photograph's Exif data." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:6 msgid "Ownership metadata" msgstr "메타데이터 소유권" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Ownership metadata`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+O``) allows you to " "edit ownership and copyright information about your photographs." msgstr "``메타데이터 소유권`` 탭(단축키 ``Alt+O``)을 사용하면 사진에 대한 소유권 및 저작권 정보를 편집할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:12 msgid "" "Most of this data will be the same for all your photographs, so Photini uses" " a \"template\" to apply the same text to all the selected images. If your " @@ -1677,6 +1912,7 @@ msgstr "" "적용합니다. 사진에 이미 이 정보가 있는 경우(일부 카메라는 작성자와 저작권 표시를 설정함) 하나 이상의 사진을 선택하고 ``템플릿 " "초기화`` 를 클릭하여 템플릿에 복사할 수 있습니다. 그렇지 않으면 ``템플릿 편집`` 버튼을 사용하여 아래와 같은 대화 상자를 엽니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:18 msgid "" "Fill in any of the fields you want to use on every photograph. The field " "labels are copied from the `IPTC standard`_, as is the help text which " @@ -1688,6 +1924,7 @@ msgstr "" " 도움말 텍스트도 마찬가지입니다. ``저작권 고지`` 및 ``권리: 사용 조건`` 필드에는 :ref:`alternative-" "languages` 에 설명된 대로 대체 언어가 있을 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:24 msgid "" "Note that you can insert the year in which a photograph was taken with " "``%Y``. This is probably only useful in the ``Copyright Notice``, but is " @@ -1696,6 +1933,7 @@ msgid "" "number or ``%B`` for the month name.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:30 msgid "" "The ``Rights: Web Statement`` field is a drop down list of `Creative " "Commons`_ licences which you can extend with any other licences you use. The" @@ -1705,6 +1943,7 @@ msgstr "" "``Rights: Web Statement`` 필드는 사용하는 다른 라이선스로 확장할 수 있는 `Creative Commons`_ " "라이선스의 드롭다운 목록입니다. 위젯의 상황에 맞는 메뉴를 사용하면 웹 브라우저에서 라이선스 URL을 방문할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:33 msgid "" "Google Image Search displays the ``Creator``, ``Credit Line``, and " "``Copyright Notice`` values alongside search results. It also uses the " @@ -1713,6 +1952,7 @@ msgid "" "IPTC Photo Metadata and Google Images`_ for more detail." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:39 msgid "" "The ``Apply template`` button copies the template data to all the selected " "images, setting the correct year in the ``Copyright Notice``. If you want to" @@ -1725,6 +1965,7 @@ msgstr "" "적용될 때 이미지의 기존 소유권 데이터를 지우려면 해당 템플릿 필드를 단일 공백으로 설정하십시오. 그런 다음 일반적인 방법으로 더 많은 " "정보를 추가하거나 기존 정보를 편집할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:46 msgid "" "Click on any field name below to see the IPTC definition and user notes for " "that field. Although these fields are defined in an `IPTC standard`_, they " @@ -1735,6 +1976,7 @@ msgstr "" "`_ 에 정의되어 있지만 모두 XMP 메타데이터에 저장됩니다. 그 중 일부는 \"legacy\" IPTC-" "IIM 데이터에도 저장됩니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:51 msgid "" "`Creator `_" @@ -1742,11 +1984,13 @@ msgstr "" "`Creator `_" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:51 msgid "" "Usually the photographer's name. If there is more than one creator, separate" " them with a ``;`` character." msgstr "일반적으로 사진 작가의 이름입니다. 작성자가 두 명 이상인 경우 ``;`` 문자로 구분합니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:54 msgid "" "`Creator's Jobtitle `_" @@ -1754,11 +1998,13 @@ msgstr "" "`Creator's Jobtitle `_" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:54 msgid "" "Job title of the first creator. Do not fill in this field unless the creator" " field is filled in." msgstr "첫 번째 제작자의 Job title. 작성자 필드가 채워져 있지 않으면 이 필드를 채우지 마십시오." +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:56 msgid "" "`Credit Line `_" @@ -1766,9 +2012,11 @@ msgstr "" "`Credit Line `_" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:57 msgid "Usually the photographer's name, but could be their employer or client." msgstr "일반적으로 사진 작가의 이름이지만 고용주나 클라이언트가 될 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:58 msgid "" "`Copyright Notice `_" @@ -1776,9 +2024,11 @@ msgstr "" "`저작원 고지 `_" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:59 msgid "Who owns the copyright." msgstr "저작권을 소유한 사람." +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:61 msgid "" "`Rights: Usage Terms `_" @@ -1786,9 +2036,11 @@ msgstr "" "`권한: 이용 약관 `_" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:61 msgid "Plain text summary of how the image may be reused. Not stored in IPTC-IIM." msgstr "이미지를 재사용할 수 있는 방법에 대한 일반 텍스트 요약입니다. IPTC-IIM에 저장되지 않습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:65 msgid "" "`Rights: Web Statement `_" @@ -1796,6 +2048,7 @@ msgstr "" "`권한: Web Statement `_" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:64 msgid "" "URL of a web page describing the usage rights of an image. `All rights " "reserved`_ is shown for any image with no URL set. Not stored in IPTC-IIM." @@ -1803,6 +2056,7 @@ msgstr "" "이미지의 사용 권한을 설명하는 웹 페이지의 URL입니다. URL이 설정되지 않은 이미지에는 `All rights reserved`_ 가 " "표시됩니다. IPTC-IIM에 저장되지 않습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:67 msgid "" "`Instructions `_" @@ -1810,14 +2064,17 @@ msgstr "" "`지침서 `_" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:68 msgid "Notes to a publisher of the image." msgstr "이미지 게시자에 대한 참고 사항입니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:73 msgid "" "`Contact Information `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:70 msgid "" "The IPTC standard allows up to three licensors, but Photini only uses one. " "Any more licensors in a file will be deleted when Photini saves metadata to " @@ -1826,9 +2083,11 @@ msgid "" "delete this information if it is present in a file." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:6 msgid "Pixelfed uploader" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Pixelfed upload`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+P``) allows you to " "upload your photographs to Pixelfed_, an open source decentralised photo " @@ -1837,18 +2096,21 @@ msgid "" "features disabled." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:11 msgid "" "Note that the Pixelfed upload tab is only enabled if you have installed some" " extra software packages. See :ref:`installation ` " "for more detail." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:16 msgid "" "Initially most of the Pixelfed uploader tab is disabled. It's only usable " "after you've authorised Photini to access your Pixelfed account by clicking " "the ``Log in`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:21 msgid "" "The first time you click ``Log in`` Photini asks you to choose a Pixelfed " "\"instance\" (or server) where you have an account. Photini already knows a " @@ -1856,24 +2118,28 @@ msgid "" " in the ``other`` box." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:26 msgid "" "After choosing an instance Photini opens a page in your web browser where " "you can log in to your Pixelfed account and then authorise Photini to access" " it." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:30 msgid "" "If the authorisation is successful Photini displays your Pixelfed user name " "and profile picture. You should not need to redo this authorisation process " "unless you click the ``Log out`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:33 msgid "" "After logging in most of the Pixelfed uploader interface is enabled. However" " some features remain disabled if they are not available with the software " "version running on the chosen instance." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:38 msgid "" "When you select some pictures to upload they are shown in the column to the " "right of your user details. The number of pictures you can upload in one go " @@ -1881,22 +2147,26 @@ msgid "" "Mastodon instances only allow four." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:42 msgid "" "The pictures are uploaded, and should be displayed on Pixelfed, in the order" " you selected them. Using the ``Ctrl`` key while clicking in the image " "selector area allows you to choose them one at a time." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:47 msgid "" "The ``Generate`` button creates a caption for the uploaded pictures based on" " their title, headline, description, and keywords metadata." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:51 msgid "" "You will almost certainly want to edit the generated text to make a good " "caption." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:53 msgid "" "If you want to hide your pictures from users until they choose to see them " "(e.g. if the pictures are \"not suitable for work\") you can check " @@ -1905,11 +2175,13 @@ msgid "" "their tick-boxes." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:58 msgid "" "Clicking the ``Start upload`` button uploads each picture and then posts a " "Pixelfed \"status\" with your pictures and caption." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:62 msgid "" "If your Pixelfed account settings have ``require media descriptions`` set " "then Photini will warn you if the picture you are uploading does not have " @@ -1918,6 +2190,7 @@ msgid "" "carry on and upload without alt text." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:66 msgid "" "If you add alt text later on you can use the ``Update remote`` button to " "copy the updated alt text to a previously uploaded picture. This is not " @@ -1926,6 +2199,7 @@ msgid "" "picture." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:69 msgid "" "Mastodon uses \"`focal points`_\" when cropping images. If you define a " "cropping region in Photini's :doc:`regions` tab, the centre of that region " @@ -1933,6 +2207,7 @@ msgid "" "parameter." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:76 msgid "" "Pixelfed instances have maximum allowed image sizes, both pixel count and " "bytes in the file. If your image is too large, and is in a format Photini " @@ -1940,9 +2215,11 @@ msgid "" "quality Photini will use Pillow_ if it is installed." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:6 msgid "Image regions" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Image regions`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+R``) allows you to select" " part of a picture and label it with metadata. This can be useful to " @@ -1951,27 +2228,33 @@ msgid "" "discusses possible uses of image regions in more detail." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:14 msgid "The user interface is disabled until one image file is selected." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:18 msgid "" "The image is shown on the right hand side in a scrollable area. On the left " "are one or more tabs showing metadata for each image region." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:23 msgid "" "To create a new region, right-click on the region info tab bar and select " "the region shape. This same context menu can also be used to delete regions." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:28 msgid "The new region is initially placed at the centre of the image." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:32 msgid "" "The small squares at each corner of the rectangle can be dragged to change " "the size and shape. The entire region can be dragged by clicking within it." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:37 msgid "" "The most important metadata for a region is probably its \"role\". This is " "chosen from a \"`controlled vocabulary`_\" defined by the IPTC. Photini " @@ -1980,6 +2263,7 @@ msgid "" "the list." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:42 msgid "" "Other, less useful, metadata includes a name and identifier for the region. " "The ``Content type`` is another controlled vocabulary that allows you to say" @@ -1987,6 +2271,7 @@ msgid "" "probably ``human``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:48 msgid "" "The IPTC specification allows any other metadata to be attached to a region." " Photini includes ``Person shown`` and ``Description``, which I think are " @@ -1996,28 +2281,34 @@ msgid "" " you would like to be added." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:55 msgid "" "It can be useful to set cropping regions for an image. Many social media web" " sites crop images, typically to square or 16:9 aspect ratio landscape. This" " often causes problems such as decapitated bodies." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:61 msgid "" "The polygon region is initially a triangle shape. Right-clicking on one of " "its vertices allows a vertex to be added or deleted." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:66 msgid "A vertex can also be added by right-clicking anywhere within the polygon." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:70 msgid "" "Vertices can be added to make shapes of arbitrary complexity. Is this useful" " for anything?" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:6 msgid "Tag reference" msgstr "태그 참조" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:8 msgid "" "This section lists the \"mapping\" from Photini's field names (such as " "\"Title / Object Name\") to the Exif / XMP / IPTC-IIM tags the data is " @@ -2028,6 +2319,7 @@ msgstr "" "Object Name\")의 \"mapping\"을 나열합니다. 태그 이름은 Exiv2 라이브러리에서 사용하는 이름입니다. 자세한 내용은" " http://exiv2.org/metadata.html 을 참조하십시오." +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:12 msgid "" "As far as possible Photini follows the `Metadata Working Group " "`_ (MWG) \"Guidelines " @@ -2040,9 +2332,11 @@ msgstr "" "처리 지침\"을 따릅니다. 이는 Exif, XMP 및 IPTC-IIM의 태그 간의 매핑을 지정하고 소프트웨어가 동등한 태그에 저장된 정보" " 간의 차이를 조정하는 방법을 알려줍니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:16 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:27 msgid "Primary tags" msgstr "기본 태그" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:18 msgid "" "These tags are where Photini stores its metadata. (Legacy IPTC-IIM data is " "only used if it already exists in the file, in line with the MWG guidelines," @@ -2051,6 +2345,7 @@ msgstr "" "이러한 태그는 Photini가 메타데이터를 저장하는 위치입니다. (레거시 IPTC-IIM 데이터는 \"무조건 쓰기\" 사용자 설정이 " "활성화되지 않는 한 MWG 지침에 따라 파일에 이미 존재하는 경우에만 사용됩니다.)" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:21 msgid "" "Note that some fields, such as \"Title / Object Name\" and \"Keywords\", are" " not stored in Exif. You may prefer not to use these fields to ensure " @@ -2059,201 +2354,271 @@ msgstr "" "\"Title / Object Name\" 및 \"Keywords\"와 같은 일부 필드는 Exif에 저장되지 않습니다. Exif만 " "처리하는 소프트웨어와의 호환성을 보장하기 위해 이 필드를 사용하지 않는 것이 좋습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:24 msgid "" "Some of the field names in the table below lingk to their definition in the " "IPTC standard. You may find this useful when deciding what to write in those" " fields." msgstr "아래 표의 일부 필드 이름은 IPTC 표준의 정의와 연결되어 있습니다. 해당 필드에 무엇을 쓸지 결정할 때 이 기능이 유용할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:30 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:164 +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:218 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:246 msgid "Photini field" msgstr "Photini 필드" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:31 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:165 +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:247 msgid "Exif tag" msgstr "Exif 태그" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:32 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:166 +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:219 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:248 msgid "XMP tag" msgstr "XMP 태그" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:33 msgid "IPTC-IIM tag" msgstr "IPTC-IIM 태그" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:34 msgid "`Title / Object Name`_" msgstr "`제목/개체 이름`_" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:36 msgid "Xmp.dc.title" msgstr "Xmp.dc.title" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:37 msgid "Iptc.Application2.ObjectName" msgstr "Iptc.Application2.ObjectName" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:38 msgid "Headline_" msgstr "Headline_" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:40 msgid "Xmp.photoshop.Headline" msgstr "Xmp.photoshop.Headline" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:41 msgid "Iptc.Application2.Headline" msgstr "Iptc.Application2.Headline" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:42 msgid "`Description / Caption`_" msgstr "`설명/캡션`_" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:43 msgid "Exif.Image.ImageDescription" msgstr "Exif.Image.ImageDescription" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:44 msgid "Xmp.dc.description" msgstr "Xmp.dc.description" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:45 msgid "Iptc.Application2.Caption" msgstr "Iptc.Application2.Caption" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:46 msgid "`Alt Text`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:48 msgid "Xmp.iptc.AltTextAccessibility" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:50 msgid "`Extended Description`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:52 msgid "Xmp.iptc.ExtDescrAccessibility" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:54 msgid "Keywords_" msgstr "Keywords_" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:56 msgid "Xmp.dc.subject" msgstr "Xmp.dc.subject" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:57 msgid "Iptc.Application2.Keywords" msgstr "Iptc.Application2.Keywords" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:58 msgid "Rating_" msgstr "Rating_" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:60 msgid "Xmp.xmp.Rating" msgstr "Xmp.xmp.Rating" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:62 msgid "Creator_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:63 msgid "Exif.Image.Artist" msgstr "Exif.Image.Artist" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:64 msgid "Xmp.dc.creator" msgstr "Xmp.dc.creator" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:65 msgid "Iptc.Application2.Byline" msgstr "Iptc.Application2.Byline" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:66 msgid "`Creator's Jobtitle`_" msgstr "`크리에이터의 Jobtitle`_" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:68 msgid "Xmp.photoshop.AuthorsPosition" msgstr "Xmp.photoshop.AuthorsPosition" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:69 msgid "Iptc.Application2.BylineTitle" msgstr "Iptc.Application2.BylineTitle" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:70 msgid "`Credit Line`_" msgstr "`Credit Line`_" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:72 msgid "Xmp.photoshop.Credit" msgstr "Xmp.photoshop.Credit" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:73 msgid "Iptc.Application2.Credit" msgstr "Iptc.Application2.Credit" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:74 msgid "`Copyright Notice`_" msgstr "`저작권 고지`_" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:75 msgid "Exif.Image.Copyright" msgstr "Exif.Image.Copyright" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:76 msgid "Xmp.dc.rights" msgstr "Xmp.dc.rights" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:77 msgid "Iptc.Application2.Copyright" msgstr "Iptc.Application2.Copyright" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:78 msgid "`Rights: Usage Terms`_" msgstr "`권한: 이용약관`_" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:80 msgid "Xmp.xmpRights.UsageTerms" msgstr "Xmp.xmpRights.UsageTerms" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:82 msgid "`Rights: Web Statement`_" msgstr "`권한: Web Statement`_" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:84 msgid "Xmp.xmpRights.WebStatement" msgstr "Xmp.xmpRights.WebStatement" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:86 msgid "Instructions_" msgstr "Instructions_" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:88 msgid "Xmp.photoshop.Instructions" msgstr "Xmp.photoshop.Instructions" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:89 msgid "Iptc.Application2.SpecialInstructions" msgstr "Iptc.Application2.SpecialInstructions" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:90 msgid "`Contact Information`_" msgstr "`연락처`_" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:92 msgid "Xmp.plus.Licensor" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:93 msgid "Iptc.Application2.Contact" msgstr "Iptc.Application2.Contact" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:94 msgid "`Date / time Taken`_" msgstr "`날짜/시간`_" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:95 msgid "Exif.Photo.DateTimeOriginal Exif.Photo.SubSecTimeOriginal" msgstr "Exif.Photo.DateTimeOriginal Exif.Photo.SubSecTimeOriginal" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:96 msgid "Xmp.photoshop.DateCreated" msgstr "Xmp.photoshop.DateCreated" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:97 msgid "Iptc.Application2.DateCreated Iptc.Application2.TimeCreated" msgstr "Iptc.Application2.DateCreated Iptc.Application2.TimeCreated" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:98 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:191 msgid "Date / time Digitised" msgstr "날짜/시간 디지털화" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:99 msgid "Exif.Photo.DateTimeDigitized Exif.Photo.SubSecTimeDigitized" msgstr "Exif.Photo.DateTimeDigitized Exif.Photo.SubSecTimeDigitized" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:100 msgid "Xmp.xmp.CreateDate" msgstr "Xmp.xmp.CreateDate" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:101 msgid "Iptc.Application2.DigitizationDate Iptc.Application2.DigitizationTime" msgstr "Iptc.Application2.DigitizationDate Iptc.Application2.DigitizationTime" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:102 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:194 +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:264 msgid "Date / time Modified" msgstr "날짜/시간 수정됨" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:103 msgid "Exif.Image.DateTime Exif.Photo.SubSecTime" msgstr "Exif.Image.DateTime Exif.Photo.SubSecTime" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:104 msgid "Xmp.xmp.ModifyDate" msgstr "Xmp.xmp.ModifyDate" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:106 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:220 msgid "Orientation" msgstr "Orientation" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:107 msgid "Exif.Image.Orientation" msgstr "Exif.Image.Orientation" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:110 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:267 msgid "Camera" msgstr "카메라" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:111 msgid "Exif.Image.Make Exif.Image.Model Exif.Photo.BodySerialNumber" msgstr "Exif.Image.Make Exif.Image.Model Exif.Photo.BodySerialNumber" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:114 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:197 +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:222 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:270 msgid "Lens" msgstr "렌즈" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:115 msgid "" "Exif.Photo.LensMake Exif.Photo.LensModel Exif.Photo.LensSerialNumber " "Exif.Photo.LensSpecification" @@ -2261,33 +2626,45 @@ msgstr "" "Exif.Photo.LensMake Exif.Photo.LensModel Exif.Photo.LensSerialNumber " "Exif.Photo.LensSpecification" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:118 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:200 +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:224 msgid "Focal length" msgstr "초점 거리" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:119 msgid "Exif.Photo.FocalLength" msgstr "Exif.Photo.FocalLength" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:122 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:226 msgid "35mm equiv" msgstr "35mm equiv" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:123 msgid "Exif.Photo.FocalLengthIn35mmFilm" msgstr "Exif.Photo.FocalLengthIn35mmFilm" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:126 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:203 +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:228 msgid "Aperture" msgstr "조리개" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:127 msgid "Exif.Photo.FNumber Exif.Photo.ApertureValue" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:130 msgid "`Image Regions`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:132 msgid "Xmp.iptcExt.ImageRegion" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:134 msgid "Latitude_, longitude_" msgstr "위도_, 경도_" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:135 msgid "" "Exif.GPSInfo.GPSLatitude Exif.GPSInfo.GPSLatitudeRef " "Exif.GPSInfo.GPSLongitude Exif.GPSInfo.GPSLongitudeRef" @@ -2295,15 +2672,19 @@ msgstr "" "Exif.GPSInfo.GPSLatitude Exif.GPSInfo.GPSLatitudeRef " "Exif.GPSInfo.GPSLongitude Exif.GPSInfo.GPSLongitudeRef" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:138 msgid "Altitude_" msgstr "고도_" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:139 msgid "Exif.GPSInfo.GPSAltitude Exif.GPSInfo.GPSAltitudeRef" msgstr "Exif.GPSInfo.GPSAltitude Exif.GPSInfo.GPSAltitudeRef" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:142 msgid "`Camera address`_" msgstr "`카메라 주소`_" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:144 msgid "" "Xmp.iptcExt.LocationCreated Xmp.iptc.Location Xmp.photoshop.City " "Xmp.photoshop.State Xmp.photoshop.Country Xmp.iptc.CountryCode" @@ -2311,6 +2692,7 @@ msgstr "" "Xmp.iptcExt.LocationCreated Xmp.iptc.Location Xmp.photoshop.City " "Xmp.photoshop.State Xmp.photoshop.Country Xmp.iptc.CountryCode" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:145 msgid "" "Iptc.Application2.SubLocation Iptc.Application2.City " "Iptc.Application2.ProvinceState Iptc.Application2.CountryName " @@ -2320,15 +2702,20 @@ msgstr "" "Iptc.Application2.ProvinceState Iptc.Application2.CountryName " "Iptc.Application2.CountryCode" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:146 msgid "`Subject address`_" msgstr "`대상 주소`_" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:148 msgid "Xmp.iptcExt.LocationShown" msgstr "Xmp.iptcExt.LocationShown" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:150 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:206 +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:234 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:282 msgid "Thumbnail image" msgstr "썸네일 이미지" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:151 msgid "" "Exif.Thumbnail.Compression Exif.Thumbnail.ImageWidth " "Exif.Thumbnail.ImageLength" @@ -2336,9 +2723,11 @@ msgstr "" "Exif.Thumbnail.Compression Exif.Thumbnail.ImageWidth " "Exif.Thumbnail.ImageLength" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:156 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:161 msgid "Secondary tags" msgstr "보조 태그" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:158 msgid "" "Photini may read information from these tags and merge it with information " "from the primary tags. These tags are deleted when the corresponding primary" @@ -2347,98 +2736,129 @@ msgstr "" "Photini는 이러한 태그에서 정보를 읽고 이를 기본 태그의 정보와 병합할 수 있습니다. 이러한 태그는 해당 기본 태그가 저장될 때 " "삭제됩니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:167 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:249 msgid "Title / Object Name" msgstr "제목 / 개체 이름" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:168 msgid "Exif.Image.XPTitle" msgstr "Exif.Image.XPTitle" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:170 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:252 msgid "Description / Caption" msgstr "설명 / 캡션" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:171 msgid "Exif.Image.XPComment Exif.Image.XPSubject Exif.Photo.UserComment" msgstr "Exif.Image.XPComment Exif.Image.XPSubject Exif.Photo.UserComment" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:172 msgid "Xmp.exif.UserComment Xmp.tiff.ImageDescription" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:173 msgid "Keywords" msgstr "키워드" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:174 msgid "Exif.Image.XPKeywords" msgstr "Exif.Image.XPKeywords" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:176 msgid "Rating" msgstr "평가" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:177 msgid "Exif.Image.Rating Exif.Image.RatingPercent" msgstr "Exif.Image.Rating Exif.Image.RatingPercent" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:178 msgid "Xmp.MicrosoftPhoto.Rating" msgstr "Xmp.MicrosoftPhoto.Rating" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:179 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:258 msgid "Creator" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:180 msgid "Exif.Image.XPAuthor" msgstr "Exif.Image.XPAuthor" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:181 msgid "Xmp.tiff.Artist" msgstr "Xmp.tiff.Artist" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:182 msgid "Copyright" msgstr "저작권" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:184 msgid "Xmp.tiff.Copyright" msgstr "Xmp.tiff.Copyright" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:185 msgid "Contact Information" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:187 msgid "Xmp.iptc.CreatorContactInfo" msgstr "Xmp.iptc.CreatorContactInfo" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:188 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:261 msgid "Date / time Taken" msgstr "촬영 날짜/시간" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:189 msgid "Exif.Image.DateTimeOriginal" msgstr "Exif.Image.DateTimeOriginal" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:190 msgid "Xmp.exif.DateTimeOriginal" msgstr "Xmp.exif.DateTimeOriginal" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:193 msgid "Xmp.exif.DateTimeDigitized" msgstr "Xmp.exif.DateTimeDigitized" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:196 msgid "Xmp.tiff.DateTime" msgstr "Xmp.tiff.DateTime" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:198 msgid "Exif.Image.LensInfo" msgstr "Exif.Image.LensInfo" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:199 msgid "Xmp.aux.Lens" msgstr "Xmp.aux.Lens" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:201 msgid "Exif.Image.FocalLength" msgstr "Exif.Image.FocalLength" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:204 msgid "Exif.Image.FNumber Exif.Image.ApertureValue" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:208 msgid "Xmp.xmp.Thumbnails[n]/xapGImg" msgstr "Xmp.xmp.Thumbnails[n]/xapGImg" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:211 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:215 msgid "XMP only tags" msgstr "XMP 전용 태그" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:213 msgid "" "These tags are read if present, but are only written if the file format " "doesn't support Exif, e.g. an XMP sidecar." msgstr "이 태그는 존재하는 경우 읽히지만 파일 형식이 Exif를 지원하지 않는 경우에만 작성됩니다. XMP 사이드카." +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:221 msgid "Xmp.tiff.Orientation" msgstr "Xmp.tiff.Orientation" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:223 msgid "" "Xmp.exifEX.LensMake Xmp.exifEX.LensModel Xmp.exifEX.LensSerialNumber " "Xmp.exifEX.LensSpecification" @@ -2446,33 +2866,43 @@ msgstr "" "Xmp.exifEX.LensMake Xmp.exifEX.LensModel Xmp.exifEX.LensSerialNumber " "Xmp.exifEX.LensSpecification" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:225 msgid "Xmp.exif.FocalLength" msgstr "Xmp.exif.FocalLength" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:227 msgid "Xmp.exif.FocalLengthIn35mmFilm" msgstr "Xmp.exif.FocalLengthIn35mmFilm" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:229 msgid "Xmp.exif.FNumber Xmp.exif.ApertureValue" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:230 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:276 msgid "Latitude, longitude" msgstr "위도, 경도" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:231 msgid "Xmp.exif.GPSLatitude Xmp.exif.GPSLongitude" msgstr "Xmp.exif.GPSLatitude Xmp.exif.GPSLongitude" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:232 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:279 msgid "Altitude" msgstr "고도" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:233 msgid "Xmp.exif.GPSAltitude Xmp.exif.GPSAltitudeRef" msgstr "Xmp.exif.GPSAltitude Xmp.exif.GPSAltitudeRef" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:235 msgid "Xmp.xmp.Thumbnails[n]/xmpGImg" msgstr "Xmp.xmp.Thumbnails[n]/xmpGImg" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:238 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:243 msgid "Read only tags" msgstr "읽기 전용 태그 " +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:240 msgid "" "Photini may read information from these tags and merge it with information " "from the primary tags. These tags are not deleted when the corresponding " @@ -2481,34 +2911,43 @@ msgstr "" "Photini는 이러한 태그에서 정보를 읽고 이를 기본 태그의 정보와 병합할 수 있습니다. 이러한 태그는 해당 기본 태그가 저장될 때 " "삭제되지 않습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:251 msgid "Xmp.video.StreamName" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:254 msgid "Xmp.video.Information" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:255 msgid "Time zone offset[1]" msgstr "Time zone offset[1]" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:256 msgid "Exif.Image.TimeZoneOffset Exif.NikonWt.Timezone" msgstr "Exif.Image.TimeZoneOffset Exif.NikonWt.Timezone" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:257 msgid "Xmp.video.TimeZone" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:259 msgid "Exif.Photo.CameraOwnerName Exif.Canon.OwnerName" msgstr "Exif.Photo.CameraOwnerName Exif.Canon.OwnerName" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:263 msgid "" "Xmp.video.DateTimeOriginal Xmp.video.CreateDate Xmp.video.CreationDate " "Xmp.video.DateUTC Xmp.video.MediaCreateDate Xmp.video.TrackCreateDate" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:266 msgid "" "Xmp.video.ModificationDate Xmp.video.MediaModifyDate " "Xmp.video.TrackModifyDate" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:268 msgid "" "Exif.Image.CameraSerialNumber Exif.Image.UniqueCameraModel " "Exif.Canon.ModelID Exif.Canon.SerialNumber Exif.Fujifilm.SerialNumber " @@ -2520,9 +2959,11 @@ msgstr "" "Exif.Nikon3.SerialNumber Exif.OlympusEq.CameraType " "Exif.OlympusEq.SerialNumber Exif.Pentax.ModelID Exif.Pentax.SerialNumber" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:269 msgid "Xmp.aux.SerialNumber Xmp.video.Make Xmp.video.Model" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:271 msgid "" "Exif.Canon.LensModel Exif.CanonCs.Lens Exif.CanonCs.LensType " "Exif.Nikon3.Lens Exif.NikonLd1.LensIDNumber Exif.NikonLd2.LensIDNumber " @@ -2534,18 +2975,23 @@ msgstr "" "Exif.NikonLd3.LensIDNumber Exif.OlympusEq.LensModel " "Exif.OlympusEq.LensSerialNumber" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:273 msgid "Image Regions" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:274 msgid "Exif.Photo.SubjectArea" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:278 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:281 msgid "Xmp.video.GPSCoordinates" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:283 msgid "Exif.SubImage*" msgstr "Exif.SubImage*" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:286 msgid "" "[1] The time zone offset is not directly presented to the user. It is " "applied to the Date / time Taken, Date / time Digitised and Date / time " @@ -2554,9 +3000,11 @@ msgstr "" "[1] 시간대 오프셋은 사용자에게 직접 표시되지 않습니다. 다른 시간대 정보를 사용할 수 없는 경우 찍은 날짜/시간, 디지털화된 " "날짜/시간 및 수정된 날짜/시간 필드에 적용됩니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:6 msgid "Technical metadata" msgstr "기술 메타데이터" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Technical metadata`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+T``) allows you to " "edit 'technical' information about your photographs, such as the date & time" @@ -2572,6 +3020,7 @@ msgstr "" " 수도 있습니다. (이것은 거의 똑바로 위 또는 아래로 사진을 찍을 때 종종 발생합니다.) 또한 저는 특히 다른 나라에서 휴가를 보낼 때" " 모든 사진의 표준 시간대를 설정하는 것을 좋아합니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:15 msgid "" "The GUI shows three date/time entries - ``taken``, ``digitised`` and " "``modified``. These are often the same, and are linked by the ``link ...`` " @@ -2582,6 +3031,7 @@ msgstr "" "동일하며 ``링크 ...`` 확인란으로 연결됩니다. 이를 통해 ``taken`` 날짜/시간을 변경할 때 세 가지 모두를 변경할 수 " "있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:19 msgid "" "You may wish to unlink the three entries and adjust the dates or times " "separately. For example, you could use the ``modified`` entry to note when " @@ -2593,6 +3043,7 @@ msgstr "" "Photini로 메타데이터를 편집할 때 기록할 수 있습니다. 오래된 사진을 스캔하는 경우 ``taken`` 항목을 사진을 찍은 시점으로 " "설정하고 ``digitized`` 항목을 스캔한 시점으로 설정해야 합니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:23 msgid "" "The date can be picked from a calendar widget that pops up when you click on" " the down arrow in a date/time entry. Clicking on any of the numbers allows " @@ -2605,6 +3056,7 @@ msgstr "" "및 아래쪽 화살표 키로 숫자를 조정할 수 있습니다. 숫자를 두 번 클릭하여 선택하고 새 값을 직접 입력할 수도 있습니다. 모든 숫자 " "선택, 예: ``Ctrl+A`` 를 사용하여 사진(들)에서 날짜 및 시간 메타데이터를 제거하는 삭제를 허용합니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:30 msgid "" "To the right of each date/time is a widget to adjust the time zone. The time" " a photograph was taken is assumed to be \"local time\". The time zone " @@ -2614,6 +3066,7 @@ msgstr "" "각 날짜/시간의 오른쪽에는 시간대를 조정하는 위젯이 있습니다. 사진이 촬영된 시간은 \"현지 시간\"으로 간주됩니다. 표준 시간대는 " "사진이 촬영, 디지털화 또는 수정되었을 때 현지 표준 시간대가 UTC(또는 GMT)에서 오프셋된 시간 및 분을 기록합니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:36 msgid "" "The ``Adjust times`` field allows a constant offset to be applied to the " "``taken`` time stamps of several pictures at once. (The other time stamps " @@ -2628,6 +3081,7 @@ msgstr "" "설정하는 것을 잊은 경우 이 기능이 유용할 수 있습니다! 필요한 오프셋 시간, 분, 초를 설정한 다음 ``+`` 또는 ``-`` 버튼을 " "사용하여 선택한 각 사진의 타임스탬프에서 해당 금액을 더하거나 뺍니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:43 msgid "" "You can also offset the time zone. In this example my camera clock was set " "to British Summer Time (+01:00) but records timestamps without zone " @@ -2641,6 +3095,7 @@ msgstr "" " 합니다. ``시간 조정`` 값은 Photini의 구성 파일에 저장되므로 단 한 번의 버튼 클릭으로 매일의 사진에 동일한 오프셋을 부여할" " 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:50 msgid "" "Below each date/time is a slider that allows you to set the precision. At " "its maximum value the time is shown to a precision of 1 millisecond. Cameras" @@ -2655,6 +3110,7 @@ msgstr "" "예를 들어 사진을 찍은 연도와 월만 알 수 있는 오래된 사진을 스캔할 때 유용합니다. 정밀도를 설정하면 이러한 불확실성을 기록할 수 " "있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:57 msgid "" "The ``Orientation`` value sets the required rotation or reflection to " "display the image. Note that this does not actually transform the image " @@ -2664,6 +3120,7 @@ msgstr "" "``Orientation`` 값은 이미지를 표시하는 데 필요한 회전 또는 반사를 설정합니다. 이것은 실제로 이미지 데이터를 변환하지 " "않습니다. 이미지 표시 프로그램은 방향 메타데이터에 따라 이미지를 회전하거나 반사해야 하지만 전부는 아닙니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:63 msgid "" "The ``Camera`` dropdown list shows the camera model and serial number, if " "known. You can choose a different camera from the list, or click on " @@ -2672,6 +3129,7 @@ msgstr "" "``카메라`` 드롭다운 목록에는 카메라 모델과 일련 번호를 알고 있는 경우에 표시됩니다. 목록에서 다른 카메라를 선택하거나 " "```` 를 클릭하여 다른 카메라를 추가할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:68 msgid "" "It is quite common for the maker's name to appear in the model name, as " "shown here, but it doesn't have to. The serial number is optional, but could" @@ -2680,6 +3138,7 @@ msgstr "" "여기에 표시된 것처럼 모델 이름에 제조업체 이름이 나타나는 것이 일반적이지만 반드시 그래야 하는 것은 아닙니다. 일련 번호는 선택 " "사항이지만 동일한 카메라 모델이 두 개 이상 있는 경우 유용할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:73 msgid "" "After changing the camera you may see this warning message. The makernote_ " "is a block of proprietary data stored in a photograph's Exif metadata. If " @@ -2694,6 +3153,7 @@ msgstr "" "makernote를 디코딩하지 못할 수 있습니다. makernote를 삭제하면 이러한 오류가 방지되지만 makernote를 사용하는 독점" " 소프트웨어가 있는 경우 더 이상 올바르게 작동하지 않을 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:80 msgid "" "The ``Lens model`` dropdown list allows you to change the lens specification" " stored in the image metadata. This should not usually be changed for " @@ -2703,6 +3163,7 @@ msgstr "" "``렌즈 모델`` 드롭다운 목록을 사용하면 이미지 메타데이터에 저장된 렌즈 사양을 변경할 수 있습니다. 이것은 일반적으로 렌즈가 제거되지" " 않는 카메라의 경우 변경되지 않지만 전자 장치가 인식하지 못하는 렌즈와 함께 사용하는 SLR이 있는 경우 유용할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:83 msgid "" "This is particularly useful if you use your camera with 3rd party lenses " "and/or telescopes via a T-thread adaptor. My adaptor identifies itself to " @@ -2712,6 +3173,7 @@ msgstr "" "이것은 T-나사 어댑터를 통해 타사 렌즈 및/또는 망원경과 함께 카메라를 사용하는 경우에 특히 유용합니다. 내 어댑터는 카메라에 50mm" " f/1.8 렌즈로 식별됩니다. 여기에서 달의 사진을 찍기 위해 500mm 미러 렌즈와 함께 사용했습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:89 msgid "" "Selecting ```` from the dropdown list allows me to enter details of my " "mirror lens. As it is not a zoom lens there is no need to fill in the " @@ -2721,12 +3183,14 @@ msgstr "" "드롭다운 목록에서 ```` 를 선택하면 미러 렌즈의 세부 정보를 입력할 수 있습니다. 줌 렌즈가 아니므로 최대 초점 거리 정보를" " 입력할 필요가 없습니다. ``모델 이름`` 과 ``최소 초점 거리`` 만 필수 정보입니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:95 msgid "" "The data you enter is stored in the Photini configuration file so you can " "easily apply it to images in future by selecting the lens you have defined " "from the dropdown list." msgstr "입력한 데이터는 Photini 구성 파일에 저장되므로 드롭다운 목록에서 정의한 렌즈를 선택하여 나중에 이미지에 쉽게 적용할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:99 msgid "" "When the lens model is changed Photini offers the option to adjust the focal" " length and aperture used for each image, if the current values are " @@ -2736,6 +3200,7 @@ msgstr "" "렌즈 모델이 변경되면 Photini는 현재 값이 새 렌즈와 일치하지 않는 경우 각 이미지에 사용되는 초점 거리와 조리개를 조정할 수 있는" " 옵션을 제공합니다. 이 경우 이 매개변수를 업데이트하고 싶으므로 ``예`` 를 클릭합니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:104 msgid "" "When the mouse pointer is held over the lens model dropdown for a few " "seconds a \"tooltip\" shows the focal length and aperture details of the " @@ -2744,6 +3209,7 @@ msgstr "" "몇 초 동안 렌즈 모델 드롭다운 위에 마우스 포인터를 놓으면 \"도구 설명\"에 렌즈의 초점 거리와 조리개 세부 정보가 표시됩니다. 렌즈" " 모델 이름에서 명확하지 않은 경우 유용할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:109 msgid "" "To remove a lens from the list right-click on the list to bring up its " "context menu. This includes options to delete any lens but the one currently" @@ -2752,6 +3218,7 @@ msgstr "" "목록에서 렌즈를 제거하려면 목록을 마우스 오른쪽 버튼으로 클릭하여 상황에 맞는 메뉴를 불러옵니다. 여기에는 현재 사용 중인 렌즈를 제외한" " 모든 렌즈를 삭제할 수 있는 옵션이 포함됩니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:115 msgid "" "The ``35mm equiv`` field shows the \"`35mm equivalent focal length " "`_\" of the " @@ -2769,6 +3236,7 @@ msgstr "" "표시됩니다. 35mm에 해당하는 초점 거리가 없으면 Photini는 실제 초점 거리와 기타 메타데이터에서 이를 계산하려고 시도합니다. " "이러한 계산된 값은 희미한 텍스트로 표시됩니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:124 msgid "" "If you know your camera's crop factor you can correct Photini's calculation " "by typing in the correct 35mm equivalent focal length. Photini will then " @@ -2778,6 +3246,7 @@ msgstr "" "카메라의 자르기 요소를 알고 있는 경우 올바른 35mm 환산 초점 거리를 입력하여 Photini의 계산을 수정할 수 있습니다. 그러면 " "Photini는 나중에 사용할 수 있도록 해당 카메라 모델의 자르기 요소를 구성 파일에 저장합니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:129 msgid "" "If you don't want to store the 35mm equivalent focal length you entered in " "the photograph's metadata you can undo the edit by reloading the metadata. " @@ -2787,14 +3256,17 @@ msgstr "" "사진의 메타데이터에 입력한 35mm에 해당하는 초점 거리를 저장하지 않으려면 메타데이터를 다시 로드하여 편집을 취소할 수 있습니다. " "썸네일을 마우스 오른쪽 버튼으로 클릭하고 상황에 맞는 메뉴에서 ``파일 다시 로드`` 를 선택합니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:134 msgid "" "Now the 35mm equivalent focal length is computed using the correct crop " "factor." msgstr "이제 35mm 등가 초점 거리는 올바른 크롭 팩터를 사용하여 계산됩니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/video.rst:6 msgid "Video file handling" msgstr "비디오 파일 처리" +#: ../../../doc/manual/video.rst:8 msgid "" "Although designed primarily for use with still images Photini can also be " "used with video files. The :doc:`image_selector` ``Open images`` dialogue " @@ -2806,6 +3278,7 @@ msgstr "" ":doc:`image_selector` ``이미지 열기`` 대화상자는 일반적으로 이미지 파일(``.jpg``, ``.gif`` 등)만 " "표시하지만 비디오 파일(`` .mov``, ``.mp4`` 등) 또는 모든 파일 형식을 선택할 수 있는 드롭다운 선택기가 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/video.rst:11 msgid "" "The Exiv2_ metadata library cannot write to video files, so Photini will " "always use XMP sidecars for the metadata you write. Video files can also be " @@ -2818,6 +3291,7 @@ msgstr "" "설치한 경우 비디오 파일에서 일부 메타데이터를 읽을 수 있습니다. (참조 :ref:`installation - optional " "dependencies `.)" +#: ../../../doc/manual/video.rst:16 msgid "" "Most video files don't have thumbnails, but Photini may be able to create " "one if you have FFmpeg_ installed on your computer. Right-click on the file " @@ -2828,34 +3302,43 @@ msgstr "" " 마우스 오른쪽 버튼으로 클릭하고 팝업 메뉴에서 ``썸네일 재생성`` 을 선택합니다. Photini가 썸네일을 생성할 수 있는 경우 " "XMP 사이드카 파일에 저장합니다." +#: ../../../doc/manual/video.rst:20 msgid "" "The :doc:`flickr` tab can upload video files, but expect it to be slow. " "Video files can be very large." msgstr "The :doc:`flickr` 탭은 비디오 파일을 업로드할 수 있지만 속도가 느릴 수 있습니다. 비디오 파일은 매우 클 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/misc/changelog.rst:6 msgid "Change Log" msgstr "Change Log" +#: ../../../doc/misc/doc_licence.rst:6 msgid "GNU Free Documentation License" msgstr "GNU Free Documentation License" +#: ../../../doc/misc/doc_licence.rst:8 msgid "" "The Photini documentation is licensed under the GNU Free Documentation " "License." msgstr "Photini 문서는 GNU Free Documentation License에 따라 사용이 허가됩니다." +#: ../../../doc/misc/index.rst:6 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Miscellaneous" +#: ../../../doc/misc/licence.rst:6 msgid "GNU General Public License" msgstr "GNU General Public License" +#: ../../../doc/misc/licence.rst:8 msgid "The Photini software is licensed under the GNU General Public License." msgstr "Photini 소프트웨어는 GNU General Public License에 따라 사용이 허가됩니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:11 msgid "Installation" msgstr "설치" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:13 msgid "" "Installation of Photini is done in two parts - first install Python, then " "use Python to install and run Photini." @@ -2863,9 +3346,11 @@ msgstr "" "Photini 설치는 두 부분으로 이루어집니다. 먼저 Python을 설치한 다음 Python을 사용하여 Photini를 설치하고 " "실행합니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:16 msgid "Installing Python" msgstr "Python 설치" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:18 msgid "" "Python_ is absolutely essential to run Photini. It is already installed on " "many computers, but on Windows you will probably need to install it " @@ -2874,9 +3359,11 @@ msgstr "" "Python_ 은 Photini를 실행하는 데 절대적으로 필요합니다. 이미 많은 컴퓨터에 설치되어 있지만 Windows에서는 직접 " "설치해야 합니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:22 ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:143 msgid "Linux/MacOS" msgstr "Linux/MacOS" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:24 msgid "" "Python should already be installed, but make sure you have Python |nbsp| 3. " "Open a terminal window and run the ``python3`` command::" @@ -2884,6 +3371,7 @@ msgstr "" "Python이 이미 설치되어 있어야 하지만 Python |nbsp| 3이 있는지 확인하십시오. 터미널 창을 열고 ``python3`` " "명령을 실행합니다::" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:30 msgid "" "Note that the command is ``python3``. On many machines the ``python`` " "command still runs Python |nbsp| 2. If you do not have Python |nbsp| 3 " @@ -2892,29 +3380,36 @@ msgstr "" "명령은 ``python3``입니다. 여전히 많은 컴퓨터에서 ``python`` 명령은 Python |nbsp| 2을 실행합니다. " "Python이 없는 경우 |nbsp| 3을 설치한 다음 운영 체제의 패키지 관리자를 사용하여 설치합니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:34 msgid "You should also check what version of pip_ is installed::" msgstr "설치된 pip_ 버전도 확인해야 합니다::" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:39 msgid "" "Most Linux systems suppress pip's normal version check, but I recommend " "upgrading pip anyway::" msgstr "대부분의 리눅스 시스템은 pip의 일반 버전 검사를 금지하지만, 나는 pip를 업그레이드하는 것을 추천합니다:" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:50 msgid "" "Note that pip has installed the new version in ``/home/jim/.local`` as " "normal users can't write to ``/usr``. (Don't be tempted to get round this by" -" using ``sudo`` to run pip. ``/usr`` should only be written by the operating" -" system's package manager.) You may need to log out and then log in again to" -" update your PATH settings. (On some Linux distributions you can simply run " -"``source ~/.profile`` instead of logging out & in.)" +" using ``sudo`` to run pip. ``/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages`` should only " +"be written by the operating system's package manager.) You may need to log " +"out and then log in again to update your PATH settings. (On some Linux " +"distributions you can simply run ``source ~/.profile`` instead of logging " +"out & in.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:56 msgid "Running ``pip --version`` again shows the new version::" msgstr "``pip --version`` 을 다시 실행하면 새 버전이 표시됩니다.::" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:62 ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:162 msgid "Windows" msgstr "Windows" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:64 #, fuzzy msgid "" "I suggest reading `Using Python on Windows`_ before you begin. Go to " @@ -2929,28 +3424,35 @@ msgstr "" "프로그램을 고릅니다. 사용 중인 Windows 버전에서 실행될 가장 높은 버전 번호의 64비트 안정된 릴리스를 사용하십시오. 그러나 일부" " 종속성이 최신 Python에서 작동하도록 업데이트되지 않았을 수 있으므로 최신의 릴리스를 사용하는 것에 주의하십시오." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:71 msgid "" "The first main installer screen should have an option to customise the " "installation. I recommend choosing this and selecting the following options." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:76 msgid "" "Documentation: If you are installing Python only to run Photini then you " "don't really need the Python documentation." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:77 msgid "pip: You definitely need this!" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:78 msgid "tcl/tk and IDLE: not needed unless you want to edit Python files." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:79 msgid "Python test suite: not needed." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:80 msgid "py launcher: I recommend installing the launcher for all users." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:84 msgid "" "Install for all users: this is essential if you'd like to share one " "installation of Photini between two or more users. I also recommend it for " @@ -2958,46 +3460,57 @@ msgid "" "Photini installation." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:85 msgid "Associate files with Python: recommended." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:86 msgid "Create shortcuts for installed applications: optional." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:87 msgid "" "Add Python to environment variables: I don't recommend this. The py launcher" " (previous screen) is a cleaner way to run Python than adding things to your" " PATH environment variable." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:88 msgid "Precompile standard library: recommended." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:89 msgid "Download debugging symbols: not needed." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:90 msgid "Download debug binaries: not needed." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:92 #, fuzzy msgid "" "After installing Python, start a command window such as ``cmd.exe``. Now try" " running the ``py`` launcher::" msgstr "Python을 설치한 후 ``cmd.exe`` 와 같은 명령 창을 시작합니다. 이제 pip_ 를 실행해 보십시오::" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:99 msgid "This shows that Python 3.8 is installed and available." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:101 msgid "" "Now try running pip_. Note the use of ``py`` to run pip, instead of " "requiring the Python scripts directory to be on your PATH::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:116 msgid "" "This shows that ``pip`` is installed in ``c:\\program files\\python38\\lib" "\\site-packages``, which is only writeable with administrator privileges." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:118 msgid "" "If you install packages with ``pip`` as a normal user (i.e. without " "administrator privileges) it will put them under your \"roaming\" " @@ -3008,15 +3521,18 @@ msgid "" "choice of location." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:121 msgid "" "The following instructions assume a virtual environment is in use and " "activated. If you don't use a virtual environment then replace ``python`` " "with ``py`` and ``pip`` with ``py -m pip``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:125 msgid "Installing Photini" msgstr "Photini 설치" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:127 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Before installing Photini you need to decide if you are installing it for a " @@ -3029,6 +3545,7 @@ msgstr "" "설치는 Python `virtual environment`_ 을 사용하여 쉽게 공유할 수 있는 자체 포함 설치를 만듭니다. 가상 환경을 " "사용하면 쉬운 제거와 같은 다른 장점이 있으므로 단일 사용자 설치에도 가상 환경을 사용할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:131 msgid "" "Linux & MacOS users have another decision to make - whether to install " "Photini's dependencies with pip_ or with the operating system's package " @@ -3041,9 +3558,11 @@ msgid "" "applications." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:136 msgid "Virtual environment" msgstr "가상 환경" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:138 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you are using a virtual environment you should set it up now. You can " @@ -3051,6 +3570,7 @@ msgid "" "``photini`` and create it in my home directory:" msgstr "가상 환경을 사용하는 경우 지금 설정해야 합니다. 나는 ``photini`` 라는 이름을 사용하고 그것을 내 홈 디렉토리에 만듭니다:" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:159 msgid "" "The option ``--system-site-packages`` makes packages installed with the " "system package manager (e.g. PySide6 / PySide2 / PyQt6 / PyQt5) available " @@ -3058,6 +3578,7 @@ msgid "" "from within the virtual environment." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:182 msgid "" "Note that after activating the virtual environment the ``py`` command is not" " needed. Python, pip, and other Python based commands are run directly. " @@ -3065,15 +3586,19 @@ msgid "" "above. This ensures that the latest version will be used to install Photini." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:187 msgid "" "You should stay in this virtual environment while installing and testing " -"Photini." +"Photini. After that Photini can be run without activating the virtual " +"environment." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:191 #, fuzzy msgid "Qt package" msgstr "패키지" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:193 msgid "" "Photini uses the Qt_ Framework for its graphical user interface. There are " "two current versions of Qt (Qt5 and Qt6) and each has two Python interfaces " @@ -3083,49 +3608,60 @@ msgid "" "Windows versions earlier than Windows |nbsp| 10." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:199 msgid "" "After installing Photini the ``photini-configure`` command can be used to " "choose a Qt package. This allows you to try each until you find one that " "works satisfactorily on your computer." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:203 msgid "Initial installation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:205 msgid "Firstly install Photini with pip_:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:267 msgid "" "Photini's optional dependencies can be included in the installation by " "listing them as \"extras\" in the pip command. For example, if you want to " "be able to upload to Flickr and Ipernity:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:278 msgid "Note that the extras' names are not case-sensitive." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:280 msgid "" "You can install all of Photini's optional dependencies by adding an ``all`` " "extra. You can also install any of the Qt packages as extras:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:292 msgid "" "Now run the ``photini-configure`` command to choose which Qt package to use." " (The Windows example is running Windows |nbsp| 7, so PyQt6 and PySide6 are " "not available):" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:358 msgid "" "The command asks a series of questions, then runs pip_ to install any extra " "dependencies that are needed, then updates your Photini configuration file." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:361 msgid "Test the installation" msgstr "설치 테스트" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:363 msgid "Now you should be able to run photini:" msgstr "이제 photini를 실행할 수 있습니다. ::" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:386 msgid "" "Photini should run successfully, but it lists some optional dependencies " "that are not installed. These provide additional features, for example the " @@ -3134,9 +3670,11 @@ msgstr "" "Photini가 성공적으로 실행되어야 하지만 설치되지 않은 일부 선택적 종속성이 나열됩니다. 이는 모든 사용자가 설치할 필요가 없는 추가" " 기능(예: Flickr 업로더)을 제공합니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:390 msgid "Missing system packages" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:392 msgid "" "On some Linux systems (e.g. Ubuntu, Debian, Mint) Photini may still not run " "if you've installed a Qt package with pip_ instead of the system's package " @@ -3146,15 +3684,18 @@ msgid "" "the error message doesn't tell you that!" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:397 ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:821 msgid "Optional dependencies" msgstr "선택적 종속성" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:399 msgid "" "Most of the dependencies required for Photini's optional features can also " "be installed with ``photini-configure``. Default answers are given in square" " brackets:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:522 msgid "" "Photini's spelling checker may require some other files to be installed. See" " the `pyenchant documentation`_ for platform specific instructions." @@ -3162,6 +3703,7 @@ msgstr "" "Photini의 철자 검사기를 사용하려면 다른 파일을 설치해야 할 수 있습니다. 플랫폼별 지침은 `pyenchant " "documentation`_ 를 참조하세요." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:525 msgid "" "One optional dependency that cannot be installed with pip_ or ``photini-" "configure`` is FFmpeg_. This is used to read metadata from video files. " @@ -3169,9 +3711,11 @@ msgid "" "installing it on Windows is non-trivial." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:530 msgid "Start menu / application menu" msgstr "시작 메뉴 / 응용 프로그램 메뉴" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:532 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Although you can run Photini from a command shell, most users would probably" @@ -3181,9 +3725,11 @@ msgstr "" "명령 셸에서 Photini를 실행할 수 있지만 대부분의 사용자는 시작/응용 프로그램 메뉴 또는 바탕 화면 아이콘을 사용하는 것을 선호할 " "것입니다. 이들은 ``photini-post-install`` 명령으로 설치할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:583 msgid "Additional users" msgstr "추가 사용자" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:585 msgid "" "If you have installed Photini in a virtual environment then other users " "should be able to run the ``photini`` command using its full path. (On " @@ -3193,6 +3739,7 @@ msgstr "" "가상 환경에 Photini를 설치했다면 다른 사용자가 전체 경로를 사용하여 ``photini`` 명령을 실행할 수 있어야 합니다. " "(Windows에서는 먼저 가상 환경 최상위 디렉터리를 공유해야 합니다.)" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:596 #, fuzzy msgid "" "This is not a very convenient way to run Photini, so most users will want to" @@ -3201,6 +3748,7 @@ msgstr "" "이것은 Photini를 실행하는 매우 편리한 방법이 아니므로 대부분의 사용자는 Photini를 시작/응용 프로그램 메뉴에 추가하기를 원할" " 것입니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:645 msgid "" "To install Photini menu shortcuts for all users you can run the post install" " command as root (Linux) or in a command window run as administrator " @@ -3209,15 +3757,18 @@ msgstr "" "모든 사용자를 위한 Photini 메뉴 바로 가기를 설치하려면 루트(Linux) 또는 명령 창에서 관리자(Windows)로 실행 후 설치" " 명령을 실행할 수 있습니다. 설치 후 명령에 대한 전체 경로를 사용하는 것이 중요합니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:696 msgid "Uninstalling Photini" msgstr "Photini 제거" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:698 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Before removing Photini you should use the ``photini-post-install`` command " "to remove it from the start / application menu:" msgstr "Photini를 제거하기 전에 ``photini-post-install`` 명령을 사용하여 시작/응용 프로그램 메뉴에서 제거해야 합니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:713 msgid "" "If you used a virtual environment you can simply delete the top level " "directory created when setting up the virtual environment. Otherwise you can" @@ -3227,20 +3778,24 @@ msgstr "" "가상 환경을 사용한 경우 가상 환경을 설정할 때 생성된 최상위 디렉터리를 삭제하기만 하면 됩니다. 그렇지 않으면 pip를 사용하여 " "Photini와 제거하려는 종속성을 제거할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:759 msgid "Updating Photini" msgstr "Photini 업데이트" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:761 msgid "" "When a new release of Photini is issued you can easily update your " "installation with pip_. If you installed Photini in a virtual environment " "then you need to activate the virtual environment before upgrading:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:772 msgid "" "The ``-U`` option tells pip to update Photini to the latest available " "version." msgstr "\"-U\" 옵션은 pip에게 Photini를 최신 버전으로 업데이트하도록 지시합니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:774 msgid "" "If you upgrade Python you shouldn't need to reinstall Photini or its " "dependencies if only the patch level changes (e.g. 3.8.9 to 3.8.10). After a" @@ -3250,9 +3805,11 @@ msgstr "" "Python을 업그레이드하는 경우 패치 수준만 변경되면(예: 3.8.9에서 3.8.10으로) Photini나 종속성을 다시 설치할 필요가" " 없습니다. Python을 3.7.x에서 3.8.y로 업그레이드한 후에는 Photini와 그 종속성을 새로 설치해야 합니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:778 msgid "Dependency details" msgstr "종속성 세부사항" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:780 msgid "" "These lists of dependencies may be useful to Linux or MacOS users who prefer" " to use their system package manager to install them instead of pip_. Note " @@ -3262,6 +3819,7 @@ msgstr "" "이러한 종속성 목록은 시스템 패키지 관리자를 사용하여 pip_ 대신 설치하려는 Linux 또는 MacOS 사용자에게 유용할 수 있습니다." " 경우에 따라 각 표 아래의 참고 사항에 설명된 대로 패키지를 선택할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:783 msgid "" "Different operating systems have different names for the same packages. If " "you run into problems, please let me know (email jim@jim-easterbrook.me.uk) " @@ -3271,105 +3829,139 @@ msgstr "" "운영 체제마다 동일한 패키지에 대한 이름이 다릅니다. 문제가 발생할 경우 (email jim@jim-easterbrook.me.uk) " "알려주십시오. 필요한 사항을 파악한 후 이 지침을 개선할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:789 msgid "Essential dependencies" msgstr "필수 종속성" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:791 msgid "These are all required for Photini to be usable." msgstr "이것들은 모두 Photini를 사용하기 위해 필요합니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:794 msgid "Package" msgstr "패키지" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:794 msgid "Minimum version" msgstr "최소 버전" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:794 msgid "Typical Linux package name" msgstr "일반적인 Linux 패키지 이름" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:794 msgid "PyPI package name" msgstr "PyPI 패키지 이름" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:796 msgid "Python_" msgstr "Python_" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:796 msgid "3.6" msgstr "3.6" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:796 msgid "``python3``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:797 msgid "PyQt_ [1]" msgstr "PyQt_ [1]" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:797 msgid "5.11" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:797 msgid "``python3-qt5`` or ``python3-pyqt5`` or ``python310-PyQt6``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:800 msgid "PySide2_ [1]" msgstr "PySide2_ [1]" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:800 msgid "5.11.0" msgstr "5.11.0" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:800 msgid "``python3-pyside2``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:800 msgid "PySide2" msgstr "PySide2" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:801 msgid "PySide6_ [1]" msgstr "PySide6_ [1]" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:801 msgid "6.2.0" msgstr "6.2.0" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:801 msgid "``python3-pyside6``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:801 msgid "PySide6" msgstr "PySide6" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:802 msgid "QtWebEngine_ [2]" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:802 msgid "``python3-pyside2.qtwebengine`` or ``python310-PyQt6-WebEngine``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:802 msgid "PyQtWebEngine" msgstr "PyQtWebEngine" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:804 msgid "`python-exiv2`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:804 msgid "0.14.0" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:804 msgid "exiv2" msgstr "exiv2" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:805 msgid "appdirs" msgstr "appdirs" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:805 msgid "1.3" msgstr "1.3" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:805 msgid "``python3-appdirs``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:806 msgid "requests_" msgstr "requests_" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:806 msgid "2.4" msgstr "2.4" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:806 msgid "``python3-requests``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:806 msgid "requests" msgstr "requests" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:809 msgid "" "[1] PyQt_, PySide2_, and PySide6_ are Python interfaces to the Qt GUI " "framework. Photini can use any of them (although PyQt is preferred), so you " @@ -3380,6 +3972,7 @@ msgid "" "` or by running ``photini-configure``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:814 msgid "" "[2] Photini needs the Python interface to QtWebEngine_. This is included in " "PySide6_ and some PyQt_ or PySide2_ installations, otherwise you need to " @@ -3387,6 +3980,7 @@ msgid "" "if it's missing." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:823 msgid "" "Some of Photini's features are optional - if you don't install these " "packages Photini will work but the relevant feature will not be available. " @@ -3396,62 +3990,81 @@ msgstr "" "Photini의 일부 기능은 선택 사항입니다. 이러한 패키지를 설치하지 않으면 Photini가 작동하지만 관련 기능을 사용할 수 " "없습니다. Linux 패키지 관리자 이름에는 아마도 ``python-`` 또는 ``python3-`` 접두사가 있을 것입니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:827 msgid "Feature" msgstr "Feature" +#: ../../../../README.rst:12 ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:827 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "Dependencies" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:829 msgid "Spell check[1]" msgstr "Spell check[1]" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:829 msgid "pyenchant_ 2.0+" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:830 msgid "Flickr upload" msgstr "Flickr upload" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:830 ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:832 msgid "`requests-oauthlib`_ 1.0+, `requests-toolbelt`_ 0.9+, keyring_ 7.0+" msgstr "`requests-oauthlib`_ 1.0+, `requests-toolbelt`_ 0.9+, keyring_ 7.0+" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:831 msgid "Ipernity upload" msgstr "Ipernity upload" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:831 msgid "`requests-toolbelt`_ 0.9+, keyring_ 7.0+" msgstr "`requests-toolbelt`_ 0.9+, keyring_ 7.0+" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:832 msgid "Pixelfed upload" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:833 msgid "Google Photos upload" msgstr "Google Photos upload" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:833 msgid "`requests-oauthlib`_ 1.0+, keyring_ 7.0+" msgstr "`requests-oauthlib`_ 1.0+, keyring_ 7.0+" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:834 msgid "Thumbnail creation[2]" msgstr "Thumbnail creation[2]" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:834 msgid "FFmpeg_, Pillow_ 2.0+" msgstr "FFmpeg_, Pillow_ 2.0+" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:835 msgid "Import photos from camera[3]" msgstr "Import photos from camera[3]" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:835 msgid "`python3-gphoto2`_ 1.8+" msgstr "`python3-gphoto2`_ 1.8+" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:836 msgid "Import GPS logger file" msgstr "Import GPS logger file" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:836 msgid "gpxpy_ 1.3.5+" msgstr "gpxpy_ 1.3.5+" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:839 msgid "" "[1] Pyenchant requires a C library and dictionaries to be installed. See the" " `pyenchant documentation`_ for detailed instructions." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:842 msgid "" "[2] Photini can create thumbnail images using PyQt, but better quality ones " "can be made by installing Pillow. FFmpeg is needed to generate thumbnails " @@ -3460,6 +4073,7 @@ msgstr "" "[2] Photini는 PyQt를 사용하여 썸네일 이미지를 만들 수 있지만 Pillow를 설치하면 더 나은 품질의 이미지를 만들 수 " "있습니다. FFmpeg는 비디오 파일의 썸네일을 생성하는 데 필요하지만 일부 정지 이미지 형식용으로 만들 수도 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:845 msgid "" "[3]Photini can import pictures from any directory on your computer (e.g. a " "memory card) but on Linux and MacOS systems it can also import directly from" @@ -3468,9 +4082,11 @@ msgstr "" "[3]Photini는 컴퓨터의 모든 디렉토리(예: 메모리 카드)에서 사진을 가져올 수 있지만 python-gphoto2가 설치된 경우 " "Linux 및 MacOS 시스템에서는 카메라에서 직접 가져올 수도 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:848 msgid "Special installations" msgstr "특별 설치" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:850 msgid "" "There are some circumstances where installing Photini from the Python " "Package Index (PyPI_) with pip_ is not suitable. If you need easy access to " @@ -3480,9 +4096,11 @@ msgstr "" "pip_ 을(를) 사용하여 PyPI_ 에서 Photini를 설치하는 것이 적합하지 않은 상황이 있습니다. 예를 들어 사용자 인터페이스를 " "다른 언어로 변환하는 작업 등 소스 파일에 대한 손쉬운 액세스가 필요한 경우 개발 버전을 설치해야 합니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:856 msgid "Development version" msgstr "개발 버전" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:858 msgid "" "To install the development version you can use git to clone the `GitHub " "repository `_ or download it as " @@ -3493,19 +4111,23 @@ msgstr "" "easterbrook/Photini>`_ 를 복제하거나 .zip 또는 .tar.gz 파일로 다운로드한 다음 압축을 푸십시오. 그런 다음 " "계속하기 전에 작업 디렉터리를 Photini 최상위 디렉터리로 설정하십시오." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:861 msgid "" "You can run Photini without installing it, using the ``run_photini.py`` " "script::" msgstr "다음과 같이 ``run_photini.py`` 스크립트::를 사용하여 설치하지 않고 Photini를 실행할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:865 msgid "" "This can be useful during development as the script should also work within " "an IDE." msgstr "스크립트는 IDE 내에서도 작동해야 하므로 개발 중에 유용할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:867 msgid "The development version can be built and installed using pip::" msgstr "pip::를 사용하여 개발 버전을 빌드하고 설치할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:871 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you'd like to test or use one of Photini's translation files you will " @@ -3514,6 +4136,7 @@ msgstr "" "Photini의 번역 파일 중 하나를 테스트하거나 사용하려면 Photini를 설치하거나 실행하기 전에 번역을 업데이트하고 컴파일해야 " "합니다::" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:876 msgid "" "This requires the Qt \"linguist\" software to be installed. See :ref" ":`localisation-program-testing` for more information about using " @@ -3522,9 +4145,11 @@ msgstr "" "이를 위해서는 Qt \"linguist\" 소프트웨어가 설치되어 있어야 합니다. 번역 사용에 대한 자세한 내용은 :ref" ":`localisation-program-testing` 을 참조하십시오." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:882 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "문제 해결" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:884 msgid "" "If you ever have problems running Photini the first thing to do is to run it" " in a command window. If you installed Photini in a `virtual environment`_ " @@ -3533,11 +4158,13 @@ msgstr "" "Photini를 실행하는 데 문제가 있는 경우 가장 먼저 할 일은 명령 창에서 실행하는 것입니다. `virtual " "environment`_ 에 Photini를 설치한 경우 해당 환경을 활성화합니다. 예를 들면 다음과 같습니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:898 msgid "" "Start the Photini program as follows. If it fails to run you should get some" " diagnostic information:" msgstr "다음과 같이 Photini 프로그램을 시작합니다. 실행에 실패하면 몇 가지 진단 정보를 얻어야 합니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:909 msgid "" "Note the use of the ``-v`` option to increase the verbosity of Photini's " "message logging. This option can be repeated for even more verbosity." @@ -3545,11 +4172,13 @@ msgstr "" "``-v`` 옵션을 사용하여 Photini 메시지 로깅의 자세한 정도를 높일 수 있습니다. 더 자세한 정보를 위해 이 옵션을 반복할 수 " "있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:912 msgid "" "To find out what version of Photini and some of its dependencies you are " "using, run it with the ``--version`` option:" msgstr "사용 중인 Photini 버전과 종속성을 확인하려면 ``--version`` 옵션을 사용하여 실행하십시오." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:940 msgid "" "This information is useful if you need to email me (jim@jim-" "easterbrook.me.uk) with any problems you have running Photini." @@ -3557,9 +4186,11 @@ msgstr "" "이 정보는 Photini를 실행하는 데 문제가 있는 경우 저에게 (jim@jim-easterbrook.me.uk) 이메일을 보내면 " "유용합니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:943 msgid "Mailing list" msgstr "메일링 리스트" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:945 msgid "" "For more general discussion of Photini (e.g. release announcements, " "questions about using it, problems with installing, etc.) there is an email " @@ -3570,6 +4201,7 @@ msgstr "" "이메일 목록 또는 포럼이 있습니다. https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/photini 에서 이전 " "메시지를 보고 그룹 가입을 요청할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:953 msgid "" "If you would like to have a local copy of the Photini documentation, and " "have downloaded or cloned the source files, you can install Sphinx_ and " @@ -3578,14 +4210,17 @@ msgstr "" "Photini 문서의 로컬 복사본을 갖고 소스 파일을 다운로드하거나 복제한 경우 Sphinx_ 및 관련 패키지를 설치한 다음 문서를 " "\"컴파일\"할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:958 msgid "" "Open ``doc/html/index.html`` with a web browser to read the local " "documentation." msgstr "로컬 문서를 읽으려면 웹 브라우저에서 ``doc/html/index.html`` 을 엽니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/introduction.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "소개" +#: ../../../../README.rst:2 msgid "" "A free, easy to use, digital photograph metadata (Exif, IPTC, XMP) editing " "application for Linux, Windows and MacOS." @@ -3593,6 +4228,7 @@ msgstr "" "사용하기 쉬운 무료 디지털 사진 메타데이터(Exif, IPTC, XMP) Linux, Windows 및 MacOS용 편집 응용 " "프로그램입니다." +#: ../../../../README.rst:4 msgid "" "\"Metadata\" is said to mean \"data about data\". In the context of digital " "photographs this means information that isn't essential in order to display " @@ -3604,6 +4240,7 @@ msgstr "" " 아니지만 이미지에 대해 알려주는 정보를 의미합니다. 예를 들어 장면의 제목과 설명, 날짜와 시간, 사진을 촬영한 카메라 위치의 GPS " "좌표 등이 있습니다." +#: ../../../../README.rst:8 msgid "" "\"[Photini] doesn't try to be an all-singing, all-dancing image management " "powerhouse - it just lets you add information to photos, quickly and " @@ -3612,98 +4249,126 @@ msgstr "" "\"[Photini]는 노래만 부르고 춤만 추는 이미지 관리 강자가 되려고 하지 않습니다. 사진에 정보를 빠르고 쉽게 추가할 수 있을 " "뿐입니다.\"" +#: ../../../../README.rst:13 msgid "`Linux Format`_ magazine, January 2013" msgstr "`Linux Format`_ magazine, January 2013" +#: ../../../../README.rst:12 msgid "Why is it called Photini? Read my `blog post`_ on how I chose a name." msgstr "Photini라고 불리는 이유는 무엇입니까? 내가 어떻게 이름을 선택했는지에 대한 내 `blog post`_ 을 읽어보십시오." +#: ../../../../README.rst:16 msgid "Contents" msgstr "내용" +#: ../../../../README.rst:19 msgid "Features" msgstr "특징" +#: ../../../../README.rst:3 msgid "Easy to use graphical interface." msgstr "사용하기 쉬운 그래픽 인터페이스." +#: ../../../../README.rst:4 msgid "Set photo title, description, keywords, copyright and creator fields." msgstr "사진 제목, 설명, 키워드, 저작권 및 작성자 필드를 설정합니다." +#: ../../../../README.rst:5 msgid "Some support for video files." msgstr "비디오 파일에 대한 일부 지원." +#: ../../../../README.rst:6 msgid "Spell checking of some fields (optional)." msgstr "일부 필드의 철자 검사(선택 사항)." +#: ../../../../README.rst:7 msgid "Can set metadata for multiple images simultaneously." msgstr "여러 이미지에 대한 메타데이터를 동시에 설정할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../../README.rst:8 msgid "" "Can adjust picture date & time and time zone (of multiple images " "simultaneously)." msgstr "사진 날짜 및 시간과 시간대를 조정할 수 있습니다(여러 이미지를 동시에)." +#: ../../../../README.rst:9 msgid "" "Reads Exif, IPTC and XMP metadata, writes all three to maximise " "compatibility with other software." msgstr "Exif, IPTC 및 XMP 메타데이터를 읽고 다른 소프트웨어와의 호환성을 최대화하기 위해 세 가지 모두를 씁니다." +#: ../../../../README.rst:10 msgid "Writes metadata to image files or to XMP \"sidecar\" files." msgstr "이미지 파일이나 XMP \"sidecar\" 파일에 메타데이터를 씁니다." +#: ../../../../README.rst:11 msgid "Can import photographs from many digital cameras." msgstr "많은 디지털 카메라에서 사진을 가져올 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../../README.rst:12 msgid "" "Upload to Flickr_ or `Google Photos`_ or Ipernity_ or Pixelfed_ with reuse " "of metadata." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:3 msgid "Geotagging - search map to find named places." msgstr "위치 태깅 - 지도를 검색하여 지명된 장소를 찾습니다." +#: ../../../../README.rst:4 msgid "Choice of map providers - instantly switch to compare details." msgstr "지도 제공 업체를선택 - 세부 정보를 비교하기 위해 즉시 전환합니다." +#: ../../../../README.rst:5 msgid "Drag and drop images on to map to set GPS location." msgstr "지도에 이미지를 끌어다 놓아 GPS 위치를 설정합니다." +#: ../../../../README.rst:6 msgid "Or set GPS location using data exported by a tracker app." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:7 msgid "Edit coordinates if required, or clear to unset GPS data." msgstr "필요한 경우 좌표를 편집하거나 GPS 데이터 설정을 해제하려면 지우십시오." +#: ../../../../README.rst:8 msgid "Convert GPS coordinates to street address." msgstr "GPS 좌표를 거리 주소로 변환합니다." +#: ../../../../README.rst:9 msgid "Suggestions for further development welcome." msgstr "추가 개발을 위한 제안을 환영합니다." +#: ../../../../README.rst:14 msgid "Photini requires at least the following:" msgstr "Photini에는 최소한 다음이 필요합니다." +#: ../../../../README.rst:16 msgid "Python3: http://python.org/" msgstr "Python3: http://python.org/" +#: ../../../../README.rst:17 msgid "" "PyQt5, PyQt6, PySide2, or PySide6: " "http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/pyqt/ or " "https://doc.qt.io/qtforpython/" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:18 msgid "python-exiv2: https://pypi.org/project/exiv2/" msgstr "python-exiv2: https://pypi.org/project/exiv2/" +#: ../../../../README.rst:20 msgid "" "For a full list of dependencies, please see the `installation " "documentation`_." msgstr "전체 종속성 목록은 `installation documentation`_ 를 참조하십시오." +#: ../../../../README.rst:4 msgid "Getting help" msgstr "도움 받기" +#: ../../../../README.rst:6 msgid "" "If you encounter any problems installing or running Photini, please email " "jim@jim-easterbrook.me.uk and I'll respond as soon as I can. There is also " @@ -3717,9 +4382,11 @@ msgstr "" "대한 토론을 위한 이메일 목록 또는 포럼도 있습니다. 버그를 발견하고 GitHub 계정이 있는 경우 GitHub `\"issues\" " "page`_ 에서 버그 보고서를 제출하십시오." +#: ../../../../README.rst:11 msgid "Localisation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:13 msgid "" "Work has begun on providing Photini in multiple languages. I rely on users " "to do the translation, as I am not fluent in any language other than " @@ -3728,46 +4395,60 @@ msgid "" "Hosted Weblate`_. For more details, see the `localisation documentation`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:22 msgid "Licence" msgstr "라이센스" +#: ../../../../README.rst:24 msgid "Photini - a simple photo metadata editor." msgstr "Photini - 간단한 사진 메타데이터 편집기." +#: ../../../../README.rst:25 msgid "http://github.com/jim-easterbrook/Photini" msgstr "http://github.com/jim-easterbrook/Photini" +#: ../../../../README.rst:26 msgid "Copyright (C) 2012-23 Jim Easterbrook jim@jim-easterbrook.me.uk" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:28 msgid "Catalan translation by Joan Juvanteny" msgstr "카탈로니아어 번역 by Joan Juvanteny" +#: ../../../../README.rst:29 msgid "Czech translation by Pavel Fric" msgstr "체코어 번역 by Pavel Fric" +#: ../../../../README.rst:30 msgid "French translation by Nathan, J. Lavoie" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:31 msgid "German translation by Jan Rimmek, J. Lavoie, Ettore Atalan" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:32 #, fuzzy msgid "Italian translation by \"albanobattistella\"" msgstr "카탈로니아어 번역 by Joan Juvanteny" +#: ../../../../README.rst:33 msgid "Korean translation by Soohyeon Park" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:34 msgid "Norwegian Bokmål translation by Allan Nordhøy" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:35 msgid "Polish translation by Dawid Głaz, Eryk Michalak" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:36 msgid "Spanish translation by Esteban Martinena, Cristos Ruiz, Kamborio" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:38 msgid "" "This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it " "under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free " @@ -3778,6 +4459,7 @@ msgstr "" "License as published에 따라 라이센스 버전 3 또는 (귀하의 선택에 따라) 모든 이후 버전을 재배포하거나 수정할 수 " "있습니다." +#: ../../../../README.rst:43 msgid "" "This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT " "ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or " @@ -3787,6 +4469,7 @@ msgstr "" "이 프로그램은 유용하기를 바라며 배포되지만 어떠한 보증도 하지 않습니다. 상품성 또는 특정 목적에의 적합성에 대한 묵시적 보증도 없이. " "자세한 내용은 GNU General Public License 를 참조하십시오." +#: ../../../../README.rst:48 msgid "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with" " this program. If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/." @@ -3794,14 +4477,17 @@ msgstr "" "이 프로그램과 함께 GNU General Public License 사본을 받았어야 합니다. 그렇지 않은 경우 " "http://www.gnu.org/licenses/를 참조하십시오." +#: ../../../../README.rst:52 msgid "Service terms and conditions" msgstr "서비스 이용약관" +#: ../../../../README.rst:54 msgid "" "Use of the Google map tab is subject to the `Google Maps Terms of Use`_ and " "`Google Privacy Policy`_." msgstr "Google 지도 탭의 사용에는 `Google Terms of Use`_ 및 `Google Privacy Policy`_ 이 적용됩니다." +#: ../../../../README.rst:56 msgid "" "Use of the Bing map tab is subject to the `Microsoft Bing Maps Terms of " "Use`_ and `Microsoft Privacy Statement`_." @@ -3809,6 +4495,7 @@ msgstr "" "Bing 지도 탭의 사용에는 `Microsoft Bing Maps Terms of Use`_ 및 `Microsoft Privacy " "Statement`_ 이 적용됩니다." +#: ../../../../README.rst:58 msgid "" "Use of the Mapbox map tab is subject to the `Mapbox terms of service`_ and " "`Mapbox privacy policy`_." @@ -3816,14 +4503,17 @@ msgstr "" "Mapbox 지도 탭의 사용은 `Mapbox terms of service`_ 및 `Mapbox privacy policy`_ 의 적용을" " 받습니다." +#: ../../../../README.rst:60 msgid "" "The Flickr upload tab uses the Flickr API but is not endorsed or certified " "by Flickr." msgstr "Flickr 업로드 탭은 Flickr API를 사용하지만 Flickr에서 보증하거나 인증하지 않습니다." +#: ../../../../README.rst:63 msgid "Privacy statement" msgstr "개인 정보 보호 정책" +#: ../../../../README.rst:65 msgid "" "Photini does not directly gather any information from its users, but the " "online services it can use (maps and uploaders) may do so. You should read " @@ -3832,6 +4522,7 @@ msgstr "" "Photini는 사용자로부터 정보를 직접 수집하지 않지만 사용할 수 있는 온라인 서비스(지도 및 업로더)는 수집할 수 있습니다. 이러한 " "서비스를 사용하기 전에 해당 서비스의 개인정보 보호정책을 읽어야 합니다." +#: ../../../../README.rst:68 msgid "" "Photini stores user preferences in a text file on the user's computer. The " "default location of this file is ``$HOME/.config/photini/`` (Linux), " @@ -3845,9 +4536,11 @@ msgstr "" "(MacOS) 또는 ``%USERPROFILE%\\AppData\\Local\\입니다. photini\\`` (Windows). " "OAuth_ 업로더 탭에 대한 액세스 토큰은 `Python keyring`_ 을 사용하여 사용자의 컴퓨터에 안전하게 저장됩니다." +#: ../../../../README.rst:74 msgid "Documentation licence" msgstr "문서 라이센스" +#: ../../../../README.rst:76 msgid "" "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify the Photini " "documentation under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version" @@ -3860,9 +4553,11 @@ msgstr "" " 및/또는 수정할 수 있는 권한이 부여됩니다. 불변 섹션, 앞표지 텍스트 및 뒤표지 텍스트가 없습니다. 라이센스 사본은 \"GNU 무료 " "문서 라이센스\"라는 문서 섹션에 포함되어 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:6 msgid "\"Localisation\"" msgstr "\"현지화\"" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:8 msgid "" "Photini can be made easier to use for people who don't speak English. There " "are two parts to this -- the text used within the program and the " @@ -3871,9 +4566,11 @@ msgid "" "Transifex_) or a suitable text editor installed on your computer." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:14 msgid "Translating the program text" msgstr "프로그램 텍스트 번역" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:16 msgid "" "If your computer is configured to use a language other than English, and " "Photini has already been translated into that language, then Photini should " @@ -3883,20 +4580,25 @@ msgstr "" "컴퓨터가 영어 이외의 언어를 사용하도록 구성되어 있고 Photini가 이미 해당 언어로 번역된 경우 Photini는 자동으로 번역을 " "사용해야 합니다. 예를 들어, 컴퓨터가 스페인어를 사용하도록 구성된 경우 다음과 같습니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:21 msgid "" "If you'd like to help by translating Photini into another language, or by " "improving an existing translation, this is what you need to do." msgstr "Photini를 다른 언어로 번역하거나 기존 번역을 개선하여 도움을 주고 싶다면 이것이 바로 당신이 해야 할 일입니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst msgid "Translation status" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:29 msgid "Translation progress so far" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:32 ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:178 msgid "Online translation" msgstr "온라인 번역 " +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:34 msgid "" "The main advantages of online translation are that you don't need to install" " any software on your computer (apart from a web browser) and that several " @@ -3904,14 +4606,17 @@ msgid "" "as little effort as they wish." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:37 msgid "" "Please read the :ref:`notes ` below for things " "to be aware of when translating the program strings." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:40 msgid "Weblate" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:42 msgid "" "Weblate_ is an online translation service that provides free support for " "open source projects such as Photini. Its main advantage over Transifex is " @@ -3922,6 +4627,7 @@ msgid "" "so you don't have to invent yet another user name and password." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:48 msgid "" "Back at the Photini project page, click on the \"GUI\" component, then click" " on a language to work on, or \"Start new translation\" if your language is " @@ -3929,6 +4635,7 @@ msgid "" "translations. You can then click on a string to edit its translation." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:52 msgid "" "When you've finished working on a translation there's no need to do anything" " further. Weblate automatically pushes the translation to GitHub, where I " @@ -3936,9 +4643,11 @@ msgid "" "your translation ` though." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:57 msgid "Transifex" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:59 msgid "" "Transifex_ is another online translation service with free support for open " "source projects. Follow the link to Transifex_ and click on \"Help Translate" @@ -3947,6 +4656,7 @@ msgid "" "so you don't have to invent yet another user name and password." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:64 msgid "" "Back at the Transifex Photini page click on \"Languages\" to show all the " "languages currently being translated to. If your language is not included in" @@ -3959,11 +4669,13 @@ msgid "" "and then start translating." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:71 msgid "" "Click on your language, then click on \"src..en/photini.ts (transifex)\" to " "work on the Photini GUI strings." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:73 msgid "" "When you've finished working on a translation there's no need to do anything" " further. Transifex automatically pushes the translation to GitHub, where I " @@ -3971,9 +4683,11 @@ msgid "" "your translation ` though." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:78 ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:186 msgid "Offline translation" msgstr "오프라인 번역" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:80 msgid "" "Translating Photini on your own computer will probably require extra " "software to be installed, but may be easier as you can see the program " @@ -3982,6 +4696,7 @@ msgstr "" "자신의 컴퓨터에서 Photini를 번역하려면 추가 소프트웨어를 설치해야 하지만 번역이 사용되는 프로그램 소스를 볼 수 있으므로 더 쉬울 " "수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:82 msgid "" "Start by downloading the development version of Photini by cloning the " "GitHub repository (see :ref:`installation-photini`). You will also need to " @@ -3989,6 +4704,7 @@ msgid "" "installable with ``pip``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:86 msgid "" "The program strings are stored in files with names like " "``src/lang/nl/photini.ts``, where ``nl`` is the code for the Dutch language." @@ -3996,9 +4712,11 @@ msgid "" " files with the current program strings::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:91 msgid "Now you can open a translation file in your chosen editor, for example::" msgstr "이제 선택한 편집기에서 번역 파일을 열 수 있습니다. 예:" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:95 msgid "" "You can use any text editor for your translations, but a special purpose " "translation editor is preferable. The `Qt Linguist`_ program is ideal, but " @@ -4006,6 +4724,7 @@ msgid "" "strings should be acceptable." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:98 msgid "" "Please read the :ref:`notes ` below for things " "to be aware of when translating the program strings. When you've finished " @@ -4014,12 +4733,15 @@ msgid "" "` first." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:105 ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:200 msgid "Things to be aware of" msgstr "주의 사항" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:109 msgid "String length" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:108 msgid "" "Many of the strings to be translated have to fit into buttons on the GUI, so" " your translation should not be much longer than the English original. If " @@ -4027,9 +4749,11 @@ msgid "" "to as well." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:113 msgid "Words with special meanings" msgstr "특별한 의미를 지닌 단어들" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:112 msgid "" "Some of Photini's GUI elements such as ``Title / Object Name`` are named " "after the metadata items in the Exif, XMP or IPTC specifications. If " @@ -4039,9 +4763,11 @@ msgstr "" "``Title / Object Name`` 과 같은 일부 Photini GUI 요소는 Exif, XMP 또는 IPTC 사양의 메타데이터 " "항목 이름을 따서 명명되었습니다. 이러한 표준에 대한 정보가 귀하의 언어로 제공되면 이러한 단어를 번역하는 데 도움이 될 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:118 msgid "Formatting strings" msgstr "문자열 서식 지정" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:116 msgid "" "In Python curly braces are used to include other data in a string. For " "example, ``File \"{file_name}\" has {size} bytes and exceeds {service}'s " @@ -4051,9 +4777,11 @@ msgid "" "language." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:122 msgid "Carriage returns" msgstr "Carriage returns" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:121 msgid "" "Some of Photini's buttons split their labels over two or more lines to stop " "the button being too wide. You should split your translation in similar size" @@ -4062,9 +4790,11 @@ msgstr "" "Photini의 일부 버튼은 버튼이 너무 넓은 것을 방지하기 위해 두 개 이상의 라인으로 레이블을 분할합니다. 같은 수의 줄을 갖도록 " "번역을 비슷한 크기로 분할해야 합니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:128 msgid "HTML markup" msgstr "HTML markup" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:125 msgid "" "Strings such as ``

Upload to Flickr has not finished.

`` include HTML" " markup which must be copied to your translated string. Some strings such as" @@ -4073,9 +4803,11 @@ msgid "" "translated." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:132 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "키보드 단축키" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:131 msgid "" "Some strings include a single ampersand character ``&`` immediately before a" " letter that is used as a keyboard shortcut. You should choose a suitable " @@ -4084,9 +4816,11 @@ msgstr "" "일부 문자열에는 키보드 단축키로 사용되는 문자 바로 앞에 단일 앰퍼샌드 문자 ``&`` 가 포함되어 있습니다. 번역에서 적절한 문자를 " "선택하고 앰퍼샌드를 적절하게 배치해야 합니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:138 msgid "Plural forms" msgstr "복수형" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:135 msgid "" "Translations can accommodate the many ways that languages handle plurals. " "For example in English we write \"0 files, 1 file, 2 files\". Weblate_ has a" @@ -4094,15 +4828,18 @@ msgid "" " also handle plural forms." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:143 ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:233 msgid "Testing your translation" msgstr "번역 테스트" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:145 msgid "" "You need a copy of the Photini source files to test your translation with. " "You can download or clone this from GitHub (see :ref:`installation-" "photini`)." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:148 msgid "" "If you've been working online then you can download your translation with " "Weblate's \"Files\" menu. It will have the wrong default name so, for " @@ -4110,6 +4847,7 @@ msgid "" "``src/lang/fr/photini.ts``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:151 msgid "" "The translation file needs to be \"compiled\" (converted from ``.ts`` format" " to ``.qm`` format) before it can be used by the Photini program. This " @@ -4117,12 +4855,15 @@ msgid "" "package on PyPI." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:154 msgid "You can easily update and compile all the language files::" msgstr "모든 언어 파일을 쉽게 업데이트하고 컴파일할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:159 msgid "Now you can install Photini with your new translation(s)::" msgstr "이제 새 번역(들)으로 Photini를 설치할 수 있습니다::" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:163 msgid "" "Photini should use your new language if your computer's ``LANG`` environment" " variable is set appropriately. You can force this when running Photini from" @@ -4131,12 +4872,15 @@ msgstr "" "Photini는 컴퓨터의 ``LANG`` 환경 변수가 적절하게 설정되어 있으면 새 언어를 사용해야 합니다. 명령줄에서 Photini를 " "실행할 때 강제로 실행할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:168 msgid "Photini should now be using your translations." msgstr "이제 Photini가 번역을 사용하고 있을 것입니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:171 msgid "Translating the documentation" msgstr "문서 번역" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:173 msgid "" "Translating Photini's documentation is a lot more work than translating the " "program itself. The `\"Read the Docs\" `_ web site" @@ -4145,11 +4889,13 @@ msgid "" "program strings is a much higher priority." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:180 msgid "" "This uses Transifex_ as described above. The documentation strings are in " "the resource \"src..gettext/documentation.pot (transifex)\"." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:183 ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:195 msgid "" "See the :ref:`notes ` below for things to " "be aware of when translating the documentation." @@ -4157,6 +4903,7 @@ msgstr "" "문서를 번역할 때 주의해야 할 사항은 아래의 :ref:`notes` 를 " "참조하십시오." +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:188 msgid "" "The documentation translation uses ``.po`` files as specified by the `GNU " "gettext `_ project. You can open the " @@ -4166,6 +4913,7 @@ msgstr "" "문서 번역은 `GNU gettext `_ 프로젝트에 지정된 대로 " "``.po`` 파일을 사용합니다. 모든 편집기에서 번역 파일을 열 수 있지만 번역 도구가 가장 좋습니다. 예를 들어::" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:202 msgid "" "The Photini documentation is written in `reStructuredText " "`_. This is a markup language that" @@ -4176,9 +4924,11 @@ msgid "" "punctuation from the English source." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:211 msgid "Double backquotes ``````" msgstr "큰따옴표 ``````" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:209 msgid "" "These often mark words that are used in the Photini GUI. You may wish to " "include the English equivalent in brackets after your translation to help " @@ -4187,29 +4937,37 @@ msgid "" "German translation as ````Ausrichtung (Orientation)````." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:214 msgid "Special characters, e.g. ``(|hazard|)``" msgstr "특수 문자, 예: ``(|hazard|)``" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:214 msgid "These refer to Unicode symbols and should not be translated." msgstr "이들은 유니코드 기호를 참조하며 번역해서는 안 됩니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:217 msgid "Short cross references, e.g. ``:doc:`tags```" msgstr "짧은 상호 참조, 예: ``:doc:`tags```" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:217 msgid "These should not be translated." msgstr "이것들은 번역되어서는 안됩니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:220 msgid "Long cross references, e.g. ``:ref:`installation ```" msgstr "긴 상호 참조, 예: ``:ref:`installation ```" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:220 msgid "" "The text within the ``<>`` characters should not be translated, but it may " "be appropriate to translate the preceding link text." msgstr "``<>`` 문자 내의 텍스트는 번역해서는 안 되지만 이전 링크 텍스트를 번역하는 것이 적절할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:225 msgid "Short external links, e.g. ```Google Photos`_``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:223 msgid "" "If you need to translate the text you can transform the short link into a " "long one. For example, the English ```Google Photos`_`` could appear in a " @@ -4217,14 +4975,17 @@ msgid "" "underscores ``_`` and backquotes ````` - they are vital!" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:228 msgid "Long external links, e.g. ```Flickr `_``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:228 msgid "" "The url within the ``<>`` characters should not be translated, but it may be" " appropriate to translate the preceding link text." msgstr "``<>`` 문자 내의 url은 번역되어서는 안 되지만 앞의 링크 텍스트를 번역하는 것이 적절할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:235 msgid "" "If you install Sphinx_ (See :ref:`installation `) you can build a local copy of the documentation using your " @@ -4233,14 +4994,17 @@ msgstr "" "Sphinx_ 를 설치하면(참조 :ref:`installation`) 번역을 사용하여 " "문서의 로컬 복사본을 만들 수 있습니다. 예를 들어 네덜란드어 문서를 작성하려면 다음을 수행하십시오. ::" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:240 msgid "" "Open ``doc/html/index.html`` with a web browser to read the translated " "documentation." msgstr "번역된 문서를 읽으려면 웹 브라우저에서 ``doc/html/index.html`` 을 엽니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/reading.rst:6 msgid "Further reading" msgstr "추가 읽기" +#: ../../../doc/other/reading.rst:8 msgid "" "The best explanation of what should be put in each metadata field I've found" " is the `Guide to Photo Metadata Fields `_ 입니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/reading.rst:9 msgid "" "`Google Maps JavaScript API " "`_." @@ -4256,6 +5021,7 @@ msgstr "" "`Google Maps JavaScript API " "`_." +#: ../../../doc/other/reading.rst:10 msgid "" "`Bing Maps V8 Web Control `_." @@ -4263,6 +5029,7 @@ msgstr "" "`Bing Maps V8 Web Control `_." +#: ../../../doc/other/reading.rst:11 msgid "" "`Leaflet, an open-source JavaScript library for mobile-friendly interactive " "maps `_." @@ -4270,9 +5037,11 @@ msgstr "" "`Leaflet, an open-source JavaScript library for mobile-friendly interactive " "maps `_." +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:6 msgid "Typical workflow" msgstr "Typical workflow" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:8 msgid "" "This is a suggestion for how to use Photini. It roughly reflects what I do, " "but is just a guideline for beginners. As you gain experience you may choose" @@ -4286,9 +5055,11 @@ msgstr "" " 반영하기 위해 Photini의 탭 순서를 조정할 수 있습니다. 자세한 내용은 :ref:`configuration-tabs` 을 " "참조하세요." +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:16 msgid "Make a backup copy" msgstr "백업 복사본 만들기" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:18 msgid "" "Before editing any of your images' metadata you should make a backup copy. " "Even if I could guarantee that Photini was bug free and would never corrupt " @@ -4300,9 +5071,11 @@ msgstr "" "보장할 수 있다고 해도 잘못된 시간에 정전이나 기타 컴퓨터 오류가 발생하여 다시는 촬영할 수 없는 사진을 망칠 수 있습니다. 시작하기 " "전에 사진의 백업 사본을 만드십시오." +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:23 msgid "Load images" msgstr "이미지 로드" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:25 msgid "" "Select the ``File`` menu ``Open images`` item (keyboard shortcut " "``Ctrl+O``). This opens a file selection dialog with which you can navigate " @@ -4314,6 +5087,7 @@ msgstr "" "하나 이상 선택할 수 있는 파일 선택 대화 상자가 열립니다. 원하는 경우 파일 관리자 창에서 Photini 편집기의 이미지 선택기로 " "이미지 파일을 \"드래그 앤 드롭\"할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:29 msgid "" "Photini doesn't set a limit to the number of files you can open " "simultaneously, but it's probably sensible not to open more than 30 or 40, " @@ -4323,6 +5097,7 @@ msgstr "" "Photini는 동시에 열 수 있는 파일 수에 제한을 두지 않지만 컴퓨터의 메모리 용량과 처리 능력에 따라 30개 또는 40개 이상 열지" " 않는 것이 좋습니다. 나는 보통 하루에 찍은 모든 사진을 로드하거나 한 곳에서 로드합니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:32 msgid "" "Each image file is shown as a thumbnail image in the lower half of the " "Photini editor GUI. You can adjust the space allocated to this area by " @@ -4337,9 +5112,11 @@ msgstr "" "적절한 수의 이미지를 볼 수 있는 크기를 선택하면서도 여전히 서로를 구분할 수 있습니다. 기본 사진 보기 프로그램에서 전체 크기 이미지를" " 보려면 썸네일을 두 번 클릭하십시오." +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:39 msgid "Set ownership" msgstr "소유권 설정" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:41 msgid "" "I usually start by setting the copyright notice and other information on the" " ``Ownership metadata`` tab. I select all the images with the keyboard " @@ -4349,9 +5126,11 @@ msgstr "" "저는 보통 ``소유권 메타데이터`` 탭에서 저작권 표시 및 기타 정보를 설정하는 것으로 시작합니다. 키보드 단축키 ``Ctrl+A``로 " "모든 이미지를 선택한 다음 ``템플릿 적용`` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 ``설명 메타데이터`` 탭으로 전환합니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:46 msgid "Set descriptive metadata" msgstr "설명 메타데이터 설정" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:48 msgid "" "If all your selected pictures have the same title then type it into the " "``Title / Object Name`` field now. Otherwise it's time to start selecting " @@ -4361,14 +5140,17 @@ msgstr "" "선택한 모든 사진의 제목이 같으면 지금 ``제목 / 개체 이름`` 필드에 제목을 입력하십시오. 그렇지 않으면 단일 이미지 또는 이미지 " "그룹을 선택하고 나머지 텍스트 필드를 채울 시간입니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:51 msgid "" "The ``Keywords`` field expects a list of words or short phrases, separated " "by semi-colon (;) characters." msgstr "``키워드`` 필드에는 세미콜론(;) 문자로 구분된 단어 또는 짧은 구문 목록이 있어야 합니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:54 msgid "Save your work so far" msgstr "지금까지 작업 저장" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:58 msgid "" "As you proceed it's a good idea to save the images that have new metadata " "with the ``File`` menu ``Save images with new data`` item (keyboard shortcut" @@ -4379,9 +5161,11 @@ msgstr "" "있는 이미지를 저장하는 것이 좋습니다. 저장되지 않은 메타데이터가 있는 이미지에는 경고 기호(|hazard|)가 표시된 미리보기 이미지가" " 있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:62 msgid "Set geolocation" msgstr "지리적 위치 설정" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:64 msgid "" "Amongst the commonly used image metadata items are the latitude and " "longitude of the position from which the photograph was taken. (Some people " @@ -4394,6 +5178,7 @@ msgstr "" "위치여야 한다고 주장하지만, 달 사진은 어떻습니까?) Photini를 사용하면 사진을 지도에 끌어다 놓아 위도와 경도를 쉽게 설정할 수 " "있습니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:68 msgid "" "There are currently three map tabs in the Photini editor, each of which gets" " maps (or aerial photographs) from a different provider: Google, Microsoft " @@ -4408,6 +5193,7 @@ msgstr "" "있습니다.) 지도는 모양이 다르며 세계의 다른 지역에 대해 다른 수준의 세부 정보를 보여줍니다. 가장 좋아하는 것을 사용해야 하지만 " "언제든지 다른 것으로 전환하는 것은 매우 쉽습니다." +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:73 msgid "" "You may be able use the map's navigation and zoom controls to find the area " "you want, but usually you will need to use the search box. Click on ``, 2023\n" "Language: nb\n" @@ -22,9 +22,11 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.11.0\n" +#: ../../../doc/index.rst:6 ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:951 msgid "Photini documentation" msgstr "Photini-dokumentasjon" +#: ../../../doc/index.rst:8 msgid "" "Welcome to the documentation of Photini, an easy to use photograph metadata " "editor. For a quick introduction to Photini and its features I suggest you " @@ -32,9 +34,11 @@ msgid "" "capabilities can be found in :doc:`the user manual `." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/index.rst:23 msgid "Copyright (C) 2012-23 Jim Easterbrook." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/index.rst:25 msgid "" "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under " "the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or any later " @@ -44,14 +48,17 @@ msgid "" "License\"." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../:4 msgid "" "Comments or questions? Please subscribe to the Photini mailing list " "https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/photini and let us know." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:6 msgid "Location addresses" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Address`` tab shows text address data for the location from where the " "photograph was taken (``camera``) and one or more locations shown in the " @@ -59,6 +66,7 @@ msgid "" " Tower then the camera location is almost certainly somewhere else in Paris." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:13 msgid "" "Locations are stored in a 5-level hierarchy: ``street``, ``city``, " "``province``, ``country`` and ``region``. The meaning of these terms is " @@ -71,18 +79,21 @@ msgid "" "sub-continent." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:20 msgid "" "``Name``, ``Location ID``, and GPS data are recent additions to the IPTC " "location specification. More detail about all of these can be found on the " "`IPTC web site`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:23 msgid "" "Note that \"legacy\" IPTC-IIM address metadata only stores the ``street``, " "``city``, ``province``, and ``country`` fields and only the ``camera`` " "location." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:27 msgid "" "The ``Get address from lat, long`` button uses \"reverse geocoding\" to " "convert latitude & longitude into a hierarchical address. This is a rather " @@ -91,6 +102,7 @@ msgid "" "Other map providers don't allow lookup results to be permanently stored." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:32 msgid "" "Photini attempts to use all the data returned in an address lookup. This can" " lead to some duplication, e.g. Château-Gontier appears twice in ``city``. " @@ -98,6 +110,7 @@ msgid "" "IPTC-IIM metadata." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:38 msgid "" "Scrolling down shows the latitude and longitude of the location. Note that " "these are not the same as the GPS coordinates shown at the top left. The " @@ -106,9 +119,11 @@ msgid "" "that are shown in the ``camera`` address." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:44 msgid "It is usually necessary to edit the address quite a lot." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:48 msgid "" "Right-clicking on a location tab displays a context menu that allows the tab" " to be copied to a new tab or deleted. Copying the ``camera`` location is an" @@ -116,31 +131,37 @@ msgid "" "is immediately created, in case the photograph has more than one subject.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:54 msgid "" "In this case most of the data is the same, but I changed ``street`` to the " "subject of the photograph rather than the place where I was standing, and " "then deleted the latitude & longitude." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:56 msgid "" "To reorder the subject locations, or to convert between camera and subject, " "you can drag any of the tabs to another position. Photini ensures there is " "always one empty subject location ready to be filled in." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:6 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:8 msgid "" "If there are tabs in the Photini GUI that you don't use, you can remove them" " by deselecting their entry in the ``Options`` menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:10 msgid "" "The ``Options`` menu also has a ``Settings`` item which opens the dialog " "shown below." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:14 msgid "" "The first three items adjust how Photini uses IPTC-IIM \"legacy\" metadata. " "(Since 2004 the `IPTC standard`_ uses XMP to store metadata. Photini always " @@ -152,6 +173,7 @@ msgid "" "present." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:22 msgid "" "IPTC-IIM metadata has limited length for some fields. Photini truncates the " "IPTC-IIM data if necessary, but the full length data is still stored in Exif" @@ -160,6 +182,7 @@ msgid "" "disable this warning." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:27 msgid "" "Sidecar files allow metadata to be stored without needing to write to the " "actual image file. If you deselect \"write to image file\" then sidecars " @@ -169,6 +192,7 @@ msgid "" "(if metadata can be copied to the image file the sidecar is deleted)." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:31 msgid "" "Next there are options to adjust file timestamps. \"Keep original\" leaves " "image files' timestamps unchanged. \"Set to when photo was taken\" changes " @@ -178,14 +202,17 @@ msgid "" "these options useful if you often use a file browser to sort files by date." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:37 msgid "" "If you have installed gpxpy_ then there is a final option to determine if " "the altitude is included when a GPX file is used to set pictures' GPS data." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:42 msgid "Spell checking" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:44 msgid "" "The ``Spelling`` menu allows you to enable or disable spell checking on " "Photini's text fields, and to select the language dictionary to use. The " @@ -195,6 +222,7 @@ msgid "" "appropriate enchant \"backend\" installed)." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:48 msgid "" "Windows programs don't share spell checking dictionaries as easily as on " "Linux. The Hunspell `LibreOffice dictionaries`_ can be used. Select the " @@ -207,9 +235,11 @@ msgid "" " will depend on your Python installation." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:57 msgid "Configuration file location" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:59 msgid "" "Photini stores its configuration in a file called ``editor.ini``. The " "default location of this file is ``$HOME/.config/photini/`` (Linux), " @@ -220,9 +250,11 @@ msgid "" "``PHOTINI_CONFIG`` to the directory you'd like to use." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:66 msgid "PyQt options" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:68 msgid "" "The configuration file includes options to select use of PyQt5, PyQt6, " "PySide2, or PySide6. These may be useful if one of these components on your " @@ -230,9 +262,11 @@ msgid "" "that it is impossible to test Photini with every one." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:72 msgid "The default options in the configuration file are in the ``[pyqt]`` section:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:81 msgid "" "To force use of a particular Qt library set the value of ``qt_lib`` to " "``'PyQt5'``, ``'PyQt6'``, ``'PySide2'``, or ``'PySide6'``. (You can also use" @@ -241,6 +275,7 @@ msgid "" "the ``--version`` option::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:87 msgid "" "If your computer has a high resolution screen, or you have poor eyesight, " "you may find the Photini user interface's text is too small to read " @@ -249,26 +284,31 @@ msgid "" "artefacts from the scaling." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:91 msgid "" "Setting the ``native_dialog`` option to ``False`` makes Photini use a Qt " "dialog to select files to open instead of the normal operating system " "dialog." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:93 msgid "" "Note that there is no GUI to set these options. You may need to adjust them " "if Photini crashes on startup, in which case the GUI would be unusable. The " "configuration file can be edited with any plain text editing program." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:98 msgid "" "Make sure your editor doesn't change the file's encoding (e.g. from utf-8 to" " iso-8859) or insert a \"byte order mark\"." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:103 msgid "Application style" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:105 msgid "" "Qt applications can have their appearance changed by selecting different " "\"styles\". Normally a style is automatically chosen that suits the " @@ -278,12 +318,14 @@ msgid "" "style to one that does." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:109 msgid "" "The choice of style affects how some \"widgets\" are drawn. If you find " "problems such as date or timezone values (on the \"technical metadata\" tab)" " being partly hidden then it might be worth trying another style." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:112 msgid "" "To find out what styles are available on your computer you can use Photini's" " ``--version`` flag. (You need to run Photini from a command window to do " @@ -292,6 +334,7 @@ msgid "" "follows::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:126 msgid "" "Note that the style names are not case sensitive. If none of the available " "styles is to your liking you may be able to install extra ones. For example," @@ -299,6 +342,7 @@ msgid "" "available." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:130 msgid "" "Once you find a style that you like, you can set Photini to use that style " "by editing the configuration file as described above. Add a line such as " @@ -307,14 +351,17 @@ msgid "" "line unless you remove the ``style = ...`` line from your config file." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:146 msgid "Tab order" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:148 msgid "" "The tabs can be re-ordered by dragging and dropping a tab to your preferred " "position. This is much easier to do than editing the configuration file." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:152 msgid "" "Photini's tabs can be enabled or disabled with the ``Options`` menu as " "described above, but their order is set in the configuration file. The " @@ -322,14 +369,17 @@ msgid "" "imported for each tab. You can reorder the tabs by reordering this list." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:182 msgid "" "You could even use a tab provided by another Python package by adding its " "module name to the list. See :doc:`extending` for more information." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:186 msgid "Metadata options" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:188 msgid "" "Photini can optionally read metadata from \"BMFF\" based filed types CR3, " "HEIF, HEIC, and AVIF. This requires use of python-exiv2 with libexiv2 " @@ -338,11 +388,13 @@ msgid "" "the `Exiv2 warning`_ before enabling this feature." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:194 msgid "" "To enable BMFF file reading, edit the configuration file and set the " "``enable_bmff`` option to ``True``:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:201 msgid "" "Note that this only affects Photini's ability to read and write BMFF " "metadata. Reading image data (for thumbnails or the image regions tab) will " @@ -351,15 +403,18 @@ msgid "" "is probably impossible if you installed PyQt or PySide with pip." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:6 msgid "Descriptive metadata" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Descriptive metadata`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+D``) allows you to" " edit basic information about your photographs, such as the title and " "description." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:10 msgid "" "The data form is disabled until you select one or more images to edit. " "Hovering the mouse over one of the data fields displays a popup \"tooltip\" " @@ -367,6 +422,7 @@ msgid "" "taken from the `IPTC standard`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:16 msgid "" "The first thing I usually do with a new set of photographs is to set the " "title. Select all the images that should have the same title, then type the " @@ -377,6 +433,7 @@ msgid "" "fields blank." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:21 msgid "" "The legacy IPTC-IIM standard has a maximum number of bytes for each data " "item. If your text has more bytes then the excess is shown underlined in " @@ -385,6 +442,7 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`configuration `." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:28 msgid "" "The ``Title / Object name`` field has an optional spell checker, enabled " "with the ``Spelling`` menu. The word \"Château-Gontier\" is not in the " @@ -393,6 +451,7 @@ msgid "" " can be chosen by clicking on it." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:36 msgid "" "Note that all the image thumbnails now have a warning symbol (|hazard|) " "displayed next to them. This shows that they have unsaved metadata edits. " @@ -401,6 +460,7 @@ msgid "" " I do this frequently to avoid losing any of my work." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:43 msgid "" "Now you can add more detail in the ``Headline`` and / or ``Description / " "Caption`` boxes. (My descriptions are usually so short that a separate " @@ -408,6 +468,7 @@ msgid "" "photographs that share the same description, so select those images first." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:49 msgid "" "If you select a group of images you may see ```` displayed " "in some of the text boxes. You can right-click on the box to bring up a " @@ -416,6 +477,7 @@ msgid "" " of the text." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:55 msgid "" "The ``Alt Text (Accessibility)`` and ``Extended Description " "(Accessibility)`` boxes are where you describe the photograph for visually " @@ -424,6 +486,7 @@ msgid "" "create their \"ALT text\" image description." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:60 msgid "" "Next you can set a list of keywords for the image by typing them in the " "``Keywords`` box. Keywords should be separated by semi-colon (;) characters." @@ -431,19 +494,23 @@ msgid "" " ones you use most often." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:66 msgid "" "Finally the ``Rating`` slider allows you to note any particularly good or " "bad pictures. Good pictures can be given a one to five star rating." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:71 msgid "" "Bad pictures can be given a ``reject`` rating. This is stored in the " "metadata as a rating value of -1." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:79 msgid "Alternative Languages" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:81 msgid "" "Some fields, such as title and description, are stored in XMP as `Lang Alt`_" " data. This allows translations into alternative languages to be stored " @@ -451,6 +518,7 @@ msgid "" "in Exif and IPTC-IIM.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:85 msgid "" "Photini has a language drop down selector next to each ``Lang Alt`` data " "field. If the current text is in an unspecified default language the " @@ -460,6 +528,7 @@ msgid "" "on the drop down and selecting ````." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:92 msgid "" "If there is already some text in an unspecified default language you will be" " asked to say what that language is. Languages are specified with an " @@ -468,22 +537,28 @@ msgid "" " code, e.g. ``en-GB`` for English as spoken in Great Britain." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:98 msgid "" "Next you can set the language to be added, e.g. ``fr-FR`` for French as " "spoken in France." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:102 msgid "You can then type the translation in to the text field." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:106 msgid "" "If you would like to change the default language, right-click on the " "``Lang:`` dropdown and choose a language." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:111 +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:44 msgid "More information about the data fields" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:113 msgid "" "Click on any field name below to see the IPTC definition and user notes for " "that field. Although these fields are defined in an `IPTC standard`_, they " @@ -491,67 +566,83 @@ msgid "" "\"legacy\" IPTC-IIM data." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:117 msgid "" "`Title / Object Name `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:118 msgid "A short title." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:119 msgid "" "`Headline `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:120 msgid "A brief description." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:121 msgid "" "`Description / Caption `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:122 msgid "The who, what and why of what the image depicts." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:123 msgid "" "`Alt Text (Accessibility) " "`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:124 msgid "Text description for visually impaired accessibility." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:125 msgid "" "`Extended Description (Accessibility) " "`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:126 msgid "Extended description for visually impaired accessibility." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:127 msgid "" "`Keywords `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:128 msgid "Separate words or phrases with ``;`` characters. Not stored in Exif." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:131 msgid "" "`Rating `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:130 msgid "How good is the photo." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/extending.rst:6 msgid "Extending Photini" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/extending.rst:8 msgid "" "It is possible to add new functionality to Photini by providing a new " "\"tab\". Because the tabs are loaded dynamically at run-time the new tab " @@ -561,29 +652,35 @@ msgid "" "list (see :ref:`configuration-tabs`) will add the tab to Photini." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/extending.rst:12 msgid "Every Photini tab has to have the following interface:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/extending.rst:43 msgid "" "The ``tab_name`` method returns the label given to the tab. It should be as " "short as possible." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/extending.rst:46 msgid "" "When the user defines any new metadata you should get the current selection " "from the ``image_list`` and set the metadata on every image in the " "selection." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/extending.rst:48 msgid "" "It's probably easiest to start with a copy of the Photini tab module most " "like what you want to do, strip out the bits you don't need and then add " "your own stuff." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:6 msgid "Flickr uploader" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Flickr upload`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+F``) allows you to upload" " your photographs to `Flickr `_, a popular online " @@ -591,24 +688,28 @@ msgid "" " not endorsed or certified by Flickr." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:11 msgid "" "Unlike some other Flickr uploaders, Photini uses the descriptive metadata " "you've created to set Flickr's title, description and tags. This means you " "don't have to retype all that information!" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:14 msgid "" "Note that the Flickr upload tab is only enabled if you have installed some " "extra software packages. See :ref:`installation ` for" " more detail." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:19 msgid "" "Initially most of the Flickr uploader tab is disabled. It's only usable " "after you've authorised Photini to access your Flickr account by clicking " "the ``Log in`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:24 msgid "" "The first time you click ``Log in`` Photini connects your web browser to " "Flickr, from where you can log in and give Photini permission to access " @@ -616,28 +717,33 @@ msgid "" "people's photos and videos.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:29 msgid "" "After authorisation your browser should display this page. The web browser " "window can then be closed." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:34 msgid "" "If the authorisation is successful Photini displays your Flickr user name " "and profile picture. You should not need to redo this authorisation process " "unless you click the ``Log out`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:37 msgid "" "Your current Flickr albums are shown on the right hand side of the Flickr " "uploader tab. You can add a new album with the ``New album`` button. This " "opens a pop-up dialog as shown below." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:43 msgid "" "Type in the album details and click ``OK``. Note that the album will not be " "created on Flickr until you upload a photo to it." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:48 msgid "" "To upload one or more photographs to Flickr, select them in the image " "selector area, then choose which (if any) of your albums to add them to and " @@ -645,6 +751,7 @@ msgid "" "upload`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:50 msgid "" "The album membership and privacy & other settings apply to all the " "photographs in this upload. If you want some photographs to have different " @@ -652,15 +759,19 @@ msgid "" "separate batch." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:55 ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:47 +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:56 msgid "" "During uploading Photini displays a progress bar. Uploading takes place in " "the background, so you can continue to use other tabs while the upload is in" " progress. The upload can be stopped by clicking the ``Stop upload`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:61 ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:62 msgid "After uploading a photograph it is marked as having new metadata." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:65 msgid "" "If you switch to the ``Descriptive metadata`` tab you can see there is a new" " keyword ``flickr:id=``. Photini uses this `triple tag`_ to " @@ -668,15 +779,18 @@ msgid "" "on, as described below." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:69 msgid "Synchronising local metadata to Flickr" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:71 msgid "" "Sometimes you might change your photograph's metadata on Flickr and would " "like to copy those changes back to the image file on your computer. Select " "the image(s) you would like to update and click the ``Synchronise`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:76 msgid "" "If an image does not have a ``flickr:id`` keyword then Photini will try to " "find the photograph on Flickr by matching the date and time it was taken. If" @@ -684,26 +798,31 @@ msgid "" "metadata." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:79 msgid "" "Flickr \"notes\" attached to an image are shown on Photini's :doc:`regions` " "tab." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:84 msgid "" "You can see what changed with the image's context menu ``View changes``. In " "this case Flickr has set the location city to its new name of \"Château-" "Gontier-sur-Mayenne\". I chose to ignore this new metadata." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:89 msgid "Synchronising Flickr metadata to local" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:91 msgid "" "If you change your image file metadata and would like to make the same " "changes on Flickr you can select the image and click on the ``Start upload``" " button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:95 msgid "" "If you upload an image that already has a ``flickr:id`` keyword then Photini" " allows you to change the photograph's metadata instead of uploading a new " @@ -711,9 +830,11 @@ msgid "" "you've processed it in another application." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:6 msgid "Google Photos uploader" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Google Photos upload`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+P``) allows you to" " upload your photographs to `Google Photos`_. The Google Photos API is quite" @@ -721,24 +842,28 @@ msgid "" " abilities." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:11 msgid "" "Note that the Google Photos upload tab is only enabled if you have installed" " some extra software packages. See :ref:`installation ` for more detail." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:16 msgid "" "Initially most of the Google Photos uploader tab is disabled. It's only " "usable after you've authorised Photini to access your Google Photos account " "by clicking the ``Log in`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:19 msgid "" "The first time you click ``Log in`` Photini connects your web browser to " "Google Photos, from where you can log in and give Photini permission to " "access Google Photos on your behalf." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:22 msgid "" "Unfortunately Google won't verify Photini because it continues to be " "developed, so you will be presented with several warning messages during the" @@ -746,12 +871,14 @@ msgid "" "account." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:26 msgid "" "If the authorisation is successful Photini displays your Google Photos user " "name and profile picture. You should not need to redo this authorisation " "process unless you click the ``Log out`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:29 msgid "" "Your current Google Photos albums are shown on the right hand side of the " "Google Photos uploader tab. The Google Photos API only allows Photini to add" @@ -759,25 +886,30 @@ msgid "" "disabled." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:33 msgid "" "You can add a new album with the ``New album`` button. This opens a pop-up " "dialog as shown below." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:38 msgid "" "Type in the album title and click ``OK``. The title can be up to 500 " "characters long, so you may want to enlarge the dialog box." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:43 msgid "" "To upload one or more photographs to Google Photos, select them in the image" " selector area, then choose which (if any) of your albums to add them to, " "then click on the ``Start upload`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:6 msgid "Image selector" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:8 msgid "" "When you start the Photini editor it displays a GUI (graphical user " "interface) as shown below. The exact appearance will depend on your " @@ -787,6 +919,7 @@ msgid "" "for more detail.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:14 msgid "" "The Photini editor GUI has two main areas. The upper part has a set of tabs " "to select different functions. The lower part is an image selector that is " @@ -796,11 +929,13 @@ msgid "" " the mouse." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:20 msgid "" "The tabs can be re-ordered by dragging and dropping a tab to your preferred " "position." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:25 msgid "" "Now load some images using the ``File`` menu ``Open files`` item (or its " "keyboard shortcut ``Ctrl+O``). The loaded files are displayed as thumbnail " @@ -810,6 +945,7 @@ msgid "" "appropriate button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:30 msgid "" "Images can also be loaded by \"drag and drop\" from a file manager window or" " by adding them to the command line if you run Photini from a command " @@ -818,21 +954,25 @@ msgid "" "images in one go." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:36 msgid "" "Clicking on any thumbnail selects that file. The selected file is " "highlighted by a red border. Double clicking on a thumbnail should display " "the full size image, using your default image viewing application." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:42 msgid "" "Multiple files can be selected by holding down the 'shift' key while " "clicking on a second image. To select multiple files that are not adjacent, " "hold down the 'control' key while clicking on the images." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:47 msgid "The keyboard shortcut ``Ctrl+A`` selects all the loaded files." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:51 msgid "" "Selecting multiple files allows you to set metadata, such as the image " "title, on several files at once. This is much quicker than having to edit " @@ -842,14 +982,17 @@ msgid "" " or three before writing a description." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:57 msgid "Context menu" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:59 msgid "" "Right-clicking on a thumbnail displays a context menu for all the currently " "selected files." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:63 msgid "" "The context menu currently has five items. ``Reload file`` discards any " "metadata changes. ``Save changes`` saves any changes to the file(s). ``View " @@ -858,6 +1001,7 @@ msgid "" "the file(s)." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:72 msgid "" "The ``view changes`` context menu item displays all the metadata items that " "have changed. In this example I've set two items that were previously empty." @@ -865,12 +1009,15 @@ msgid "" "``undo`` checkboxes and click on ``OK``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:78 msgid "The same menu items also appear in the main ``File`` menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:81 msgid "Using Photini with other programs" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:83 msgid "" "If you use other applications that can display or edit image metadata then " "you need to be careful when using them with Photini. Just like with a word " @@ -881,6 +1028,7 @@ msgid "" "to reload the file in Photini." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:88 msgid "" "You may also want to experiment with how other programs display the metadata" " you create in Photini and *vice versa*. Be aware that other programs might " @@ -889,9 +1037,11 @@ msgid "" "with Photini, unless they can be configured to use metadata standards." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:6 msgid "Image importer" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Import photos`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+I``) allows you to copy " "photographs from your digital camera or anywhere else on your computer (for " @@ -900,12 +1050,14 @@ msgid "" "things the way I want, so I added one to Photini." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:11 msgid "" "Note that you can only import directly from cameras if you have installed " "python-gphoto2 (which is not available on Windows). See :ref:`installation " "` for more detail." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:14 #, python-format msgid "" "The key part of the importer is the ``Target format`` field. This provides a" @@ -918,70 +1070,91 @@ msgid "" "behavior>`_ for a complete list." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:20 msgid "" "As well as the date & time format strings, bracketed keywords can be used to" " manipulate parts of the file name:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:23 msgid "keyword" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:23 msgid "meaning" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:23 msgid "example" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:25 msgid "{camera}" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:25 msgid "the camera model name" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:25 msgid "Canon_PowerShot_A1100_IS" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:26 msgid "{name}" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:26 msgid "the complete file name" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:26 msgid "IMG_9999.JPG" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:27 msgid "{number}" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:27 msgid "the numeric part of the file name" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:27 msgid "9999" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:28 msgid "{root}" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:28 msgid "the filename without its extension" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:28 msgid "IMG_9999" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:29 msgid "{ext}" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:29 msgid "the filename extension" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:29 msgid ".JPG" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:32 msgid "" "Below the ``Target format`` field is an example generated from the current " "format to help you edit it correctly." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:34 #, python-format msgid "" "Note that Photini stores a different target format for each camera or source" @@ -993,6 +1166,7 @@ msgid "" "``IMG_9999.JPG``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:40 msgid "" "After connecting one or more cameras and pressing the ``refresh`` button, a " "camera can be chosen from the ```` drop down list. Photini " @@ -1002,6 +1176,7 @@ msgid "" "some time." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:43 msgid "" "The drop down list also includes the most recent source folders you have " "used. Click on ```` to add a new source folder to the list. " @@ -1010,24 +1185,28 @@ msgid "" "you want, to avoid including too many other files." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:47 msgid "" "The list is displayed in the central area, with the location where the file " "would be stored. It is sorted by name or date, as selected by the buttons " "below the image thumbnail area." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:52 msgid "" "When the ``Target format`` has been set to match where previous images were " "put, images that have already been copied to the computer are non selectable" " (shown in light grey)." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:56 msgid "" "The remaining images can be selected by clicking on them, or by using the " "``Select all`` button (to select all uncopied images) or ``Select new`` " "button (to select images newer than the last ones copied)." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:60 msgid "" "Clicking the ``Copy photos`` button copies the selected images to the " "computer and loads them into Photini. To avoid overloading Photini you " @@ -1035,6 +1214,7 @@ msgid "" "photos``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:63 msgid "" "The ``Move photos`` button moves image files instead of copying them. This " "is probably not useful with a camera source, but can be used to reorganise " @@ -1042,20 +1222,24 @@ msgid "" "them as well." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:68 msgid "" "As each file is copied it is shown in grey on the file list and the selected" " file count decreases." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:72 msgid "" "After copying all the files the file list is refreshed, which may take some " "time. Now that all the files have been copied from the camera none can be " "selected." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/index.rst:6 msgid "User manual" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/index.rst:8 msgid "" "This manual attempts to cover every part of Photini in detail, but still be " "usable as a tutorial. I suggest you read the :doc:`image selector " @@ -1064,9 +1248,11 @@ msgid "" "features." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:6 msgid "Ipernity uploader" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Ipernity upload`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+I``) allows you to " "upload your photographs to `Ipernity `_, a " @@ -1074,64 +1260,75 @@ msgid "" "Ipernity API but is not endorsed or certified by Ipernity." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:11 msgid "" "Unlike some other uploaders, Photini uses the descriptive metadata you've " "created to set Ipernity's title, description and keywords. This means you " "don't have to retype all that information!" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:14 msgid "" "Note that the Ipernity upload tab is only enabled if you have installed some" " extra software packages. See :ref:`installation ` " "for more detail." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:19 msgid "" "Initially most of the Ipernity uploader tab is disabled. It's only usable " "after you've authorised Photini to access your Ipernity account by clicking " "the ``Log in`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:24 msgid "" "The first time you click ``Log in`` Photini connects your web browser to " "Ipernity, from where you can log in and give Photini permission to access " "Ipernity on your behalf." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:28 msgid "" "After authorising Photini close the web browser window or tab and return to " "the Photini window. You can now close the \"Authorisation required\" dialog." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:33 msgid "" "If the authorisation is successful Photini displays your Ipernity user name " "and profile picture. You should not need to redo this authorisation process " "unless you click the ``Log out`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:38 msgid "" "Your current Ipernity albums are shown on the right hand side of the " "Ipernity uploader tab. You can add a new album with the ``New album`` " "button. This opens a pop-up dialog as shown below." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:44 msgid "" "Type in the album details and click ``OK``. Note that the album will not be " "visible on Ipernity until you upload a photo to it." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:49 msgid "" "To upload one or more photographs to Ipernity, select them in the image " "selector area, then choose which (if any) of your albums to add them to and " "set the permissions and licence, then click on the ``Start upload`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:51 msgid "" "The permissions, licence, and album membership apply to all the photographs " "in this upload. If you want some photographs to have different permissions, " "licence, or album membership you need to upload them as a separate batch." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:66 msgid "" "If you switch to the ``Descriptive metadata`` tab you can see there is a new" " keyword ``ipernity:id=``. Photini uses this `triple tag`_ to " @@ -1139,15 +1336,18 @@ msgid "" "on, as described below." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:70 msgid "Synchronising local metadata to Ipernity" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:72 msgid "" "Sometimes you might change your photograph's metadata on Ipernity and would " "like to copy those changes back to the image file on your computer. Select " "the image(s) you would like to update and click the ``Synchronise`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:77 msgid "" "If an image does not have a ``ipernity:id`` keyword then Photini will try to" " find the photograph on Ipernity by matching the date and time it was taken." @@ -1156,29 +1356,35 @@ msgid "" "changes``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:81 msgid "" "Ipernity \"notes\" attached to an image are shown on Photini's " ":doc:`regions` tab." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:85 msgid "Synchronising Ipernity metadata to local" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:87 msgid "" "If you change your image file metadata and would like to make the same " "changes on Ipernity you can select the image and click on the ``Start " "upload`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:91 msgid "" "If you upload an image that already has a ``ipernity:id`` keyword then " "Photini allows you to change the photograph's metadata instead of uploading " "a new photograph." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:6 msgid "Geotagging" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:8 msgid "" "The map tabs allow you to set the location of where a photograph was taken. " "Photini currently uses three different map providers: Google, Bing, and " @@ -1187,6 +1393,7 @@ msgid "" "aerial (or \"satellite\") photography." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:15 msgid "" "The map initially displays the previously used location. You can change the " "view by zooming in or out, or by panning the map by dragging it with the " @@ -1194,6 +1401,7 @@ msgid "" " search facility." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:21 msgid "" "Click on the ```` edit box and type in a search term such as the" " name of a town, then press the 'return' key. A drop down list of place " @@ -1202,6 +1410,7 @@ msgid "" "the free servers that provide the service." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:27 msgid "" "The search is influenced by the current location shown on the map. A search " "for 'newport' may return different results if the map is showing New York " @@ -1212,28 +1421,33 @@ msgid "" "list." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:32 msgid "" "Each map provider has its own search facility. You may get more useful " "results by switching to a different map tab." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:39 msgid "" "Having found the right town, you can then zoom in and pan around to find the" " exact location where your photograph was taken. Using aerial / satellite " "imagery can help with this." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:44 msgid "" "Now you can drag and drop your photograph onto the map to set its location. " "To set the same location on multiple images, select them all and then drag " "and drop one of them." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:49 msgid "" "Note that photographs that have location data are shown with a flag symbol " "(|flag|) in the image selector area." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:51 msgid "" "The location coordinates are shown in the ``Lat, long:`` box. These values " "are editable, so you can set the location of photographs directly, e.g. by " @@ -1242,12 +1456,14 @@ msgid "" "delete the coordinates." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:56 msgid "" "In Photini version 2023.5.0 and later the coordinates are separated by a " "space. Older versions used a comma but this causes problems with locales " "that use a decimal comma instead of a decimal point." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:61 msgid "" "When several photographs have location metadata Photini will pan the map " "(and zoom out if required) to ensure all the selected images are shown on " @@ -1255,6 +1471,7 @@ msgid "" "are shown with grey markers." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:67 msgid "" "The ``Get altitude from map`` button sets the photograph's altitude (in " "metres) from its latitude and longitude, using data from the map provider. " @@ -1262,14 +1479,17 @@ msgid "" "lot. You can edit the value to correct it." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:73 msgid "" "Selecting another map tab will show the same location but with data and " "imagery from a different provider." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:78 msgid "GPX file import" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:80 msgid "" "If you have a mobile phone or other device with a GPS logger you may be able" " to set the approximate locations of photographs from logged GPS positions. " @@ -1277,29 +1497,34 @@ msgid "" "files." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:85 msgid "" "First you need to export your GPS log as a GPX_ (GPS eXchange format) file, " "then transfer the .gpx file to your computer. Make sure your images have the" " correct time zone set so that Photini can calculate their UTC_ timestamps." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:90 msgid "" "When a GPX file is imported its track points are displayed on the map as " "blue circles. If the file has a large number of points, closely positioned " "in space or time, then not all of them are shown." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:95 msgid "" "Selecting a photograph shows up to four track points in red. These are " "points with time stamps around the time the photograph was taken." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:100 msgid "" "After zooming in on the red track points the photograph can be dragged to " "the map as usual. (If you're wondering why there are pairs of circles on the" " map, it's because we walked there and back along roughly the same route.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:105 msgid "" "Alternatively, the ``Set coords from GPX`` button can be used to set the " "latitude and longitude of all the selected photographs to the nearest (in " @@ -1308,20 +1533,24 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`configuration `." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:109 msgid "" "The usefulness of GPX data depends on the accuracy of your GPS tracker, and " "on your camera's clock accuracy. You might want to adjust the timestamps in " "the :doc:`technical metadata ` tab first." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:112 msgid "" "When you've finished with the GPX track points they can be removed from the " "map with the ``Remove GPX data`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:115 msgid "Altitude considerations" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:117 msgid "" "The definition and measurement of altitude is made more complicated by the " "Earth not being exactly spherical, and its gravitational field not being " @@ -1330,12 +1559,14 @@ msgid "" "the years, each of which has improved the accuracy of altitude data." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:121 msgid "" "The GPS tracking app I use on my phone has an option to apply \"EGM96 " "correction\", which changes the altitude by 45 m at my home in the UK. If " "your app has a similar option I recommend you enable it." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:124 msgid "" "Bing Maps' altitude is corrected using the \"EGM2008\" model, according to " "their documentation. Google Maps uses \"local mean sea level\". They don't " @@ -1343,19 +1574,23 @@ msgid "" "from several sources." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/map.rst:128 msgid "" "I do not know which of these, if any, is correct for the GPS altitude in a " "photograph's Exif data." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:6 msgid "Ownership metadata" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Ownership metadata`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+O``) allows you to " "edit ownership and copyright information about your photographs." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:12 msgid "" "Most of this data will be the same for all your photographs, so Photini uses" " a \"template\" to apply the same text to all the selected images. If your " @@ -1365,6 +1600,7 @@ msgid "" "use the ``Edit template`` button to open the dialog shown below." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:18 msgid "" "Fill in any of the fields you want to use on every photograph. The field " "labels are copied from the `IPTC standard`_, as is the help text which " @@ -1373,6 +1609,7 @@ msgid "" " languages, as discussed in :ref:`alternative-languages`." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:24 msgid "" "Note that you can insert the year in which a photograph was taken with " "``%Y``. This is probably only useful in the ``Copyright Notice``, but is " @@ -1381,6 +1618,7 @@ msgid "" "number or ``%B`` for the month name.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:30 msgid "" "The ``Rights: Web Statement`` field is a drop down list of `Creative " "Commons`_ licences which you can extend with any other licences you use. The" @@ -1388,6 +1626,7 @@ msgid "" " web browser." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:33 msgid "" "Google Image Search displays the ``Creator``, ``Credit Line``, and " "``Copyright Notice`` values alongside search results. It also uses the " @@ -1396,6 +1635,7 @@ msgid "" "IPTC Photo Metadata and Google Images`_ for more detail." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:39 msgid "" "The ``Apply template`` button copies the template data to all the selected " "images, setting the correct year in the ``Copyright Notice``. If you want to" @@ -1405,6 +1645,7 @@ msgid "" "usual way." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:46 msgid "" "Click on any field name below to see the IPTC definition and user notes for " "that field. Although these fields are defined in an `IPTC standard`_, they " @@ -1412,73 +1653,89 @@ msgid "" "IPTC-IIM data." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:51 msgid "" "`Creator `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:51 msgid "" "Usually the photographer's name. If there is more than one creator, separate" " them with a ``;`` character." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:54 msgid "" "`Creator's Jobtitle `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:54 msgid "" "Job title of the first creator. Do not fill in this field unless the creator" " field is filled in." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:56 msgid "" "`Credit Line `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:57 msgid "Usually the photographer's name, but could be their employer or client." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:58 msgid "" "`Copyright Notice `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:59 msgid "Who owns the copyright." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:61 msgid "" "`Rights: Usage Terms `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:61 msgid "Plain text summary of how the image may be reused. Not stored in IPTC-IIM." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:65 msgid "" "`Rights: Web Statement `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:64 msgid "" "URL of a web page describing the usage rights of an image. `All rights " "reserved`_ is shown for any image with no URL set. Not stored in IPTC-IIM." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:67 msgid "" "`Instructions `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:68 msgid "Notes to a publisher of the image." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:73 msgid "" "`Contact Information `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:70 msgid "" "The IPTC standard allows up to three licensors, but Photini only uses one. " "Any more licensors in a file will be deleted when Photini saves metadata to " @@ -1487,9 +1744,11 @@ msgid "" "delete this information if it is present in a file." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:6 msgid "Pixelfed uploader" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Pixelfed upload`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+P``) allows you to " "upload your photographs to Pixelfed_, an open source decentralised photo " @@ -1498,18 +1757,21 @@ msgid "" "features disabled." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:11 msgid "" "Note that the Pixelfed upload tab is only enabled if you have installed some" " extra software packages. See :ref:`installation ` " "for more detail." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:16 msgid "" "Initially most of the Pixelfed uploader tab is disabled. It's only usable " "after you've authorised Photini to access your Pixelfed account by clicking " "the ``Log in`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:21 msgid "" "The first time you click ``Log in`` Photini asks you to choose a Pixelfed " "\"instance\" (or server) where you have an account. Photini already knows a " @@ -1517,24 +1779,28 @@ msgid "" " in the ``other`` box." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:26 msgid "" "After choosing an instance Photini opens a page in your web browser where " "you can log in to your Pixelfed account and then authorise Photini to access" " it." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:30 msgid "" "If the authorisation is successful Photini displays your Pixelfed user name " "and profile picture. You should not need to redo this authorisation process " "unless you click the ``Log out`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:33 msgid "" "After logging in most of the Pixelfed uploader interface is enabled. However" " some features remain disabled if they are not available with the software " "version running on the chosen instance." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:38 msgid "" "When you select some pictures to upload they are shown in the column to the " "right of your user details. The number of pictures you can upload in one go " @@ -1542,22 +1808,26 @@ msgid "" "Mastodon instances only allow four." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:42 msgid "" "The pictures are uploaded, and should be displayed on Pixelfed, in the order" " you selected them. Using the ``Ctrl`` key while clicking in the image " "selector area allows you to choose them one at a time." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:47 msgid "" "The ``Generate`` button creates a caption for the uploaded pictures based on" " their title, headline, description, and keywords metadata." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:51 msgid "" "You will almost certainly want to edit the generated text to make a good " "caption." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:53 msgid "" "If you want to hide your pictures from users until they choose to see them " "(e.g. if the pictures are \"not suitable for work\") you can check " @@ -1566,11 +1836,13 @@ msgid "" "their tick-boxes." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:58 msgid "" "Clicking the ``Start upload`` button uploads each picture and then posts a " "Pixelfed \"status\" with your pictures and caption." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:62 msgid "" "If your Pixelfed account settings have ``require media descriptions`` set " "then Photini will warn you if the picture you are uploading does not have " @@ -1579,6 +1851,7 @@ msgid "" "carry on and upload without alt text." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:66 msgid "" "If you add alt text later on you can use the ``Update remote`` button to " "copy the updated alt text to a previously uploaded picture. This is not " @@ -1587,6 +1860,7 @@ msgid "" "picture." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:69 msgid "" "Mastodon uses \"`focal points`_\" when cropping images. If you define a " "cropping region in Photini's :doc:`regions` tab, the centre of that region " @@ -1594,6 +1868,7 @@ msgid "" "parameter." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/pixelfed.rst:76 msgid "" "Pixelfed instances have maximum allowed image sizes, both pixel count and " "bytes in the file. If your image is too large, and is in a format Photini " @@ -1601,9 +1876,11 @@ msgid "" "quality Photini will use Pillow_ if it is installed." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:6 msgid "Image regions" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Image regions`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+R``) allows you to select" " part of a picture and label it with metadata. This can be useful to " @@ -1612,27 +1889,33 @@ msgid "" "discusses possible uses of image regions in more detail." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:14 msgid "The user interface is disabled until one image file is selected." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:18 msgid "" "The image is shown on the right hand side in a scrollable area. On the left " "are one or more tabs showing metadata for each image region." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:23 msgid "" "To create a new region, right-click on the region info tab bar and select " "the region shape. This same context menu can also be used to delete regions." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:28 msgid "The new region is initially placed at the centre of the image." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:32 msgid "" "The small squares at each corner of the rectangle can be dragged to change " "the size and shape. The entire region can be dragged by clicking within it." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:37 msgid "" "The most important metadata for a region is probably its \"role\". This is " "chosen from a \"`controlled vocabulary`_\" defined by the IPTC. Photini " @@ -1641,6 +1924,7 @@ msgid "" "the list." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:42 msgid "" "Other, less useful, metadata includes a name and identifier for the region. " "The ``Content type`` is another controlled vocabulary that allows you to say" @@ -1648,6 +1932,7 @@ msgid "" "probably ``human``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:48 msgid "" "The IPTC specification allows any other metadata to be attached to a region." " Photini includes ``Person shown`` and ``Description``, which I think are " @@ -1657,28 +1942,34 @@ msgid "" " you would like to be added." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:55 msgid "" "It can be useful to set cropping regions for an image. Many social media web" " sites crop images, typically to square or 16:9 aspect ratio landscape. This" " often causes problems such as decapitated bodies." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:61 msgid "" "The polygon region is initially a triangle shape. Right-clicking on one of " "its vertices allows a vertex to be added or deleted." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:66 msgid "A vertex can also be added by right-clicking anywhere within the polygon." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/regions.rst:70 msgid "" "Vertices can be added to make shapes of arbitrary complexity. Is this useful" " for anything?" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:6 msgid "Tag reference" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:8 msgid "" "This section lists the \"mapping\" from Photini's field names (such as " "\"Title / Object Name\") to the Exif / XMP / IPTC-IIM tags the data is " @@ -1686,6 +1977,7 @@ msgid "" "http://exiv2.org/metadata.html for more detail." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:12 msgid "" "As far as possible Photini follows the `Metadata Working Group " "`_ (MWG) \"Guidelines " @@ -1694,454 +1986,601 @@ msgid "" "differences between information stored in equivalent tags." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:16 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:27 msgid "Primary tags" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:18 msgid "" "These tags are where Photini stores its metadata. (Legacy IPTC-IIM data is " "only used if it already exists in the file, in line with the MWG guidelines," " unless the \"write unconditionally\" user setting is enabled.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:21 msgid "" "Note that some fields, such as \"Title / Object Name\" and \"Keywords\", are" " not stored in Exif. You may prefer not to use these fields to ensure " "compatibility with software that only handles Exif." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:24 msgid "" "Some of the field names in the table below lingk to their definition in the " "IPTC standard. You may find this useful when deciding what to write in those" " fields." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:30 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:164 +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:218 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:246 msgid "Photini field" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:31 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:165 +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:247 msgid "Exif tag" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:32 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:166 +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:219 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:248 msgid "XMP tag" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:33 msgid "IPTC-IIM tag" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:34 msgid "`Title / Object Name`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:36 msgid "Xmp.dc.title" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:37 msgid "Iptc.Application2.ObjectName" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:38 msgid "Headline_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:40 msgid "Xmp.photoshop.Headline" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:41 msgid "Iptc.Application2.Headline" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:42 msgid "`Description / Caption`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:43 msgid "Exif.Image.ImageDescription" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:44 msgid "Xmp.dc.description" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:45 msgid "Iptc.Application2.Caption" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:46 msgid "`Alt Text`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:48 msgid "Xmp.iptc.AltTextAccessibility" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:50 msgid "`Extended Description`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:52 msgid "Xmp.iptc.ExtDescrAccessibility" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:54 msgid "Keywords_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:56 msgid "Xmp.dc.subject" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:57 msgid "Iptc.Application2.Keywords" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:58 msgid "Rating_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:60 msgid "Xmp.xmp.Rating" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:62 msgid "Creator_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:63 msgid "Exif.Image.Artist" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:64 msgid "Xmp.dc.creator" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:65 msgid "Iptc.Application2.Byline" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:66 msgid "`Creator's Jobtitle`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:68 msgid "Xmp.photoshop.AuthorsPosition" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:69 msgid "Iptc.Application2.BylineTitle" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:70 msgid "`Credit Line`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:72 msgid "Xmp.photoshop.Credit" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:73 msgid "Iptc.Application2.Credit" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:74 msgid "`Copyright Notice`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:75 msgid "Exif.Image.Copyright" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:76 msgid "Xmp.dc.rights" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:77 msgid "Iptc.Application2.Copyright" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:78 msgid "`Rights: Usage Terms`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:80 msgid "Xmp.xmpRights.UsageTerms" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:82 msgid "`Rights: Web Statement`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:84 msgid "Xmp.xmpRights.WebStatement" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:86 msgid "Instructions_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:88 msgid "Xmp.photoshop.Instructions" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:89 msgid "Iptc.Application2.SpecialInstructions" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:90 msgid "`Contact Information`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:92 msgid "Xmp.plus.Licensor" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:93 msgid "Iptc.Application2.Contact" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:94 msgid "`Date / time Taken`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:95 msgid "Exif.Photo.DateTimeOriginal Exif.Photo.SubSecTimeOriginal" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:96 msgid "Xmp.photoshop.DateCreated" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:97 msgid "Iptc.Application2.DateCreated Iptc.Application2.TimeCreated" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:98 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:191 msgid "Date / time Digitised" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:99 msgid "Exif.Photo.DateTimeDigitized Exif.Photo.SubSecTimeDigitized" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:100 msgid "Xmp.xmp.CreateDate" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:101 msgid "Iptc.Application2.DigitizationDate Iptc.Application2.DigitizationTime" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:102 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:194 +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:264 msgid "Date / time Modified" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:103 msgid "Exif.Image.DateTime Exif.Photo.SubSecTime" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:104 msgid "Xmp.xmp.ModifyDate" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:106 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:220 msgid "Orientation" msgstr "Orientacja" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:107 msgid "Exif.Image.Orientation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:110 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:267 msgid "Camera" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:111 msgid "Exif.Image.Make Exif.Image.Model Exif.Photo.BodySerialNumber" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:114 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:197 +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:222 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:270 msgid "Lens" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:115 msgid "" "Exif.Photo.LensMake Exif.Photo.LensModel Exif.Photo.LensSerialNumber " "Exif.Photo.LensSpecification" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:118 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:200 +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:224 msgid "Focal length" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:119 msgid "Exif.Photo.FocalLength" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:122 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:226 msgid "35mm equiv" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:123 msgid "Exif.Photo.FocalLengthIn35mmFilm" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:126 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:203 +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:228 msgid "Aperture" msgstr "Przesłona" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:127 msgid "Exif.Photo.FNumber Exif.Photo.ApertureValue" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:130 msgid "`Image Regions`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:132 msgid "Xmp.iptcExt.ImageRegion" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:134 msgid "Latitude_, longitude_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:135 msgid "" "Exif.GPSInfo.GPSLatitude Exif.GPSInfo.GPSLatitudeRef " "Exif.GPSInfo.GPSLongitude Exif.GPSInfo.GPSLongitudeRef" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:138 msgid "Altitude_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:139 msgid "Exif.GPSInfo.GPSAltitude Exif.GPSInfo.GPSAltitudeRef" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:142 msgid "`Camera address`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:144 msgid "" "Xmp.iptcExt.LocationCreated Xmp.iptc.Location Xmp.photoshop.City " "Xmp.photoshop.State Xmp.photoshop.Country Xmp.iptc.CountryCode" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:145 msgid "" "Iptc.Application2.SubLocation Iptc.Application2.City " "Iptc.Application2.ProvinceState Iptc.Application2.CountryName " "Iptc.Application2.CountryCode" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:146 msgid "`Subject address`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:148 msgid "Xmp.iptcExt.LocationShown" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:150 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:206 +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:234 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:282 msgid "Thumbnail image" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:151 msgid "" "Exif.Thumbnail.Compression Exif.Thumbnail.ImageWidth " "Exif.Thumbnail.ImageLength" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:156 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:161 msgid "Secondary tags" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:158 msgid "" "Photini may read information from these tags and merge it with information " "from the primary tags. These tags are deleted when the corresponding primary" " tags are saved." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:167 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:249 msgid "Title / Object Name" msgstr "Tytuł/Nazwa obiektu" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:168 msgid "Exif.Image.XPTitle" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:170 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:252 msgid "Description / Caption" msgstr "Opis / Podpis" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:171 msgid "Exif.Image.XPComment Exif.Image.XPSubject Exif.Photo.UserComment" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:172 msgid "Xmp.exif.UserComment Xmp.tiff.ImageDescription" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:173 msgid "Keywords" msgstr "Słowa kluczowe" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:174 msgid "Exif.Image.XPKeywords" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:176 msgid "Rating" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:177 msgid "Exif.Image.Rating Exif.Image.RatingPercent" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:178 msgid "Xmp.MicrosoftPhoto.Rating" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:179 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:258 msgid "Creator" msgstr "Twórca" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:180 msgid "Exif.Image.XPAuthor" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:181 msgid "Xmp.tiff.Artist" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:182 msgid "Copyright" msgstr "Prawo autorskie" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:184 msgid "Xmp.tiff.Copyright" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:185 msgid "Contact Information" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:187 msgid "Xmp.iptc.CreatorContactInfo" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:188 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:261 msgid "Date / time Taken" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:189 msgid "Exif.Image.DateTimeOriginal" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:190 msgid "Xmp.exif.DateTimeOriginal" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:193 msgid "Xmp.exif.DateTimeDigitized" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:196 msgid "Xmp.tiff.DateTime" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:198 msgid "Exif.Image.LensInfo" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:199 msgid "Xmp.aux.Lens" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:201 msgid "Exif.Image.FocalLength" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:204 msgid "Exif.Image.FNumber Exif.Image.ApertureValue" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:208 msgid "Xmp.xmp.Thumbnails[n]/xapGImg" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:211 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:215 msgid "XMP only tags" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:213 msgid "" "These tags are read if present, but are only written if the file format " "doesn't support Exif, e.g. an XMP sidecar." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:221 msgid "Xmp.tiff.Orientation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:223 msgid "" "Xmp.exifEX.LensMake Xmp.exifEX.LensModel Xmp.exifEX.LensSerialNumber " "Xmp.exifEX.LensSpecification" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:225 msgid "Xmp.exif.FocalLength" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:227 msgid "Xmp.exif.FocalLengthIn35mmFilm" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:229 msgid "Xmp.exif.FNumber Xmp.exif.ApertureValue" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:230 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:276 msgid "Latitude, longitude" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:231 msgid "Xmp.exif.GPSLatitude Xmp.exif.GPSLongitude" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:232 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:279 msgid "Altitude" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:233 msgid "Xmp.exif.GPSAltitude Xmp.exif.GPSAltitudeRef" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:235 msgid "Xmp.xmp.Thumbnails[n]/xmpGImg" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:238 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:243 msgid "Read only tags" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:240 msgid "" "Photini may read information from these tags and merge it with information " "from the primary tags. These tags are not deleted when the corresponding " "primary tags are saved." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:251 msgid "Xmp.video.StreamName" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:254 msgid "Xmp.video.Information" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:255 msgid "Time zone offset[1]" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:256 msgid "Exif.Image.TimeZoneOffset Exif.NikonWt.Timezone" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:257 msgid "Xmp.video.TimeZone" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:259 msgid "Exif.Photo.CameraOwnerName Exif.Canon.OwnerName" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:263 msgid "" "Xmp.video.DateTimeOriginal Xmp.video.CreateDate Xmp.video.CreationDate " "Xmp.video.DateUTC Xmp.video.MediaCreateDate Xmp.video.TrackCreateDate" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:266 msgid "" "Xmp.video.ModificationDate Xmp.video.MediaModifyDate " "Xmp.video.TrackModifyDate" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:268 msgid "" "Exif.Image.CameraSerialNumber Exif.Image.UniqueCameraModel " "Exif.Canon.ModelID Exif.Canon.SerialNumber Exif.Fujifilm.SerialNumber " @@ -2149,9 +2588,11 @@ msgid "" "Exif.OlympusEq.SerialNumber Exif.Pentax.ModelID Exif.Pentax.SerialNumber" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:269 msgid "Xmp.aux.SerialNumber Xmp.video.Make Xmp.video.Model" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:271 msgid "" "Exif.Canon.LensModel Exif.CanonCs.Lens Exif.CanonCs.LensType " "Exif.Nikon3.Lens Exif.NikonLd1.LensIDNumber Exif.NikonLd2.LensIDNumber " @@ -2159,27 +2600,34 @@ msgid "" "Exif.OlympusEq.LensSerialNumber" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:273 msgid "Image Regions" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:274 msgid "Exif.Photo.SubjectArea" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:278 ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:281 msgid "Xmp.video.GPSCoordinates" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:283 msgid "Exif.SubImage*" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/tags.rst:286 msgid "" "[1] The time zone offset is not directly presented to the user. It is " "applied to the Date / time Taken, Date / time Digitised and Date / time " "Modified fields if no other time zone information is available." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:6 msgid "Technical metadata" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:8 msgid "" "The ``Technical metadata`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+T``) allows you to " "edit 'technical' information about your photographs, such as the date & time" @@ -2191,6 +2639,7 @@ msgid "" " country." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:15 msgid "" "The GUI shows three date/time entries - ``taken``, ``digitised`` and " "``modified``. These are often the same, and are linked by the ``link ...`` " @@ -2198,6 +2647,7 @@ msgid "" "``taken`` date/time." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:19 msgid "" "You may wish to unlink the three entries and adjust the dates or times " "separately. For example, you could use the ``modified`` entry to note when " @@ -2206,6 +2656,7 @@ msgid "" "the ``digitised`` entry to when you scanned them." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:23 msgid "" "The date can be picked from a calendar widget that pops up when you click on" " the down arrow in a date/time entry. Clicking on any of the numbers allows " @@ -2215,6 +2666,7 @@ msgid "" " deleted which removes the date & time metadata from the photograph(s)." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:30 msgid "" "To the right of each date/time is a widget to adjust the time zone. The time" " a photograph was taken is assumed to be \"local time\". The time zone " @@ -2222,6 +2674,7 @@ msgid "" "zone was when the photograph was taken, digitised or modified." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:36 msgid "" "The ``Adjust times`` field allows a constant offset to be applied to the " "``taken`` time stamps of several pictures at once. (The other time stamps " @@ -2232,6 +2685,7 @@ msgid "" "subtract that amount from each selected picture's timestamp." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:43 msgid "" "You can also offset the time zone. In this example my camera clock was set " "to British Summer Time (+01:00) but records timestamps without zone " @@ -2241,6 +2695,7 @@ msgid "" "be given the same offset with just one button click." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:50 msgid "" "Below each date/time is a slider that allows you to set the precision. At " "its maximum value the time is shown to a precision of 1 millisecond. Cameras" @@ -2251,6 +2706,7 @@ msgid "" "record this uncertainty." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:57 msgid "" "The ``Orientation`` value sets the required rotation or reflection to " "display the image. Note that this does not actually transform the image " @@ -2258,18 +2714,21 @@ msgid "" " the orientation metadata, but not all of them do." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:63 msgid "" "The ``Camera`` dropdown list shows the camera model and serial number, if " "known. You can choose a different camera from the list, or click on " "```` to add another camera." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:68 msgid "" "It is quite common for the maker's name to appear in the model name, as " "shown here, but it doesn't have to. The serial number is optional, but could" " be useful if you have more than one of the same model of camera." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:73 msgid "" "After changing the camera you may see this warning message. The makernote_ " "is a block of proprietary data stored in a photograph's Exif metadata. If " @@ -2280,6 +2739,7 @@ msgid "" "correctly." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:80 msgid "" "The ``Lens model`` dropdown list allows you to change the lens specification" " stored in the image metadata. This should not usually be changed for " @@ -2287,6 +2747,7 @@ msgid "" " you use with lenses that its electronics doesn't recognise." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:83 msgid "" "This is particularly useful if you use your camera with 3rd party lenses " "and/or telescopes via a T-thread adaptor. My adaptor identifies itself to " @@ -2294,6 +2755,7 @@ msgid "" " to take some pictures of the moon." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:89 msgid "" "Selecting ```` from the dropdown list allows me to enter details of my " "mirror lens. As it is not a zoom lens there is no need to fill in the " @@ -2301,12 +2763,14 @@ msgid "" "length`` are required information." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:95 msgid "" "The data you enter is stored in the Photini configuration file so you can " "easily apply it to images in future by selecting the lens you have defined " "from the dropdown list." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:99 msgid "" "When the lens model is changed Photini offers the option to adjust the focal" " length and aperture used for each image, if the current values are " @@ -2314,18 +2778,21 @@ msgid "" "these parameters so I click on ``Yes``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:104 msgid "" "When the mouse pointer is held over the lens model dropdown for a few " "seconds a \"tooltip\" shows the focal length and aperture details of the " "lens. This can be useful if they're not obvious from the lens model name." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:109 msgid "" "To remove a lens from the list right-click on the list to bring up its " "context menu. This includes options to delete any lens but the one currently" " in use." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:115 msgid "" "The ``35mm equiv`` field shows the \"`35mm equivalent focal length " "`_\" of the " @@ -2337,6 +2804,7 @@ msgid "" "metadata. These calculated values are shown in faint text." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:124 msgid "" "If you know your camera's crop factor you can correct Photini's calculation " "by typing in the correct 35mm equivalent focal length. Photini will then " @@ -2344,6 +2812,7 @@ msgid "" "use." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:129 msgid "" "If you don't want to store the 35mm equivalent focal length you entered in " "the photograph's metadata you can undo the edit by reloading the metadata. " @@ -2351,14 +2820,17 @@ msgid "" "menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/technical_metadata.rst:134 msgid "" "Now the 35mm equivalent focal length is computed using the correct crop " "factor." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/video.rst:6 msgid "Video file handling" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/video.rst:8 msgid "" "Although designed primarily for use with still images Photini can also be " "used with video files. The :doc:`image_selector` ``Open images`` dialogue " @@ -2367,6 +2839,7 @@ msgid "" "all file types." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/video.rst:11 msgid "" "The Exiv2_ metadata library cannot write to video files, so Photini will " "always use XMP sidecars for the metadata you write. Video files can also be " @@ -2375,6 +2848,7 @@ msgid "" "(See :ref:`installation - optional dependencies`.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/video.rst:16 msgid "" "Most video files don't have thumbnails, but Photini may be able to create " "one if you have FFmpeg_ installed on your computer. Right-click on the file " @@ -2382,85 +2856,106 @@ msgid "" "to generate a thumbnail it will store it in the XMP sidecar file." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/video.rst:20 msgid "" "The :doc:`flickr` tab can upload video files, but expect it to be slow. " "Video files can be very large." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/misc/changelog.rst:6 msgid "Change Log" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/misc/doc_licence.rst:6 msgid "GNU Free Documentation License" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/misc/doc_licence.rst:8 msgid "" "The Photini documentation is licensed under the GNU Free Documentation " "License." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/misc/index.rst:6 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/misc/licence.rst:6 msgid "GNU General Public License" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/misc/licence.rst:8 msgid "The Photini software is licensed under the GNU General Public License." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:11 msgid "Installation" msgstr "Instalacja" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:13 msgid "" "Installation of Photini is done in two parts - first install Python, then " "use Python to install and run Photini." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:16 msgid "Installing Python" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:18 msgid "" "Python_ is absolutely essential to run Photini. It is already installed on " "many computers, but on Windows you will probably need to install it " "yourself." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:22 ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:143 msgid "Linux/MacOS" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:24 msgid "" "Python should already be installed, but make sure you have Python |nbsp| 3. " "Open a terminal window and run the ``python3`` command::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:30 msgid "" "Note that the command is ``python3``. On many machines the ``python`` " "command still runs Python |nbsp| 2. If you do not have Python |nbsp| 3 " "installed then use your operating system's package manager to install it." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:34 msgid "You should also check what version of pip_ is installed::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:39 msgid "" "Most Linux systems suppress pip's normal version check, but I recommend " "upgrading pip anyway::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:50 msgid "" "Note that pip has installed the new version in ``/home/jim/.local`` as " "normal users can't write to ``/usr``. (Don't be tempted to get round this by" -" using ``sudo`` to run pip. ``/usr`` should only be written by the operating" -" system's package manager.) You may need to log out and then log in again to" -" update your PATH settings. (On some Linux distributions you can simply run " -"``source ~/.profile`` instead of logging out & in.)" +" using ``sudo`` to run pip. ``/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages`` should only " +"be written by the operating system's package manager.) You may need to log " +"out and then log in again to update your PATH settings. (On some Linux " +"distributions you can simply run ``source ~/.profile`` instead of logging " +"out & in.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:56 msgid "Running ``pip --version`` again shows the new version::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:62 ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:162 msgid "Windows" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:64 msgid "" "I suggest reading `Using Python on Windows`_ before you begin. Go to " "https://www.python.org/downloads/windows/ and choose a suitable Python " @@ -2470,28 +2965,35 @@ msgid "" " to work with the latest Python." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:71 msgid "" "The first main installer screen should have an option to customise the " "installation. I recommend choosing this and selecting the following options." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:76 msgid "" "Documentation: If you are installing Python only to run Photini then you " "don't really need the Python documentation." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:77 msgid "pip: You definitely need this!" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:78 msgid "tcl/tk and IDLE: not needed unless you want to edit Python files." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:79 msgid "Python test suite: not needed." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:80 msgid "py launcher: I recommend installing the launcher for all users." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:84 msgid "" "Install for all users: this is essential if you'd like to share one " "installation of Photini between two or more users. I also recommend it for " @@ -2499,45 +3001,56 @@ msgid "" "Photini installation." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:85 msgid "Associate files with Python: recommended." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:86 msgid "Create shortcuts for installed applications: optional." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:87 msgid "" "Add Python to environment variables: I don't recommend this. The py launcher" " (previous screen) is a cleaner way to run Python than adding things to your" " PATH environment variable." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:88 msgid "Precompile standard library: recommended." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:89 msgid "Download debugging symbols: not needed." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:90 msgid "Download debug binaries: not needed." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:92 msgid "" "After installing Python, start a command window such as ``cmd.exe``. Now try" " running the ``py`` launcher::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:99 msgid "This shows that Python 3.8 is installed and available." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:101 msgid "" "Now try running pip_. Note the use of ``py`` to run pip, instead of " "requiring the Python scripts directory to be on your PATH::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:116 msgid "" "This shows that ``pip`` is installed in ``c:\\program files\\python38\\lib" "\\site-packages``, which is only writeable with administrator privileges." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:118 msgid "" "If you install packages with ``pip`` as a normal user (i.e. without " "administrator privileges) it will put them under your \"roaming\" " @@ -2548,15 +3061,18 @@ msgid "" "choice of location." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:121 msgid "" "The following instructions assume a virtual environment is in use and " "activated. If you don't use a virtual environment then replace ``python`` " "with ``py`` and ``pip`` with ``py -m pip``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:125 msgid "Installing Photini" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:127 msgid "" "Before installing Photini you need to decide if you are installing it for a " "single user or for multiple users. Multi-user installations use a Python " @@ -2565,6 +3081,7 @@ msgid "" "easy uninstallation, so I recommend using it for a single user installation." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:131 msgid "" "Linux & MacOS users have another decision to make - whether to install " "Photini's dependencies with pip_ or with the operating system's package " @@ -2577,15 +3094,18 @@ msgid "" "applications." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:136 msgid "Virtual environment" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:138 msgid "" "If you are using a virtual environment you should set it up now. You can " "create a virtual environment in any writeable directory. I use the name " "``photini`` and create it in my home directory:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:159 msgid "" "The option ``--system-site-packages`` makes packages installed with the " "system package manager (e.g. PySide6 / PySide2 / PyQt6 / PyQt5) available " @@ -2593,6 +3113,7 @@ msgid "" "from within the virtual environment." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:182 msgid "" "Note that after activating the virtual environment the ``py`` command is not" " needed. Python, pip, and other Python based commands are run directly. " @@ -2600,14 +3121,18 @@ msgid "" "above. This ensures that the latest version will be used to install Photini." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:187 msgid "" "You should stay in this virtual environment while installing and testing " -"Photini." +"Photini. After that Photini can be run without activating the virtual " +"environment." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:191 msgid "Qt package" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:193 msgid "" "Photini uses the Qt_ Framework for its graphical user interface. There are " "two current versions of Qt (Qt5 and Qt6) and each has two Python interfaces " @@ -2617,58 +3142,71 @@ msgid "" "Windows versions earlier than Windows |nbsp| 10." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:199 msgid "" "After installing Photini the ``photini-configure`` command can be used to " "choose a Qt package. This allows you to try each until you find one that " "works satisfactorily on your computer." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:203 msgid "Initial installation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:205 msgid "Firstly install Photini with pip_:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:267 msgid "" "Photini's optional dependencies can be included in the installation by " "listing them as \"extras\" in the pip command. For example, if you want to " "be able to upload to Flickr and Ipernity:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:278 msgid "Note that the extras' names are not case-sensitive." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:280 msgid "" "You can install all of Photini's optional dependencies by adding an ``all`` " "extra. You can also install any of the Qt packages as extras:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:292 msgid "" "Now run the ``photini-configure`` command to choose which Qt package to use." " (The Windows example is running Windows |nbsp| 7, so PyQt6 and PySide6 are " "not available):" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:358 msgid "" "The command asks a series of questions, then runs pip_ to install any extra " "dependencies that are needed, then updates your Photini configuration file." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:361 msgid "Test the installation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:363 msgid "Now you should be able to run photini:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:386 msgid "" "Photini should run successfully, but it lists some optional dependencies " "that are not installed. These provide additional features, for example the " "Flickr uploader, that not all users will need to install." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:390 msgid "Missing system packages" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:392 msgid "" "On some Linux systems (e.g. Ubuntu, Debian, Mint) Photini may still not run " "if you've installed a Qt package with pip_ instead of the system's package " @@ -2678,20 +3216,24 @@ msgid "" "the error message doesn't tell you that!" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:397 ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:821 msgid "Optional dependencies" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:399 msgid "" "Most of the dependencies required for Photini's optional features can also " "be installed with ``photini-configure``. Default answers are given in square" " brackets:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:522 msgid "" "Photini's spelling checker may require some other files to be installed. See" " the `pyenchant documentation`_ for platform specific instructions." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:525 msgid "" "One optional dependency that cannot be installed with pip_ or ``photini-" "configure`` is FFmpeg_. This is used to read metadata from video files. " @@ -2699,18 +3241,22 @@ msgid "" "installing it on Windows is non-trivial." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:530 msgid "Start menu / application menu" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:532 msgid "" "Although you can run Photini from a command shell, most users would probably" " prefer to use the start / application menu or a desktop icon. These can be " "installed with the ``photini-post-install`` command:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:583 msgid "Additional users" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:585 msgid "" "If you have installed Photini in a virtual environment then other users " "should be able to run the ``photini`` command using its full path. (On " @@ -2718,25 +3264,30 @@ msgid "" "first.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:596 msgid "" "This is not a very convenient way to run Photini, so most users will want to" " add it to their start / application menu:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:645 msgid "" "To install Photini menu shortcuts for all users you can run the post install" " command as root (Linux) or in a command window run as administrator " "(Windows). It is important to use the full path to the post install command:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:696 msgid "Uninstalling Photini" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:698 msgid "" "Before removing Photini you should use the ``photini-post-install`` command " "to remove it from the start / application menu:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:713 msgid "" "If you used a virtual environment you can simply delete the top level " "directory created when setting up the virtual environment. Otherwise you can" @@ -2744,20 +3295,24 @@ msgid "" " remove:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:759 msgid "Updating Photini" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:761 msgid "" "When a new release of Photini is issued you can easily update your " "installation with pip_. If you installed Photini in a virtual environment " "then you need to activate the virtual environment before upgrading:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:772 msgid "" "The ``-U`` option tells pip to update Photini to the latest available " "version." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:774 msgid "" "If you upgrade Python you shouldn't need to reinstall Photini or its " "dependencies if only the patch level changes (e.g. 3.8.9 to 3.8.10). After a" @@ -2765,9 +3320,11 @@ msgid "" " fresh installation of Photini and its dependencies." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:778 msgid "Dependency details" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:780 msgid "" "These lists of dependencies may be useful to Linux or MacOS users who prefer" " to use their system package manager to install them instead of pip_. Note " @@ -2775,6 +3332,7 @@ msgid "" "below each table." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:783 msgid "" "Different operating systems have different names for the same packages. If " "you run into problems, please let me know (email jim@jim-easterbrook.me.uk) " @@ -2782,105 +3340,139 @@ msgid "" "these instructions." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:789 msgid "Essential dependencies" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:791 msgid "These are all required for Photini to be usable." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:794 msgid "Package" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:794 msgid "Minimum version" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:794 msgid "Typical Linux package name" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:794 msgid "PyPI package name" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:796 msgid "Python_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:796 msgid "3.6" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:796 msgid "``python3``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:797 msgid "PyQt_ [1]" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:797 msgid "5.11" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:797 msgid "``python3-qt5`` or ``python3-pyqt5`` or ``python310-PyQt6``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:800 msgid "PySide2_ [1]" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:800 msgid "5.11.0" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:800 msgid "``python3-pyside2``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:800 msgid "PySide2" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:801 msgid "PySide6_ [1]" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:801 msgid "6.2.0" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:801 msgid "``python3-pyside6``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:801 msgid "PySide6" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:802 msgid "QtWebEngine_ [2]" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:802 msgid "``python3-pyside2.qtwebengine`` or ``python310-PyQt6-WebEngine``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:802 msgid "PyQtWebEngine" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:804 msgid "`python-exiv2`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:804 msgid "0.14.0" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:804 msgid "exiv2" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:805 msgid "appdirs" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:805 msgid "1.3" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:805 msgid "``python3-appdirs``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:806 msgid "requests_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:806 msgid "2.4" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:806 msgid "``python3-requests``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:806 msgid "requests" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:809 msgid "" "[1] PyQt_, PySide2_, and PySide6_ are Python interfaces to the Qt GUI " "framework. Photini can use any of them (although PyQt is preferred), so you " @@ -2891,6 +3483,7 @@ msgid "" "` or by running ``photini-configure``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:814 msgid "" "[2] Photini needs the Python interface to QtWebEngine_. This is included in " "PySide6_ and some PyQt_ or PySide2_ installations, otherwise you need to " @@ -2898,6 +3491,7 @@ msgid "" "if it's missing." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:823 msgid "" "Some of Photini's features are optional - if you don't install these " "packages Photini will work but the relevant feature will not be available. " @@ -2905,77 +3499,99 @@ msgid "" "prefixes." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:827 msgid "Feature" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:12 ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:827 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:829 msgid "Spell check[1]" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:829 msgid "pyenchant_ 2.0+" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:830 msgid "Flickr upload" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:830 ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:832 msgid "`requests-oauthlib`_ 1.0+, `requests-toolbelt`_ 0.9+, keyring_ 7.0+" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:831 msgid "Ipernity upload" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:831 msgid "`requests-toolbelt`_ 0.9+, keyring_ 7.0+" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:832 msgid "Pixelfed upload" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:833 msgid "Google Photos upload" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:833 msgid "`requests-oauthlib`_ 1.0+, keyring_ 7.0+" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:834 msgid "Thumbnail creation[2]" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:834 msgid "FFmpeg_, Pillow_ 2.0+" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:835 msgid "Import photos from camera[3]" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:835 msgid "`python3-gphoto2`_ 1.8+" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:836 msgid "Import GPS logger file" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:836 msgid "gpxpy_ 1.3.5+" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:839 msgid "" "[1] Pyenchant requires a C library and dictionaries to be installed. See the" " `pyenchant documentation`_ for detailed instructions." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:842 msgid "" "[2] Photini can create thumbnail images using PyQt, but better quality ones " "can be made by installing Pillow. FFmpeg is needed to generate thumbnails " "for video files, but it can also make them for some still image formats." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:845 msgid "" "[3]Photini can import pictures from any directory on your computer (e.g. a " "memory card) but on Linux and MacOS systems it can also import directly from" " a camera if python-gphoto2 is installed." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:848 msgid "Special installations" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:850 msgid "" "There are some circumstances where installing Photini from the Python " "Package Index (PyPI_) with pip_ is not suitable. If you need easy access to " @@ -2983,9 +3599,11 @@ msgid "" " another language, then you should install the development version." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:856 msgid "Development version" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:858 msgid "" "To install the development version you can use git to clone the `GitHub " "repository `_ or download it as " @@ -2993,62 +3611,75 @@ msgid "" "to the Photini top level directory before continuing." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:861 msgid "" "You can run Photini without installing it, using the ``run_photini.py`` " "script::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:865 msgid "" "This can be useful during development as the script should also work within " "an IDE." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:867 msgid "The development version can be built and installed using pip::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:871 msgid "" "If you'd like to test or use one of Photini's translation files you will " "need to update the translations before installing or running Photini::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:876 msgid "" "This requires the Qt \"linguist\" software to be installed. See :ref" ":`localisation-program-testing` for more information about using " "translations." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:882 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:884 msgid "" "If you ever have problems running Photini the first thing to do is to run it" " in a command window. If you installed Photini in a `virtual environment`_ " "then activate that environment, for example:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:898 msgid "" "Start the Photini program as follows. If it fails to run you should get some" " diagnostic information:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:909 msgid "" "Note the use of the ``-v`` option to increase the verbosity of Photini's " "message logging. This option can be repeated for even more verbosity." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:912 msgid "" "To find out what version of Photini and some of its dependencies you are " "using, run it with the ``--version`` option:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:940 msgid "" "This information is useful if you need to email me (jim@jim-" "easterbrook.me.uk) with any problems you have running Photini." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:943 msgid "Mailing list" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:945 msgid "" "For more general discussion of Photini (e.g. release announcements, " "questions about using it, problems with installing, etc.) there is an email " @@ -3056,25 +3687,30 @@ msgid "" "ask to join the group at https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/photini." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:953 msgid "" "If you would like to have a local copy of the Photini documentation, and " "have downloaded or cloned the source files, you can install Sphinx_ and " "associated packages and then \"compile\" the documentation::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:958 msgid "" "Open ``doc/html/index.html`` with a web browser to read the local " "documentation." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/introduction.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:2 msgid "" "A free, easy to use, digital photograph metadata (Exif, IPTC, XMP) editing " "application for Linux, Windows and MacOS." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:4 msgid "" "\"Metadata\" is said to mean \"data about data\". In the context of digital " "photographs this means information that isn't essential in order to display " @@ -3083,104 +3719,133 @@ msgid "" "camera's position when the picture was taken." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:8 msgid "" "\"[Photini] doesn't try to be an all-singing, all-dancing image management " "powerhouse - it just lets you add information to photos, quickly and " "easily.\"" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:13 msgid "`Linux Format`_ magazine, January 2013" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:12 msgid "Why is it called Photini? Read my `blog post`_ on how I chose a name." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:16 msgid "Contents" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:19 msgid "Features" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:3 msgid "Easy to use graphical interface." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:4 msgid "Set photo title, description, keywords, copyright and creator fields." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:5 msgid "Some support for video files." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:6 msgid "Spell checking of some fields (optional)." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:7 msgid "Can set metadata for multiple images simultaneously." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:8 msgid "" "Can adjust picture date & time and time zone (of multiple images " "simultaneously)." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:9 msgid "" "Reads Exif, IPTC and XMP metadata, writes all three to maximise " "compatibility with other software." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:10 msgid "Writes metadata to image files or to XMP \"sidecar\" files." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:11 msgid "Can import photographs from many digital cameras." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:12 msgid "" "Upload to Flickr_ or `Google Photos`_ or Ipernity_ or Pixelfed_ with reuse " "of metadata." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:3 msgid "Geotagging - search map to find named places." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:4 msgid "Choice of map providers - instantly switch to compare details." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:5 msgid "Drag and drop images on to map to set GPS location." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:6 msgid "Or set GPS location using data exported by a tracker app." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:7 msgid "Edit coordinates if required, or clear to unset GPS data." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:8 msgid "Convert GPS coordinates to street address." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:9 msgid "Suggestions for further development welcome." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:14 msgid "Photini requires at least the following:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:16 msgid "Python3: http://python.org/" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:17 msgid "" "PyQt5, PyQt6, PySide2, or PySide6: " "http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/pyqt/ or " "https://doc.qt.io/qtforpython/" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:18 msgid "python-exiv2: https://pypi.org/project/exiv2/" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:20 msgid "" "For a full list of dependencies, please see the `installation " "documentation`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:4 msgid "Getting help" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:6 msgid "" "If you encounter any problems installing or running Photini, please email " "jim@jim-easterbrook.me.uk and I'll respond as soon as I can. There is also " @@ -3190,9 +3855,11 @@ msgid "" "`\"issues\" page`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:11 msgid "Localisation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:13 msgid "" "Work has begun on providing Photini in multiple languages. I rely on users " "to do the translation, as I am not fluent in any language other than " @@ -3201,45 +3868,59 @@ msgid "" "Hosted Weblate`_. For more details, see the `localisation documentation`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:22 msgid "Licence" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:24 msgid "Photini - a simple photo metadata editor." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:25 msgid "http://github.com/jim-easterbrook/Photini" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:26 msgid "Copyright (C) 2012-23 Jim Easterbrook jim@jim-easterbrook.me.uk" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:28 msgid "Catalan translation by Joan Juvanteny" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:29 msgid "Czech translation by Pavel Fric" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:30 msgid "French translation by Nathan, J. Lavoie" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:31 msgid "German translation by Jan Rimmek, J. Lavoie, Ettore Atalan" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:32 msgid "Italian translation by \"albanobattistella\"" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:33 msgid "Korean translation by Soohyeon Park" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:34 msgid "Norwegian Bokmål translation by Allan Nordhøy" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:35 msgid "Polish translation by Dawid Głaz, Eryk Michalak" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:36 msgid "Spanish translation by Esteban Martinena, Cristos Ruiz, Kamborio" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:38 msgid "" "This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it " "under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free " @@ -3247,6 +3928,7 @@ msgid "" "any later version." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:43 msgid "" "This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT " "ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or " @@ -3254,43 +3936,52 @@ msgid "" "more details." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:48 msgid "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with" " this program. If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:52 msgid "Service terms and conditions" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:54 msgid "" "Use of the Google map tab is subject to the `Google Maps Terms of Use`_ and " "`Google Privacy Policy`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:56 msgid "" "Use of the Bing map tab is subject to the `Microsoft Bing Maps Terms of " "Use`_ and `Microsoft Privacy Statement`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:58 msgid "" "Use of the Mapbox map tab is subject to the `Mapbox terms of service`_ and " "`Mapbox privacy policy`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:60 msgid "" "The Flickr upload tab uses the Flickr API but is not endorsed or certified " "by Flickr." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:63 msgid "Privacy statement" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:65 msgid "" "Photini does not directly gather any information from its users, but the " "online services it can use (maps and uploaders) may do so. You should read " "these services' privacy policies before using them." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:68 msgid "" "Photini stores user preferences in a text file on the user's computer. The " "default location of this file is ``$HOME/.config/photini/`` (Linux), " @@ -3300,9 +3991,11 @@ msgid "" "`Python keyring`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:74 msgid "Documentation licence" msgstr "" +#: ../../../../README.rst:76 msgid "" "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify the Photini " "documentation under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version" @@ -3312,9 +4005,11 @@ msgid "" "Documentation License\"." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:6 msgid "\"Localisation\"" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:8 msgid "" "Photini can be made easier to use for people who don't speak English. There " "are two parts to this -- the text used within the program and the " @@ -3323,9 +4018,11 @@ msgid "" "Transifex_) or a suitable text editor installed on your computer." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:14 msgid "Translating the program text" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:16 msgid "" "If your computer is configured to use a language other than English, and " "Photini has already been translated into that language, then Photini should " @@ -3333,20 +4030,25 @@ msgid "" "like if your computer is configured to use Spanish." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:21 msgid "" "If you'd like to help by translating Photini into another language, or by " "improving an existing translation, this is what you need to do." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst msgid "Translation status" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:29 msgid "Translation progress so far" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:32 ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:178 msgid "Online translation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:34 msgid "" "The main advantages of online translation are that you don't need to install" " any software on your computer (apart from a web browser) and that several " @@ -3354,14 +4056,17 @@ msgid "" "as little effort as they wish." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:37 msgid "" "Please read the :ref:`notes ` below for things " "to be aware of when translating the program strings." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:40 msgid "Weblate" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:42 msgid "" "Weblate_ is an online translation service that provides free support for " "open source projects such as Photini. Its main advantage over Transifex is " @@ -3372,6 +4077,7 @@ msgid "" "so you don't have to invent yet another user name and password." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:48 msgid "" "Back at the Photini project page, click on the \"GUI\" component, then click" " on a language to work on, or \"Start new translation\" if your language is " @@ -3379,6 +4085,7 @@ msgid "" "translations. You can then click on a string to edit its translation." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:52 msgid "" "When you've finished working on a translation there's no need to do anything" " further. Weblate automatically pushes the translation to GitHub, where I " @@ -3386,9 +4093,11 @@ msgid "" "your translation ` though." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:57 msgid "Transifex" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:59 msgid "" "Transifex_ is another online translation service with free support for open " "source projects. Follow the link to Transifex_ and click on \"Help Translate" @@ -3397,6 +4106,7 @@ msgid "" "so you don't have to invent yet another user name and password." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:64 msgid "" "Back at the Transifex Photini page click on \"Languages\" to show all the " "languages currently being translated to. If your language is not included in" @@ -3409,11 +4119,13 @@ msgid "" "and then start translating." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:71 msgid "" "Click on your language, then click on \"src..en/photini.ts (transifex)\" to " "work on the Photini GUI strings." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:73 msgid "" "When you've finished working on a translation there's no need to do anything" " further. Transifex automatically pushes the translation to GitHub, where I " @@ -3421,15 +4133,18 @@ msgid "" "your translation ` though." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:78 ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:186 msgid "Offline translation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:80 msgid "" "Translating Photini on your own computer will probably require extra " "software to be installed, but may be easier as you can see the program " "source where translations are used." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:82 msgid "" "Start by downloading the development version of Photini by cloning the " "GitHub repository (see :ref:`installation-photini`). You will also need to " @@ -3437,6 +4152,7 @@ msgid "" "installable with ``pip``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:86 msgid "" "The program strings are stored in files with names like " "``src/lang/nl/photini.ts``, where ``nl`` is the code for the Dutch language." @@ -3444,9 +4160,11 @@ msgid "" " files with the current program strings::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:91 msgid "Now you can open a translation file in your chosen editor, for example::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:95 msgid "" "You can use any text editor for your translations, but a special purpose " "translation editor is preferable. The `Qt Linguist`_ program is ideal, but " @@ -3454,6 +4172,7 @@ msgid "" "strings should be acceptable." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:98 msgid "" "Please read the :ref:`notes ` below for things " "to be aware of when translating the program strings. When you've finished " @@ -3462,12 +4181,15 @@ msgid "" "` first." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:105 ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:200 msgid "Things to be aware of" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:109 msgid "String length" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:108 msgid "" "Many of the strings to be translated have to fit into buttons on the GUI, so" " your translation should not be much longer than the English original. If " @@ -3475,9 +4197,11 @@ msgid "" "to as well." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:113 msgid "Words with special meanings" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:112 msgid "" "Some of Photini's GUI elements such as ``Title / Object Name`` are named " "after the metadata items in the Exif, XMP or IPTC specifications. If " @@ -3485,9 +4209,11 @@ msgid "" "with translating these words." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:118 msgid "Formatting strings" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:116 msgid "" "In Python curly braces are used to include other data in a string. For " "example, ``File \"{file_name}\" has {size} bytes and exceeds {service}'s " @@ -3497,18 +4223,22 @@ msgid "" "language." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:122 msgid "Carriage returns" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:121 msgid "" "Some of Photini's buttons split their labels over two or more lines to stop " "the button being too wide. You should split your translation in similar size" " pieces so it has the same number of lines." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:128 msgid "HTML markup" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:125 msgid "" "Strings such as ``

Upload to Flickr has not finished.

`` include HTML" " markup which must be copied to your translated string. Some strings such as" @@ -3517,18 +4247,22 @@ msgid "" "translated." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:132 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:131 msgid "" "Some strings include a single ampersand character ``&`` immediately before a" " letter that is used as a keyboard shortcut. You should choose a suitable " "letter in your translation and place the ampersand appropriately." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:138 msgid "Plural forms" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:135 msgid "" "Translations can accommodate the many ways that languages handle plurals. " "For example in English we write \"0 files, 1 file, 2 files\". Weblate_ has a" @@ -3536,15 +4270,18 @@ msgid "" " also handle plural forms." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:143 ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:233 msgid "Testing your translation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:145 msgid "" "You need a copy of the Photini source files to test your translation with. " "You can download or clone this from GitHub (see :ref:`installation-" "photini`)." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:148 msgid "" "If you've been working online then you can download your translation with " "Weblate's \"Files\" menu. It will have the wrong default name so, for " @@ -3552,6 +4289,7 @@ msgid "" "``src/lang/fr/photini.ts``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:151 msgid "" "The translation file needs to be \"compiled\" (converted from ``.ts`` format" " to ``.qm`` format) before it can be used by the Photini program. This " @@ -3559,24 +4297,30 @@ msgid "" "package on PyPI." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:154 msgid "You can easily update and compile all the language files::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:159 msgid "Now you can install Photini with your new translation(s)::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:163 msgid "" "Photini should use your new language if your computer's ``LANG`` environment" " variable is set appropriately. You can force this when running Photini from" " the command line::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:168 msgid "Photini should now be using your translations." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:171 msgid "Translating the documentation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:173 msgid "" "Translating Photini's documentation is a lot more work than translating the " "program itself. The `\"Read the Docs\" `_ web site" @@ -3585,16 +4329,19 @@ msgid "" "program strings is a much higher priority." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:180 msgid "" "This uses Transifex_ as described above. The documentation strings are in " "the resource \"src..gettext/documentation.pot (transifex)\"." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:183 ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:195 msgid "" "See the :ref:`notes ` below for things to " "be aware of when translating the documentation." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:188 msgid "" "The documentation translation uses ``.po`` files as specified by the `GNU " "gettext `_ project. You can open the " @@ -3602,6 +4349,7 @@ msgid "" "example::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:202 msgid "" "The Photini documentation is written in `reStructuredText " "`_. This is a markup language that" @@ -3612,9 +4360,11 @@ msgid "" "punctuation from the English source." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:211 msgid "Double backquotes ``````" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:209 msgid "" "These often mark words that are used in the Photini GUI. You may wish to " "include the English equivalent in brackets after your translation to help " @@ -3623,29 +4373,37 @@ msgid "" "German translation as ````Ausrichtung (Orientation)````." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:214 msgid "Special characters, e.g. ``(|hazard|)``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:214 msgid "These refer to Unicode symbols and should not be translated." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:217 msgid "Short cross references, e.g. ``:doc:`tags```" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:217 msgid "These should not be translated." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:220 msgid "Long cross references, e.g. ``:ref:`installation ```" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:220 msgid "" "The text within the ``<>`` characters should not be translated, but it may " "be appropriate to translate the preceding link text." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:225 msgid "Short external links, e.g. ```Google Photos`_``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:223 msgid "" "If you need to translate the text you can transform the short link into a " "long one. For example, the English ```Google Photos`_`` could appear in a " @@ -3653,52 +4411,63 @@ msgid "" "underscores ``_`` and backquotes ````` - they are vital!" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:228 msgid "Long external links, e.g. ```Flickr `_``" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:228 msgid "" "The url within the ``<>`` characters should not be translated, but it may be" " appropriate to translate the preceding link text." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:235 msgid "" "If you install Sphinx_ (See :ref:`installation `) you can build a local copy of the documentation using your " "translation. For example, to build Dutch documentation::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/localisation.rst:240 msgid "" "Open ``doc/html/index.html`` with a web browser to read the translated " "documentation." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/reading.rst:6 msgid "Further reading" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/reading.rst:8 msgid "" "The best explanation of what should be put in each metadata field I've found" " is the `Guide to Photo Metadata Fields `_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/reading.rst:9 msgid "" "`Google Maps JavaScript API " "`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/reading.rst:10 msgid "" "`Bing Maps V8 Web Control `_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/reading.rst:11 msgid "" "`Leaflet, an open-source JavaScript library for mobile-friendly interactive " "maps `_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:6 msgid "Typical workflow" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:8 msgid "" "This is a suggestion for how to use Photini. It roughly reflects what I do, " "but is just a guideline for beginners. As you gain experience you may choose" @@ -3708,9 +4477,11 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`configuration-tabs` for more detail." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:16 msgid "Make a backup copy" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:18 msgid "" "Before editing any of your images' metadata you should make a backup copy. " "Even if I could guarantee that Photini was bug free and would never corrupt " @@ -3719,9 +4490,11 @@ msgid "" "you start, please make a backup copy of your photographs." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:23 msgid "Load images" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:25 msgid "" "Select the ``File`` menu ``Open images`` item (keyboard shortcut " "``Ctrl+O``). This opens a file selection dialog with which you can navigate " @@ -3730,6 +4503,7 @@ msgid "" "the Photini editor's image selector." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:29 msgid "" "Photini doesn't set a limit to the number of files you can open " "simultaneously, but it's probably sensible not to open more than 30 or 40, " @@ -3737,6 +4511,7 @@ msgid "" "usually load all the photographs taken on one day, or in one place." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:32 msgid "" "Each image file is shown as a thumbnail image in the lower half of the " "Photini editor GUI. You can adjust the space allocated to this area by " @@ -3747,9 +4522,11 @@ msgid "" "size image in your default picture viewing program." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:39 msgid "Set ownership" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:41 msgid "" "I usually start by setting the copyright notice and other information on the" " ``Ownership metadata`` tab. I select all the images with the keyboard " @@ -3757,9 +4534,11 @@ msgid "" " to the ``Descriptive metadata`` tab." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:46 msgid "Set descriptive metadata" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:48 msgid "" "If all your selected pictures have the same title then type it into the " "``Title / Object Name`` field now. Otherwise it's time to start selecting " @@ -3767,14 +4546,17 @@ msgid "" "fields." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:51 msgid "" "The ``Keywords`` field expects a list of words or short phrases, separated " "by semi-colon (;) characters." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:54 msgid "Save your work so far" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:58 msgid "" "As you proceed it's a good idea to save the images that have new metadata " "with the ``File`` menu ``Save images with new data`` item (keyboard shortcut" @@ -3782,9 +4564,11 @@ msgid "" " warning symbol (|hazard|)." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:62 msgid "Set geolocation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:64 msgid "" "Amongst the commonly used image metadata items are the latitude and " "longitude of the position from which the photograph was taken. (Some people " @@ -3794,6 +4578,7 @@ msgid "" "map." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:68 msgid "" "There are currently three map tabs in the Photini editor, each of which gets" " maps (or aerial photographs) from a different provider: Google, Microsoft " @@ -3804,6 +4589,7 @@ msgid "" "switch to another at any time." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/other/workflow.rst:73 msgid "" "You may be able use the map's navigation and zoom controls to find the area " "you want, but usually you will need to use the search box. Click on ``\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -16,2327 +16,3179 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#: ../../../doc/index.rst:6 +#: ../../../doc/other/installation.rst:951 msgid "Photini documentation" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/index.rst:8 msgid "Welcome to the documentation of Photini, an easy to use photograph metadata editor. For a quick introduction to Photini and its features I suggest you read :doc:`the introduction `. More detail about its capabilities can be found in :doc:`the user manual `." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/index.rst:23 msgid "Copyright (C) 2012-23 Jim Easterbrook." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/index.rst:25 msgid "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled \"GNU Free Documentation License\"." msgstr "" +#: ../../../../:4 +#: ../../../../:4 +#: ../../../../:4 +#: ../../../../:4 +#: ../../../../:4 +#: ../../../../:4 +#: ../../../../:4 +#: ../../../../:4 +#: ../../../../:4 +#: ../../../../:4 +#: ../../../../:4 +#: ../../../../:4 +#: ../../../../:4 +#: ../../../../:4 +#: ../../../../:4 +#: ../../../../:4 +#: ../../../../:4 +#: ../../../../:4 +#: ../../../../:4 +#: ../../../../:4 +#: ../../../../:4 +#: ../../../../:4 +#: ../../../../:4 +#: ../../../../:4 +#: ../../../../:4 +#: ../../../../:4 +#: ../../../../:4 msgid "Comments or questions? Please subscribe to the Photini mailing list https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/photini and let us know." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:6 msgid "Location addresses" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:8 msgid "The ``Address`` tab shows text address data for the location from where the photograph was taken (``camera``) and one or more locations shown in the photograph (``subject``). For example, if the subject location is the Eiffel Tower then the camera location is almost certainly somewhere else in Paris." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:13 msgid "Locations are stored in a 5-level hierarchy: ``street``, ``city``, ``province``, ``country`` and ``region``. The meaning of these terms is rather vague, especially when out in the countryside, and there's no requirement to fill them all in. Typically ``city`` can be anything from a village to a metropolis, and ``street`` is a more specific location, e.g. \"23 Abdication Avenue\". ``Province`` would be a state in the USA or a county in the UK. ``Country`` is stored as a name and a 2 or 3 letter `ISO code`_. ``Region`` appears to be rarely used but could be a continent or sub-continent." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:20 msgid "``Name``, ``Location ID``, and GPS data are recent additions to the IPTC location specification. More detail about all of these can be found on the `IPTC web site`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:23 msgid "Note that \"legacy\" IPTC-IIM address metadata only stores the ``street``, ``city``, ``province``, and ``country`` fields and only the ``camera`` location." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:27 msgid "The ``Get address from lat, long`` button uses \"reverse geocoding\" to convert latitude & longitude into a hierarchical address. This is a rather imprecise process so you may need to edit the results yourself. The address lookup service is provided by OpenCage_, using data from OpenStreetMap_. Other map providers don't allow lookup results to be permanently stored." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:32 msgid "Photini attempts to use all the data returned in an address lookup. This can lead to some duplication, e.g. Château-Gontier appears twice in ``city``. Note also the blue underlining indicating text that is too long to store in IPTC-IIM metadata." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:38 msgid "Scrolling down shows the latitude and longitude of the location. Note that these are not the same as the GPS coordinates shown at the top left. The reverse geocoding process chooses a \"place\" (address, business, landmark, etc.) near the actual coordinates and it is the coordinates of that place that are shown in the ``camera`` address." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:44 msgid "It is usually necessary to edit the address quite a lot." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:48 msgid "Right-clicking on a location tab displays a context menu that allows the tab to be copied to a new tab or deleted. Copying the ``camera`` location is an easy way to initialise a ``subject`` location. (An empty ``subject 2`` tab is immediately created, in case the photograph has more than one subject.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:54 msgid "In this case most of the data is the same, but I changed ``street`` to the subject of the photograph rather than the place where I was standing, and then deleted the latitude & longitude." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/address.rst:56 msgid "To reorder the subject locations, or to convert between camera and subject, you can drag any of the tabs to another position. Photini ensures there is always one empty subject location ready to be filled in." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:6 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:8 msgid "If there are tabs in the Photini GUI that you don't use, you can remove them by deselecting their entry in the ``Options`` menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:10 msgid "The ``Options`` menu also has a ``Settings`` item which opens the dialog shown below." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:14 msgid "The first three items adjust how Photini uses IPTC-IIM \"legacy\" metadata. (Since 2004 the `IPTC standard`_ uses XMP to store metadata. Photini always writes these XMP fields.) The first option is to always write IPTC-IIM metadata. You may need this if you use other software that reads IPTC-IIM but not XMP. The second option only writes IPTC-IIM metadata if it is already present in the file, as recommended by the `Metadata Working Group`_. The third option is to delete any IPTC-IIM metadata that might be present." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:22 msgid "IPTC-IIM metadata has limited length for some fields. Photini truncates the IPTC-IIM data if necessary, but the full length data is still stored in Exif and / or XMP. Text that exceeds the IPTC-IIM length is shown with a blue underline. If you don't need to worry about IPTC-IIM compatibility you can disable this warning." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:27 msgid "Sidecar files allow metadata to be stored without needing to write to the actual image file. If you deselect \"write to image file\" then sidecars will always be created. Otherwise, you can choose to have them always created (storing data in parallel with the image file), only created when necessary (e.g. an image file is write protected), or deleted when possible (if metadata can be copied to the image file the sidecar is deleted)." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:31 msgid "Next there are options to adjust file timestamps. \"Keep original\" leaves image files' timestamps unchanged. \"Set to when photo was taken\" changes files' timestamps to the date & time taken (as shown on the technical tab). \"Set to when the file is saved\" sets files' timestamps to when you save the file with Photini, like most other computer programs do. You may find these options useful if you often use a file browser to sort files by date." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:37 msgid "If you have installed gpxpy_ then there is a final option to determine if the altitude is included when a GPX file is used to set pictures' GPS data." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:42 msgid "Spell checking" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:44 msgid "The ``Spelling`` menu allows you to enable or disable spell checking on Photini's text fields, and to select the language dictionary to use. The available languages depend on what dictionaries you have installed. Adding extra languages on Linux is easy -- just use your system's package manager to install the appropriate dictionary (and make sure you have the appropriate enchant \"backend\" installed)." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:48 msgid "Windows programs don't share spell checking dictionaries as easily as on Linux. The Hunspell `LibreOffice dictionaries`_ can be used. Select the subdirectory with the language you need (e.g. ``fr_FR`` for French as spoken in France) and download the ``.aff`` and ``.dic`` files. (Ignore hyphen and thesaurus files.) Put these files in the same directory as the English dictionaries installed with pyenchant. On my computer the directory is ``C:\\Users\\Jim\\AppData\\Local\\Programs\\Python\\Python38\\Lib\\`` ``site-packages\\enchant\\data\\mingw64\\share\\enchant\\hunspell`` but this will depend on your Python installation." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:57 msgid "Configuration file location" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:59 msgid "Photini stores its configuration in a file called ``editor.ini``. The default location of this file is ``$HOME/.config/photini/`` (Linux), ``$HOME/Library/Preferences/photini`` (MacOS), or ``%USERPROFILE%\\AppData\\Local\\photini\\`` (Windows). If you'd like to store it elsewhere (e.g. on a networked drive so you can share configuration between several computers) you can set an environment variable ``PHOTINI_CONFIG`` to the directory you'd like to use." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:66 msgid "PyQt options" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:68 msgid "The configuration file includes options to select use of PyQt5, PyQt6, PySide2, or PySide6. These may be useful if one of these components on your computer is incompatible with Photini. There are so many versions of PyQt that it is impossible to test Photini with every one." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:72 msgid "The default options in the configuration file are in the ``[pyqt]`` section:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:81 msgid "To force use of a particular Qt library set the value of ``qt_lib`` to ``'PyQt5'``, ``'PyQt6'``, ``'PySide2'``, or ``'PySide6'``. (You can also use the ``photini-configure`` command to set this.) You can check which versions Photini is currently using by running it in a command window with the ``--version`` option::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:87 msgid "If your computer has a high resolution screen, or you have poor eyesight, you may find the Photini user interface's text is too small to read comfortably. Setting ``scale_factor`` to a value larger than ``1`` should enlarge Photini. Using non-integer values is possible, but might show artefacts from the scaling." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:91 msgid "Setting the ``native_dialog`` option to ``False`` makes Photini use a Qt dialog to select files to open instead of the normal operating system dialog." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:93 msgid "Note that there is no GUI to set these options. You may need to adjust them if Photini crashes on startup, in which case the GUI would be unusable. The configuration file can be edited with any plain text editing program." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:98 msgid "Make sure your editor doesn't change the file's encoding (e.g. from utf-8 to iso-8859) or insert a \"byte order mark\"." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:103 msgid "Application style" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:105 msgid "Qt applications can have their appearance changed by selecting different \"styles\". Normally a style is automatically chosen that suits the operating system, but you may want to override this if you prefer something different. For example, on one of my computers the default style doesn't draw lines round the grouped elements on the uploader tabs, so I change the style to one that does." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:109 msgid "The choice of style affects how some \"widgets\" are drawn. If you find problems such as date or timezone values (on the \"technical metadata\" tab) being partly hidden then it might be worth trying another style." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:112 msgid "To find out what styles are available on your computer you can use Photini's ``--version`` flag. (You need to run Photini from a command window to do this, see the :ref:`installation troubleshooting` section.) You can then try one of these styles as follows::" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:126 msgid "Note that the style names are not case sensitive. If none of the available styles is to your liking you may be able to install extra ones. For example, on some Ubuntu Linux systems the package ``qt5-style-plugins`` is available." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:130 msgid "Once you find a style that you like, you can set Photini to use that style by editing the configuration file as described above. Add a line such as ``style = cleanlooks`` to the ``[pyqt]`` section to set your chosen style. Note that after doing this you can not set a different style on the command line unless you remove the ``style = ...`` line from your config file." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:146 msgid "Tab order" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:148 msgid "The tabs can be re-ordered by dragging and dropping a tab to your preferred position. This is much easier to do than editing the configuration file." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:152 msgid "Photini's tabs can be enabled or disabled with the ``Options`` menu as described above, but their order is set in the configuration file. The ``[tabs]`` section has a ``modules`` entry which lists the modules to be imported for each tab. You can reorder the tabs by reordering this list." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:182 msgid "You could even use a tab provided by another Python package by adding its module name to the list. See :doc:`extending` for more information." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:186 msgid "Metadata options" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:188 msgid "Photini can optionally read metadata from \"BMFF\" based filed types CR3, HEIF, HEIC, and AVIF. This requires use of python-exiv2 with libexiv2 v0.27.4 or later. (See :ref:`essential-dependencies` for more details about Photini's dependencies.) Using BMFF files may infringe patents. Please read the `Exiv2 warning`_ before enabling this feature." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:194 msgid "To enable BMFF file reading, edit the configuration file and set the ``enable_bmff`` option to ``True``:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/configuration.rst:201 msgid "Note that this only affects Photini's ability to read and write BMFF metadata. Reading image data (for thumbnails or the image regions tab) will probably need a Qt plugin to be installed. This should be easy if you installed PyQt or PySide with your operating system's package manager, but is probably impossible if you installed PyQt or PySide with pip." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:6 msgid "Descriptive metadata" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:8 msgid "The ``Descriptive metadata`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+D``) allows you to edit basic information about your photographs, such as the title and description." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:10 msgid "The data form is disabled until you select one or more images to edit. Hovering the mouse over one of the data fields displays a popup \"tooltip\" describing the sort of information to put in that field. This help text is taken from the `IPTC standard`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:16 msgid "The first thing I usually do with a new set of photographs is to set the title. Select all the images that should have the same title, then type the title in the ``Title / Object name`` text editing box. Note that the title (and headline and keywords) are stored in XMP and IPTC-IIM but not in Exif, so may not be visible to software that only handles Exif metadata (see :doc:`tag reference ` for more detail). You may prefer to leave these fields blank." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:21 msgid "The legacy IPTC-IIM standard has a maximum number of bytes for each data item. If your text has more bytes then the excess is shown underlined in blue. You can ignore this if you don't need compatibility with old software that relies on IPTC-IIM data. This warning can be turned off in Photini's :doc:`configuration `." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:28 msgid "The ``Title / Object name`` field has an optional spell checker, enabled with the ``Spelling`` menu. The word \"Château-Gontier\" is not in the British English dictionary, as indicated by the red underlining. Right-clicking on a misspelled word shows any suggested alternatives, one of which can be chosen by clicking on it." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:36 msgid "Note that all the image thumbnails now have a warning symbol (|hazard|) displayed next to them. This shows that they have unsaved metadata edits. The ``File`` menu ``Save images with new data`` item (keyboard shortcut ``Ctrl+S``) saves your edits and clears the warning symbols, as shown below. I do this frequently to avoid losing any of my work." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:43 msgid "Now you can add more detail in the ``Headline`` and / or ``Description / Caption`` boxes. (My descriptions are usually so short that a separate headline summary isn't needed.) There are probably only one or two photographs that share the same description, so select those images first." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:49 msgid "If you select a group of images you may see ```` displayed in some of the text boxes. You can right-click on the box to bring up a context menu from which you can choose a value to be copied to all the selected photographs. Very long texts are elided with ``...`` replacing some of the text." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:55 msgid "The ``Alt Text (Accessibility)`` and ``Extended Description (Accessibility)`` boxes are where you describe the photograph for visually impaired users. These are a recent addition to the `IPTC standard`_ - in future image display programs and web sites should use this metadata to create their \"ALT text\" image description." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:60 msgid "Next you can set a list of keywords for the image by typing them in the ``Keywords`` box. Keywords should be separated by semi-colon (;) characters. The ```` drop-down list can be used to select keywords from the ones you use most often." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:66 msgid "Finally the ``Rating`` slider allows you to note any particularly good or bad pictures. Good pictures can be given a one to five star rating." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:71 msgid "Bad pictures can be given a ``reject`` rating. This is stored in the metadata as a rating value of -1." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:79 msgid "Alternative Languages" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:81 msgid "Some fields, such as title and description, are stored in XMP as `Lang Alt`_ data. This allows translations into alternative languages to be stored along with the default language text. (Only the default language is stored in Exif and IPTC-IIM.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:85 msgid "Photini has a language drop down selector next to each ``Lang Alt`` data field. If the current text is in an unspecified default language the selector shows ``Language``, otherwise it shows ``Lang:`` and the current language. If the field is empty the current language is set to your computer's default locale. You can add an alternative language by clicking on the drop down and selecting ````." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:92 msgid "If there is already some text in an unspecified default language you will be asked to say what that language is. Languages are specified with an RFC3066_ code. This usually starts with a two-letter language code, e.g. ``en`` for English, and may be followed by a hyphen and a two-letter country code, e.g. ``en-GB`` for English as spoken in Great Britain." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:98 msgid "Next you can set the language to be added, e.g. ``fr-FR`` for French as spoken in France." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:102 msgid "You can then type the translation in to the text field." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:106 msgid "If you would like to change the default language, right-click on the ``Lang:`` dropdown and choose a language." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:111 +#: ../../../doc/manual/ownership_metadata.rst:44 msgid "More information about the data fields" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:113 msgid "Click on any field name below to see the IPTC definition and user notes for that field. Although these fields are defined in an `IPTC standard`_, they are all stored in XMP metadata. Some of them are also stored in Exif and/or \"legacy\" IPTC-IIM data." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:117 msgid "`Title / Object Name `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:118 msgid "A short title." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:119 msgid "`Headline `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:120 msgid "A brief description." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:121 msgid "`Description / Caption `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:122 msgid "The who, what and why of what the image depicts." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:123 msgid "`Alt Text (Accessibility) `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:124 msgid "Text description for visually impaired accessibility." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:125 msgid "`Extended Description (Accessibility) `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:126 msgid "Extended description for visually impaired accessibility." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:127 msgid "`Keywords `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:128 msgid "Separate words or phrases with ``;`` characters. Not stored in Exif." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:131 msgid "`Rating `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/descriptive_metadata.rst:130 msgid "How good is the photo." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/extending.rst:6 msgid "Extending Photini" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/extending.rst:8 msgid "It is possible to add new functionality to Photini by providing a new \"tab\". Because the tabs are loaded dynamically at run-time the new tab does not need to be part of the Photini Python package. For example, if the package ``mypackage`` provides a Photini tab in the module ``mypackage.photini``, then adding ``mypackage.photini`` to the tab modules list (see :ref:`configuration-tabs`) will add the tab to Photini." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/extending.rst:12 msgid "Every Photini tab has to have the following interface:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/extending.rst:43 msgid "The ``tab_name`` method returns the label given to the tab. It should be as short as possible." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/extending.rst:46 msgid "When the user defines any new metadata you should get the current selection from the ``image_list`` and set the metadata on every image in the selection." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/extending.rst:48 msgid "It's probably easiest to start with a copy of the Photini tab module most like what you want to do, strip out the bits you don't need and then add your own stuff." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:6 msgid "Flickr uploader" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:8 msgid "The ``Flickr upload`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+F``) allows you to upload your photographs to `Flickr `_, a popular online photograph sharing service. The Flickr upload tab uses the Flickr API but is not endorsed or certified by Flickr." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:11 msgid "Unlike some other Flickr uploaders, Photini uses the descriptive metadata you've created to set Flickr's title, description and tags. This means you don't have to retype all that information!" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:14 msgid "Note that the Flickr upload tab is only enabled if you have installed some extra software packages. See :ref:`installation ` for more detail." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:19 msgid "Initially most of the Flickr uploader tab is disabled. It's only usable after you've authorised Photini to access your Flickr account by clicking the ``Log in`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:24 msgid "The first time you click ``Log in`` Photini connects your web browser to Flickr, from where you can log in and give Photini permission to access Flickr on your behalf. (Note that Photini does not interact with other people's photos and videos.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:29 msgid "After authorisation your browser should display this page. The web browser window can then be closed." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:34 msgid "If the authorisation is successful Photini displays your Flickr user name and profile picture. You should not need to redo this authorisation process unless you click the ``Log out`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:37 msgid "Your current Flickr albums are shown on the right hand side of the Flickr uploader tab. You can add a new album with the ``New album`` button. This opens a pop-up dialog as shown below." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:43 msgid "Type in the album details and click ``OK``. Note that the album will not be created on Flickr until you upload a photo to it." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:48 msgid "To upload one or more photographs to Flickr, select them in the image selector area, then choose which (if any) of your albums to add them to and set the privacy, safety level and other settings, then click on the ``Start upload`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:50 msgid "The album membership and privacy & other settings apply to all the photographs in this upload. If you want some photographs to have different album membership or privacy & other settings you need to upload them as a separate batch." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:55 +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:47 +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:56 msgid "During uploading Photini displays a progress bar. Uploading takes place in the background, so you can continue to use other tabs while the upload is in progress. The upload can be stopped by clicking the ``Stop upload`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:61 +#: ../../../doc/manual/ipernity.rst:62 msgid "After uploading a photograph it is marked as having new metadata." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:65 msgid "If you switch to the ``Descriptive metadata`` tab you can see there is a new keyword ``flickr:id=``. Photini uses this `triple tag`_ to store the Flickr photo id so it can be used to synchronise metadata later on, as described below." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:69 msgid "Synchronising local metadata to Flickr" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:71 msgid "Sometimes you might change your photograph's metadata on Flickr and would like to copy those changes back to the image file on your computer. Select the image(s) you would like to update and click the ``Synchronise`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:76 msgid "If an image does not have a ``flickr:id`` keyword then Photini will try to find the photograph on Flickr by matching the date and time it was taken. If there is new metadata on Flickr then it is merged into the image's metadata." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:79 msgid "Flickr \"notes\" attached to an image are shown on Photini's :doc:`regions` tab." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:84 msgid "You can see what changed with the image's context menu ``View changes``. In this case Flickr has set the location city to its new name of \"Château-Gontier-sur-Mayenne\". I chose to ignore this new metadata." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:89 msgid "Synchronising Flickr metadata to local" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:91 msgid "If you change your image file metadata and would like to make the same changes on Flickr you can select the image and click on the ``Start upload`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/flickr.rst:95 msgid "If you upload an image that already has a ``flickr:id`` keyword then Photini allows you to change the photograph's metadata instead of uploading a new photograph. You can also replace the image itself, which might be useful if you've processed it in another application." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:6 msgid "Google Photos uploader" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:8 msgid "The ``Google Photos upload`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+P``) allows you to upload your photographs to `Google Photos`_. The Google Photos API is quite restrictive, so 3rd party software such as Photini is rather limited in its abilities." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:11 msgid "Note that the Google Photos upload tab is only enabled if you have installed some extra software packages. See :ref:`installation ` for more detail." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:16 msgid "Initially most of the Google Photos uploader tab is disabled. It's only usable after you've authorised Photini to access your Google Photos account by clicking the ``Log in`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:19 msgid "The first time you click ``Log in`` Photini connects your web browser to Google Photos, from where you can log in and give Photini permission to access Google Photos on your behalf." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:22 msgid "Unfortunately Google won't verify Photini because it continues to be developed, so you will be presented with several warning messages during the authentication process, and a warning email may be sent to your GMail account." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:26 msgid "If the authorisation is successful Photini displays your Google Photos user name and profile picture. You should not need to redo this authorisation process unless you click the ``Log out`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:29 msgid "Your current Google Photos albums are shown on the right hand side of the Google Photos uploader tab. The Google Photos API only allows Photini to add pictures to albums created by Photini. Other albums are shown but are disabled." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:33 msgid "You can add a new album with the ``New album`` button. This opens a pop-up dialog as shown below." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:38 msgid "Type in the album title and click ``OK``. The title can be up to 500 characters long, so you may want to enlarge the dialog box." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/google_photos.rst:43 msgid "To upload one or more photographs to Google Photos, select them in the image selector area, then choose which (if any) of your albums to add them to, then click on the ``Start upload`` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:6 msgid "Image selector" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:8 msgid "When you start the Photini editor it displays a GUI (graphical user interface) as shown below. The exact appearance will depend on your operating system and window manager preferences, but the same functional elements should be present. (The appearance can be altered by setting a different style, see the :ref:`configuration section ` for more detail.)" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:14 msgid "The Photini editor GUI has two main areas. The upper part has a set of tabs to select different functions. The lower part is an image selector that is common to all the tabs. In between the two is a divider that can be dragged with the mouse to change the relative sizes of the two parts. The overall size of the window can also be changed by dragging its edges or corners with the mouse." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:20 msgid "The tabs can be re-ordered by dragging and dropping a tab to your preferred position." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:25 msgid "Now load some images using the ``File`` menu ``Open files`` item (or its keyboard shortcut ``Ctrl+O``). The loaded files are displayed as thumbnail images in the image selector part of the GUI. Note that the thumbnail size can be changed with the slider control just beneath the thumbnail display area. The files can also be sorted by name or date by clicking on the appropriate button." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:30 msgid "Images can also be loaded by \"drag and drop\" from a file manager window or by adding them to the command line if you run Photini from a command terminal. If you open a directory then all the images in that directory will be opened. This is recursive, so beware of accidentally opening too many images in one go." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:36 msgid "Clicking on any thumbnail selects that file. The selected file is highlighted by a red border. Double clicking on a thumbnail should display the full size image, using your default image viewing application." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:42 msgid "Multiple files can be selected by holding down the 'shift' key while clicking on a second image. To select multiple files that are not adjacent, hold down the 'control' key while clicking on the images." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:47 msgid "The keyboard shortcut ``Ctrl+A`` selects all the loaded files." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:51 msgid "Selecting multiple files allows you to set metadata, such as the image title, on several files at once. This is much quicker than having to edit the metadata of each file separately. You will probably want to select a different group of files before editing each metadata item. For example, you might give the same title to all the images, then select only the first two or three before writing a description." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:57 msgid "Context menu" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:59 msgid "Right-clicking on a thumbnail displays a context menu for all the currently selected files." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:63 msgid "The context menu currently has five items. ``Reload file`` discards any metadata changes. ``Save changes`` saves any changes to the file(s). ``View changes`` displays any changes of metadata, as shown below. ``Regenerate thumbnail`` creates a new thumbnail of the image(s). ``Close file`` closes the file(s)." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:72 msgid "The ``view changes`` context menu item displays all the metadata items that have changed. In this example I've set two items that were previously empty. If you want to discard any of these changes then select the appropriate ``undo`` checkboxes and click on ``OK``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:78 msgid "The same menu items also appear in the main ``File`` menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:81 msgid "Using Photini with other programs" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:83 msgid "If you use other applications that can display or edit image metadata then you need to be careful when using them with Photini. Just like with a word processor or text editor it can be risky to have a file open for editing in more than one program. If you make changes in Photini you should save them before getting another program to reload or reopen the file. If you make changes in another program you should use the context menu described above to reload the file in Photini." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/image_selector.rst:88 msgid "You may also want to experiment with how other programs display the metadata you create in Photini and *vice versa*. Be aware that other programs might not store their metadata in the picture files, but use a database or separate files (other than XMP sidecars). Such programs are not compatible with Photini, unless they can be configured to use metadata standards." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:6 msgid "Image importer" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:8 msgid "The ``Import photos`` tab (keyboard shortcut ``Alt+I``) allows you to copy photographs from your digital camera or anywhere else on your computer (for example, a camera memory card if your computer has a card reader). Whilst there are many other programs to do this, I've never found one that does things the way I want, so I added one to Photini." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:11 msgid "Note that you can only import directly from cameras if you have installed python-gphoto2 (which is not available on Windows). See :ref:`installation ` for more detail." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:14 msgid "The key part of the importer is the ``Target format`` field. This provides a very flexible way to specify where on your computer imported images should be stored. It uses ``%`` formats to generate file and directory names based on the image capture date & time. The most useful ones are ``%Y`` (year), ``%m`` (month number) and ``%d`` (day of the month) but many more are available. See the `Python documentation `_ for a complete list." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:20 msgid "As well as the date & time format strings, bracketed keywords can be used to manipulate parts of the file name:" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:23 msgid "keyword" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:23 msgid "meaning" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:23 msgid "example" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:25 msgid "{camera}" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:25 msgid "the camera model name" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:25 msgid "Canon_PowerShot_A1100_IS" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:26 msgid "{name}" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:26 msgid "the complete file name" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:26 msgid "IMG_9999.JPG" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:27 msgid "{number}" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:27 msgid "the numeric part of the file name" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:27 msgid "9999" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:28 msgid "{root}" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:28 msgid "the filename without its extension" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:28 msgid "IMG_9999" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:29 msgid "{ext}" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:29 msgid "the filename extension" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:29 msgid ".JPG" msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:32 msgid "Below the ``Target format`` field is an example generated from the current format to help you edit it correctly." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:34 msgid "Note that Photini stores a different target format for each camera or source folder that you use. This can be useful if you have two cameras that use the same file names. For example, I use ``/home/jim/Pictures/from_camera/%Y/%Y_%m_%d/100D_{name}`` for my DSLR to rename files from ``IMG_9999.JPG`` to ``100D_IMG_9999.JPG`` so they don't clash with files from my compact camera, which also uses names like ``IMG_9999.JPG``." msgstr "" +#: ../../../doc/manual/importer.rst:40 msgid "After connecting one or more cameras and pressing the ``refresh`` button, a camera can be chosen from the ``